All Global Research articles can be read in 51 languages by activating the “Translate Website” drop down menu on the top banner of our home page (Desktop version).

Visit and follow us on Instagram at @crg_globalresearch.

***

 

The north of Syria is in expectation of hostilities flaring up. All sides are waiting for the others to make a first step and open the way for an escalation throughout.

On October 25th, all sides continued concentrating and regrouping their forces, positioning them in northern Syria, in preparation for the upcoming escalation.

Turkish President Recep Tayyip Erdogan warned that the Turkish military is ready to use heavy weapons against the Syrian Arab Army (SAA) in the northwestern Syrian region of Greater Idlib if necessary.

Over the last few weeks, the Turkish military deployed large reinforcements and established two new positions in Greater Idlib. The region is under control by Turkish-backed militants, and they frequently violate a ceasefire agreed between Moscow and Ankara back in 2020.

Erdogan’s threats are clearly aimed to deter the SAA and its Russian and Iranian allies, from initiating a large-scale ground operation in the region.

The Russian Aerospace Forces (VKS) renewed their airstrikes on Greater Idlib, targeting underground positions in the outskirts of the towns of Kansafra and al-Bara in the al-Zawiya Mount on October 23rd. All of the towns are known strongholds of Hay’at Tahrir al-Sham (HTS), the de-facto ruler of Greater Idlib.

On October 24th, the VKS targeted the town of Jisr al-Shughur, an infamous stronghold of the al-Qaeda-affiliated Turkistan Islamic Party and HTS.

Meanwhile, Turkey is preparing its own ground operation in northeastern Syria. The SAA deployed reinforcements in Northeastern Syria in order to deter the operation, or at least to provide an adequate defensive posture. Ankara is fighting against the Kurdish groups in the region, and its actions harm the civilian population greatly.

Despite any local opposition, and a wave of civilian protests in Tel Rifaat against Turkish military actions, preparations are undergoing.

On October 21, a Turkish TAI Anka-S combat drone was spotted over the town of Kobane in Syria’s northeastern region. This took place a single day after a Turkish drone strike on the town resulted in 5 deaths, two of which were members of the Kurdish US-backed Syrian Democratic Forces (SDF).

On October 23, a new Turkish drone strike targeted a car that was moving in the outskirts of Kobane, on a highway linking the town with the government-held city of Aleppo. According to reports, three civilians were killed.

Turkey is likely attempting to provoke the SDF, which responded to similar drone strikes in August. Ankara is looking for any sort of justification that it can use to explain its incoming operation, and such “brief escalations” in violence are expected in the coming days.

If the Turkish Armed Forces and allied factions go over the top, it is highly likely that the SAA and SDF, alongside other Kurdish groups will unite against the common adversary, and the outcome of the fight may be surprising.

At the best of times, northeastern Syria has a tense calm between the SAA and the Kurdish groups, which are hesitant of entirely coming under Damascus’ control. A development in which Ankara begins yet another large-scale operation in the region could be the impetus that Bashar al-Assad’s government needs to consolidate power, if it is able to effectively counter Turkey’s push.

The week beginning on October 25th, may just be the time when Middle East Pandora’s box is opened, once again.

*

Note to readers: Please click the share buttons above or below. Follow us on Instagram, @crg_globalresearch. Forward this article to your email lists. Crosspost on your blog site, internet forums. etc.

SUPPORT SOUTHFRONT:

PayPal: [email protected], http://southfront.org/donate/ or via: https://www.patreon.com/southfront

  • Posted in English
  • Comments Off on Video: Turkey Desperately Trying to Justify Its Forthcoming Anti-Kurdish Operation in Northern Syria
  • Tags: , ,

If You Take the COVID Vax, You Can Never Achieve Full Immunity Again – Government Stats Unveil the Horrifying Truth

By Ethan Huff, October 25, 2021

The British government has spilled the beans about that fact that once you get “vaccinated” for the Wuhan coronavirus (Covid-19), you will never again be able to acquire full natural immunity.

In-N-Out Burger’s Explanation for Its Refusal to Enforce Vaccine Passports

By Adam Dick, October 25, 2021

When government mandates related to experimental coronavirus “vaccines” are thrust on businesses, it is heartening to see businesses refusing to comply. It is especially great to see a business back up its noncompliance with a well-stated, freedom-centered explanation.

The World According to Vladimir Putin

By Pepe Escobar, October 25, 2021

Vladimir Putin is a frequent keynote speaker. In Sochi this year, as I related in a previous column, the overarching theme was “global shake-up in the 21st century: the individual, values and the state.”

The Fake “Delta Variant” and the Fourth Wave: Another Lockdown? Upcoming Financial Crash? Worldwide Economic and Social Sabotage?

By Prof Michel Chossudovsky, October 25, 2021

There is a sequence of outright lies and fabrications used to justify far-reaching policy decisions in the course of the last 18 months. The biggest lie, which is firmly acknowledged both by scientific opinion and the WHO is that the RT-PCR test used to “detect” the spread of the virus (as well as the variants) is not only flawed but TOTALLY INVALID.

White House to “Quickly” Vaccinate 28 Million Children Age 5-11 as Deaths and Injuries Continue to Increase Among 12 to 19-Year-Olds Who Received a COVID-19 Shot

By Brian Shilhavy, October 25, 2021

This week the Biden Administration laid out their plans to quickly vaccinate 28 million children between the ages of 5 and 11 with a COVID-19 vaccine, which sounded more like a Press Release from Pfizer, since the FDA has not even authorized the shots for that age group yet.

Video: US Secretary of Defense Lloyd Austin in Romania: “Should Deterrence Fail”, U.S. and NATO Positioned for War in Black Sea

By Rick Rozoff, October 25, 2021

Do the following statements confirm US-NATO’s intent to wage war on Russia “if deterrence fails”? Emphasis in quotations confirm this intent. Excerpts from the speech, for complete speech see video.

Governor de Santis Says that If People Are Forced by Their Employer to be Vaccinated, and Then Become Ill, the Employer Will be Liable for Damages

By Dr. Meryl Nass, October 26, 2021

While the PREP ACT provides a huge liability shield for everyone involved with vaccinations of EUA products, the EUA requires that people be informed about what is known about the product and have the right to refuse.

Washington Always Looking for Another War

By Bruce K. Gagnon, October 25, 2021

It didn’t take long for the US to up the ante with China and Russia. So soon after the crushing defeat from 20 years of death and destruction in Afghanistan we find Washington stirring the fire pit and looking for more trouble.

‘An Outrage Against Democracy’: JFK’s Nephews Urge Biden to Reveal Assassination Records

By Marc Caputo, October 25, 2021

The records were scheduled to be made public Tuesday, but the White House announced late Friday night that it would delay their publication until at least Dec. 15 — and perhaps longer if President Joe Biden determines it’s in the nation’s best interest to keep them confidential.

The COVID-19 Pandemic in a Time of Moral and Spiritual Blackout

By Richard Gale and Dr. Gary Null, October 25, 2021

If there is a lesson the Covid-19 pandemic has taught us, it is that conventional medicine is largely a mockery of its original moral foundations. This is not to deny important advances in saving lives, especially in diagnostic methods, surgical technologies, critical care and emergency medicine.

Natural Immunity is More Durable than Vaccine Immunity. Citizens Petition

By Informed Consent Action Network, October 25, 2021

When the CDC chose to lift restrictions on the vaccinated, ICAN went to work.  Through its attorneys, it formally demanded that the CDC also (at the least) lift restrictions on the naturally immune.

Exposing the Covid Lie: The Day When Podcaster Joe Rogan Confronted CNN’s Chief Medical Propagandist

By Timothy Alexander Guzman, October 25, 2021

CNN is in damage control after its chief medical correspondent and notorious Covid-19 experimental vaccine pusher, Dr. Sanjay Gupta was humiliated on The Joe Rogan Experience when he was confronted for the obvious lie about Joe Rogan taking “horse dewormer” which was actually Ivermectin.

No Time To Think, “No Time to Die”: The Changing Geopolitics of International Blockbusters?

By Caoimhghin Ó Croidheáin, October 25, 2021

One effect of this narrative style is to put more emphasis on the story of Bond and less on the usual geopolitics and action we associate with Bond films. Now this is very interesting considering that if one was to ask oneself: which country would be the most likely target and villain of the latest Bond film as a cultural representative of the world’s imperialist and neo-colonial powers?

  • Posted in NO READ MORE LINK
  • Comments Off on Selected Articles: If You Take the COVID Vax, You Can Never Achieve Full Immunity Again

Billions of Euros to “Innovate” the Nuclear NATO

October 26th, 2021 by Manlio Dinucci

All Global Research articles can be read in 51 languages by activating the “Translate Website” drop down menu on the top banner of our home page (Desktop version).

Visit and follow us on Instagram at @crg_globalresearch.

***

 

 

“NATO has ended up in the attic,” wrote the political commentators of several newspapers a month ago, after France had withdrawn its ambassador from Washington on September 16. It was Paris’ protest at being excluded from the strategic-military partnership between the United States, Great Britain and Australia, announced the day before, and at losing a lucrative contract for the sale of submarines to Australia, which will be replaced by nuclear submarines supplied by the U.S. and Great Britain.

A week after the resounding diplomatic break, however, the French general Lavigne was put in charge of the Allied Transformation Command, with headquarters in Norfolk in the U.S., and the presidents of the two countries, Biden and Macron, published a Joint Declaration.

Biden reaffirmed “the strategic importance of the French and European engagement in the Indo-Pacific” (the region that in Washington’s geopolitics extends from the west coast of the US to that of India). The reason was explained by the Military Committee of the Chiefs of Defence of the 30 NATO countries, meeting in Athens: “While Moscow’s aggressive actions are a threat to our security, China’s rise is fundamentally shifting the balance of power, which has potential consequences for our security, our prosperity and our way of life.”

In the face of such “threats,” they concluded, “we need Europe and North America to stand strong, bound together”. Biden reiterated in his joint statement with Macron: “The United States recognizes the importance of a stronger, more capable European Defence Force that is complementary to NATO”. Therefore, a militarily stronger Europe, but as a complement to NATO: an asymmetrical alliance, to which 21 of the 27 countries of the European Union belong, in which the position of Supreme Allied Commander in Europe is always held by a general of the United States, which holds all the other key commands in Europe (such as the JFC-Naples with headquarters in Lago Patria).

On this background, the meeting of 30 Defense Ministers (for Italy Lorenzo Guerini, Democratic Party) was held on October 21-22 at the NATO headquarters in Brussels. It created an “Innovation Fund” with an initial allocation of 1 billion euros, to be paid by 17 European countries including Italy, but not by the United States, for the development of the most advanced technologies for war use. It launched the “Strategy for Artificial Intelligence”, an even more costly program for NATO to maintain its advantage in this field that “is changing the global defense environment”, i.e. the way war is waged. It decided on “improving the readiness and effectiveness of our nuclear deterrent,” i.e., deploying new nuclear weapons in Europe, of course with the motivation of defending against “the growing missile threat from Russia.”

On the eve of the NATO meeting, the Russian Defense Minister, Sergei Shoigu, warned that “the United States of America has stepped up work with the full support of its NATO allies to modernize tactical nuclear weapons and their storage sites in Europe” and Russia considers particularly worrying “the engagement of pilots from the bloc’s non-nuclear member states in the drills to practice employing tactical nuclear weapons.”A message directed in particular to Italy, where the U.S. is preparing to replace B61 nuclear bombs with the new B61-12s and Italian pilots are being trained in their use with F-35s. “We regard this as a direct violation of the Treaty on the Non-Proliferation of Nuclear Weapons,” Russia’s defense chief stressed.

The message is directed to Italy and other European NATO members who, despite having ratified the Non-Proliferation Treaty as non-nuclear countries, host US nuclear weapons and train for their use. The implicit meaning of the message is clear: Russia considers these countries a source of threat and is taking countermeasures. The message has been ignored as usual by our government and parliament and, of course, by the media that have put NATO in the attic.

*

Note to readers: Please click the share buttons above or below. Follow us on Instagram, @crg_globalresearch. Forward this article to your email lists. Crosspost on your blog site, internet forums. etc.

This article was originally published in Italian on Il Manifesto.

Manlio Dinucci, award winning author, geopolitical analyst and geographer, Pisa, Italy. He is a Research Associate of the Centre for Research on Globalization.

Featured image: NATO heads of state at the alliance’s summit in Brussels (Source: Liberation News)

All Global Research articles can be read in 51 languages by activating the “Translate Website” drop down menu on the top banner of our home page (Desktop version).

Visit and follow us on Instagram at @crg_globalresearch.

***

 

I think the Governor has voiced an idea that will destroy the mandates. And he is calling back the legislature to act on the issue.

While the PREP ACT provides a huge liability shield for everyone involved with vaccinations of EUA products, the EUA requires that people be informed about what is known about the product and have the right to refuse. 

Well, a lot of negative information is now known, but it isn’t being provided on the “Fact Sheets”

And people are not being given the right to refuse.

Furthermore, as the Governor points out, employees are not being issued religious and medical waivers, as required by federal law.

I think these failings will void the PREP ACT protections. Employers will become liabile for damages, especially since the federal government did not put into place laws/regulations/orders to back them up.

As soon as employers realize they are the ones left holding the bag, mandates are over.

*

Note to readers: Please click the share buttons above or below. Follow us on Instagram, @crg_globalresearch. Forward this article to your email lists. Crosspost on your blog site, internet forums. etc.

This article was originally published on the author’s blog site, Anthrax Vaccine.

All Global Research articles can be read in 51 languages by activating the “Translate Website” drop down menu on the top banner of our home page (Desktop version).

Visit and follow us on Instagram at @crg_globalresearch.

***

 

When government mandates related to experimental coronavirus “vaccines” are thrust on businesses, it is heartening to see businesses refusing to comply. It is especially great to see a business back up its noncompliance with a well-stated, freedom-centered explanation.

Check out below the explanation In-N-Out Burger provided this week for the company’s restaurant in San Francisco refusing to comply with the San Francisco government’s demand that the restaurant enforce the city’s vaccine passport mandate:

As a Company, In-N-Out Burger strongly believes in the highest form of customer service and to us that means serving all Customers who visit us and making all Customers feel welcome. We refuse to become the vaccination police for any government. It is unreasonable, invasive, and unsafe to force our restaurant Associates to segregate Customers into those who may be served and those who may not, whether based on the documentation they carry, or any other reason.

We fiercely disagree with any government dictate that forces a private company to discriminate against customers who choose to patronize their business. This is clear governmental overreach and is intrusive, improper, and offensive.

Hopefully, In-N-Out Burger’s example of bold freedom-centered action against vaccine mandates will inspire many more businesses to take similar action.

Over the past year and a half, governments at all levels in America have taken huge steps in the exercise of tyrannical powers in the name of countering coronavirus. Power gained is often only grudgingly given up. It will take many individuals and businesses boldly declaring “no more” and “never again” to ensure limitations on government power are respected.

*

Note to readers: Please click the share buttons above or below. Follow us on Instagram, @crg_globalresearch. Forward this article to your email lists. Crosspost on your blog site, internet forums. etc.

Featured image is from The Ron Paul Institute for Peace and Prosperity

The World According to Vladimir Putin

October 25th, 2021 by Pepe Escobar

All Global Research articles can be read in 51 languages by activating the “Translate Website” drop down menu on the top banner of our home page (Desktop version).

Visit and follow us on Instagram at @crg_globalresearch.

***

 

The plenary session is the traditional highlight of the annual, must-follow Valdai Club discussions – one of Eurasia’s premier intellectual gatherings.

Vladimir Putin is a frequent keynote speaker. In Sochi this year, as I related in a previous column, the overarching theme was “global shake-up in the 21st century: the individual, values and the state.”

Putin addressed it head on, in what can already be considered one of the most important geopolitical speeches in recent memory (a so-far incomplete transcript can be found here) – certainly his strongest moment in the limelight. That was followed by a comprehensive Q&A session (starting at 4:39:00).

Predictably, assorted Atlanticists, neocons and liberal interventionists will be apoplectic. That’s irrelevant. For impartial observers, especially across the Global South, what matters is to pay very close attention to how Putin shared his worldview – including some very candid moments.

Right at the start, he evoked the two Chinese characters that depict “crisis” (as in “danger”) and “opportunity,” melding them with a Russian saying: “Fight difficulties with your mind. Fight dangers with your experience.”

This elegant, oblique reference to the Russia-China strategic partnership led to a concise appraisal of the current chessboard:

The re-alignment of the balance of power presupposes a redistribution of shares in favor of rising and developing countries that until now felt left out. To put it bluntly, the Western domination of international affairs, which began several centuries ago and, for a short period, was almost absolute in the late 20th century, is giving way to a much more diverse system.

That opened the way to another oblique characterization of hybrid warfare as the new modus operandi:

Previously, a war lost by one side meant victory for the other side, which took responsibility for what was happening. The defeat of the United States in the Vietnam War, for example, did not make Vietnam a “black hole.” On the contrary, a successfully developing state arose there, which, admittedly, relied on the support of a strong ally. Things are different now: No matter who takes the upper hand, the war does not stop, but just changes form. As a rule, the hypothetical winner is reluctant or unable to ensure peaceful post-war recovery, and only worsens the chaos and the vacuum posing a danger to the world.

A disciple of Berdyaev

In several instances, especially during the Q&A, Putin confirmed he’s a huge admirer of Nikolai Berdyaev. It’s impossible to understand Putin without understanding Berdyaev (1874-1948), who was a philosopher and theologian – essentially, a philosopher of Christianity.

In Berdyaev’s philosophy of history, the meaning of life is defined in terms of the spirit, compared with secular modernity’s emphasis on economics and materialism. No wonder Putin was never a Marxist.

For Berdyaev, history is a time-memory method through which man works toward his destiny. It’s the relationship between the divine and the human that shapes history. He places enormous importance on the spiritual power of human freedom.

Putin made several references to freedom, to family – in his case, of modest means – and to the importance of education; he heartily praised his apprenticeship at Leningrad State University. In parallel, he absolutely destroyed wokeism, transgenderism and cancel culture promoted “under the banner of progress.”

This is only one among a series of key passages:

We are surprised by the processes taking place in countries that used to see themselves as pioneers of progress. The social and cultural upheavals taking place in the United States and Western Europe are, of course, none of our business; we don’t interfere with them. Someone in the Western countries is convinced that the aggressive erasure of whole pages of their own history – the “reverse discrimination” of the majority in favor of minorities, or the demand to abandon the usual understanding of such basic things as mother, father, family or even the difference between the sexes – that these are, in their opinion, milestones of the movement toward social renewal.

So a great deal of his 40 minute-long speech, as well as his answers, codified some markers of what he previously defined as “healthy conservatism”:

Now that the world is experiencing a structural collapse, the importance of sensible conservatism as a basis for policy has increased many times over, precisely because the risks and dangers are multiplying and the reality around us is fragile.

Switching back to the geopolitical arena, Putin was adamant that “we are friends with China. But not against anyone.”

Geoeconomically, he once again took time to engage in a masterful, comprehensive – even passionate – explanation of how the natural gas market works, coupled with the European Commission’s self-defeating bet on the spot market, and why Nord Stream 2 is a game-changer.

Afghanistan

During the Q&A, scholar Zhou Bo from Tsinghua University addressed one of the key, current geopolitical challenges. Referring to the Shanghai Cooperation Organization, he pointed out that, “if Afghanistan has a problem, the SCO has a problem. So how can the SCO, led by China and Russia, help Afghanistan?”

Putin stressed four points in his answer:

  • The economy must be restored;
  • The Taliban must eradicate drug trafficking;
  • The main responsibility should be assumed “by those who had been there for 20 years” – echoing the joint statement after the meeting between the extended troika and the Taliban in Moscow on Wednesday; and
  • Afghan state funds should be unblocked.

He also mentioned, indirectly, that the large Russian military base in Tajikistan is not a mere decorative prop.

Training bunker at Russia’s military base in Takikistan. Photo: Moscow Times

Training bunker at Russia’s military base in Takikistan. Photo: Moscow Times

Putin went back to the subject of Afghanistan during the Q&A, once again stressing that NATO members should not “absolve themselves from responsibility.”

He reasoned that the Taliban “are trying to fight extreme radicals.” On the “need to start with the ethnic component,” he described Tajiks as accounting for 47% of the overall Afghan population – perhaps an over-estimation but the message was on the imperative of an inclusive government.

He also struck a balance: As much as “we are sharing with them [the Taliban] a view from the outside,” he made the point that Russia is “in contact with all political forces” in Afghanistan – in the sense that there are contacts with former government officials like Hamid Karzai and Abdullah Abdullah and also Northern Alliance members, now in the opposition, who are self-exiled in Tajikistan.

Those pesky Russians

Now compare all of the above with the current NATO circus in Brussels, complete with a new “master plan to deter the growing Russian threat.”

No one ever lost money underestimating NATO’s capacity to reach the depths of inconsequential stupidity. Moscow does not even bother to talk to these clowns anymore: as Foreign Minister Sergey Lavrov has pointed out, “Russia will no longer pretend that some changes in relations with NATO are possible in the near future.”

Moscow from now on only talks to the masters – in Washington. After all, the direct line between the Chief of General Staff, General Gerasimov, and NATO’s Supreme Allied Commander, General Todd Wolters, remains active. Messenger boys such as Stoltenberg and the massive NATO bureaucracy in Brussels are deemed irrelevant.

This happens, in Lavrov’s assessment, right after “all our friends in Central Asia” have been “telling us that they are against … approaches either from the United States or from any other NATO member state” promoting the stationing of any imperial “counter-terrorist” apparatus in any of the “stans” of Central Asia.

And still the Pentagon continues to provoke Moscow. Wokeism-lobbyist-cum-Secretary of Defense Lloyd “Raytheon” Austin, who oversaw the American Great Escape from Afghanistan, is now pontificating that Ukraine should de facto join NATO.

That should be the last stake impaling the “brain-dead” (copyright Emmanuel Macron) zombie, as it meets its fate raving about simultaneous Russian attacks on the Baltic and Black Seas with nuclear weapons.

*

Note to readers: Please click the share buttons above or below. Follow us on Instagram, @crg_globalresearch. Forward this article to your email lists. Crosspost on your blog site, internet forums. etc.

This article was originally published on Asia Times.

Pepe Escobar, born in Brazil, is a correspondent and editor-at-large at Asia Times and columnist for Consortium News and Strategic Culture in Moscow. Since the mid-1980s he’s lived and worked as a foreign correspondent in London, Paris, Milan, Los Angeles, Singapore, Bangkok. He has extensively covered Pakistan, Afghanistan and Central Asia to China, Iran, Iraq and the wider Middle East. Pepe is the author of Globalistan – How the Globalized World is Dissolving into Liquid War; Red Zone Blues: A Snapshot of Baghdad during the Surge. He was contributing editor to The Empire and The Crescent and Tutto in Vendita in Italy. His last two books are Empire of Chaos and 2030. Pepe is also associated with the Paris-based European Academy of Geopolitics. When not on the road he lives between Paris and Bangkok.

He is a frequent contributor to Global Research.

Featured image: Vladimir Putin at Valdai. (Source: Daily Sabah)

Natural Immunity is More Durable than Vaccine Immunity. Citizens Petition

October 25th, 2021 by Informed Consent Action Network

All Global Research articles can be read in 51 languages by activating the “Translate Website” drop down menu on the top banner of our home page (Desktop version).

Visit and follow us on Instagram at @crg_globalresearch.

***

 

When the CDC chose to lift restrictions on the vaccinated, ICAN went to work.  Through its attorneys, it formally demanded that the CDC also (at the least) lift restrictions on the naturally immune.  It provided the CDC with over 60 studies reflecting that natural immunity is more durable and robust than vaccine immunity. 

The CDC’s response is shameful.  It fails to address any of these studies, collectively involving millions of people, and instead cites a single irrelevant study of a few hundred people that does not even involve comparing vaccine versus natural immunity!

As reflected in ICAN’s formal exchange with the CDC, the available data and studies reflect as follows regarding the current virus causing most COVID-19 in the United States:

And here is the full story.  In May, the CDC revised its recommendations for fully vaccinated people, lessening certain restrictions.  This same guidance, however, made no mention of those who have already recovered from COVID-19.

Immediately after the CDC revised its recommendations, ICAN, through its attorneys, demanded that the CDC immediately include those who have recovered from COVID-19 in the same category as those fully vaccinated.  ICAN’s demand was based on a robust body of science.

The CDC responded with a ridiculous form response thanking us for our “interest in” COVID-19.  Our attorneys therefore submitted the letter as a formal petition to the CDC on July 6, 2021, to which the CDC is required by law to thoroughly respond.

In September, after even more studies had come out evidencing the robust and durable nature of natural immunity (and the waning efficacy of the vaccines), and having not yet received a response from the CDC (as they were busy cooking up the Kentucky study), our attorneys supplemented the Citizen Petition with 56 additional studies supporting that natural immunity is, in fact, superior to vaccine immunity.

Months after ICAN first contacted the CDC regarding natural immunity and submitted the petition, the CDC responded that it, “find[s] no basis to further modify the current CDC recommendation in this area until the science warrants it.” The CDC’s conclusion relied on one single study of Kentucky residents and ignored each of the 60+ studies ICAN submitted it the CDC!

ICAN’s attorneys have now submitted a reply to the CDC.  In that reply, the attorneys explain that the Kentucky study, a retrospective study of only a few hundred people, is irrelevant as to whether it is appropriate for the CDC to lift restrictions on the naturally immune because the study did not compare naturally immune individuals with vaccinated individuals.  Instead, it compared the naturally immune to the naturally immune with subsequent vaccination.

Even if vaccinating the naturally immune may improve immunity (which robust studies of millions of people show is not true, as detailed in our reply), it does not change the fact that natural immunity, alone, is better than vaccine immunity.  Hence, if the CDC is going to lift restrictions on the vaccine immune, it is downright authoritarian to not do so for the naturally immune.

This letter exchange with the CDC represents the most comprehensive analysis of the current state of the science regarding natural versus vaccine immunity.  We trust that you will not only appreciate reading and learning from this letter exchange with the CDC, but you will also enjoy it. 

As for next steps, if the CDC does not, as it likes to put it, “follow the science” and lift restrictions on the naturally immune, we will be taking the CDC to court on this issue, that is federal court as well as the court of public opinion.  And we look forward to doing so.

Click here to read the documents below which include extensive scientific evidence as well as a statement by Dr. Peter McCullough

 

 

*

Note to readers: Please click the share buttons above or below. Follow us on Instagram, @crg_globalresearch. Forward this article to your email lists. Crosspost on your blog site, internet forums. etc.

Featured image: The Center for Disease Control and Prevention in Atlanta. (Raed Mansour/Flickr)

Mozambique: Samora Machel’s Heroism. His Legacy Will Live

October 25th, 2021 by Kester Kenn Klomegah

All Global Research articles can be read in 51 languages by activating the “Translate Website” drop down menu on the top banner of our home page (Desktop version).

Visit and follow us on Instagram at @crg_globalresearch.

***

 

South Africa’s President Cyril Ramaphosa joined Mozambican President Filipe Nyusi to mark the 35th anniversary of the death of Mozambique’s first president Samora Machel, both vowing to go after Islamist insurgents wreaking havoc in the north of the country.

On October 19, 1986, a Tupolev airplane carrying Machel crashed into mountains in South Africa near the border with Mozambique, killing 35 people. Machel’s crash remains a mystery, but speculation has lingered that it was linked to tensions between Mozambique and the then-apartheid regime in South Africa.

Samora Machel, the founding father of the Mozambican State, became one of the most charismatic leaders in Africa and the world, as result of his ceaseless struggle against every form of oppression, discrimination and exploration. His values have influenced many African leaders.

They both revisited the sight of the plane crash that killed Machel while flying home from a conference in Zambia. Ramaphosa paid tribute to Machel for his contribution to the fight against colonial and apartheid rule in southern Africa, urging the region to “continue with the struggle” for freedoms.

“It is for this reason that the peoples of southern Africa… have all decided, collectively, to act in solidarity to help the people of Mozambique to push out and to fight the insurgents who are spreading conflict, insecurity and violence. I have one message for those insurgents. We will come after you,” warned Ramaphosa.

Mozambique’s President, Filipe Nyusi, said that the legacy of Samora Machel – the country’s first head of state following independence from Portugal – is frequently threatened by insurgent attacks in the north of the country, but that the response from southern Africa has been promising.

Nyusi referred to the wave of violence in Cabo Delgado province of the past four years. Since July Mozambique government forces have had military support from Rwanda and from members of the Southern African Development Community (SADC).

Graça Machel, the wife of the Samora Machel and herself a prominent activist, said in her own address that Mozambique’s first president had been “assassinated” to silence an outstanding voice in the region. That tragedy remains a mystery, believes Graça Machel, and further recalled that her husband gave support to the struggles of the Zimbabwean and South African peoples to overthrow white supremacist rule.

Samora Machel Júnior says there doesn’t seem to be any urgency in explaining the disaster that killed his father. Relatives of the 35 victims of the disaster in Mbuzini have asked presidents Nyusi and Ramaphosa to reopen the inquiry.

While acknowledging the complexity of the case, Machel Júnior said that clarification could bring some peace to the family, even after 35 years. “We know this is not a simple process. We realize that it takes some time, but we need to bring some peace of mind to the family. We want to straighten this out and move on,” he said.

South Africans vividly remember the tremendous contribution of Samora Machel and the people of Mozambique in the struggle to ensure our freedom in the fight against the system of racial segregation known as apartheid. The 35th anniversary of Machel’s death was therefore part of a series of government initiatives that aim to redress and change the heritage landscape to authentically, convey South Africa’s liberation history since colonial times.

Mozambique first president died on 19 October 1986 when the Soviet-made Tupolev plane crashed at night in South African territory, in the mountainous area of Lebombo, near the Mozambican border. A flight engineer and nine passengers – out of a total 44 people on board – survived in the crash, which prompted accusations of sabotage against South Africa’s then government. However, a 1994 enquiry into the crash carried out by South Africa’s Truth and Reconciliation Commission (TRC) came to no clear conclusion with regard to the causes.

The first Mozambican president died on October 19, 1986, was returning from a regional conference with African leaders in Lusaka, Zambia, when a Tupolev plane crashed in South Africa’s mountainous Lebombo area, near the border with Mozambique.

Samora Machel and another 25 Mozambican members of his escort (26 persons), along with fellow party members, ministers, dignitaries, officials, two ambassadors, four members of the Soviet crew and two Cuban doctors died. As a result, a total of 34 people died in the crash of the TU 134. There survived nine Mozambicans and the Soviet board engineer, thus 10 persons. A total of 44 people were in the plane on this flight. One of the survivors died in January 1987 as a result of the crash: Eusébio Guido Martinho. This increased the number of deaths to 35.

The accident sparked allegations of sabotage against the then South African apartheid administration. An inquiry initiated by the country’s Truth and Reconciliation Commission (TRC) in 1994 was inconclusive as to its causes. The accident sparked allegations of sabotage against the then South African ‘apartheid’ administration. An inquiry initiated by the country’s Truth and Reconciliation Commission (TRC) in 1994 was inconclusive as to its causes.

Accident victims (archives document):

  • Luís Maria de Alcântara Santos- Minister of Transport and Communications;
  • José Carlos Lobo – Deputy Minister for Foreign Affairs;
  • Aquino de Bragança – Director of the Center for African Studies;
  • Fernando Honwana – Special Assistant to His Excellency, the President of the Republic;
  • Alberto Cangela de Mendonça – Head of the National Protocol;
  • Muradali Mamadhusen– Private Secretary to His Excellency, the President of the Republic;
  • João Tomás Navesse – Deputy Director of the Directorate of Legal and Consular Affairs of the Ministry of Foreign Affairs;
  • Ivete Amós – Secretary of His Excellency, the President of the Republic;
  • Osvaldo de Sousa – English interpreter of the President;
  • Bernardino Chiche – French interpreter
  • Gulamo Khan – Press Attaché at the Presidency of the Republic;
  • Azarias Inguane – Photographer of Jornal Notícias;
  • Fernando Nhanquila – Flight Engineer;
  • Daniel Maquinasse – President’s private photographer
  • Capitão Parente Manjate – member of staff of the Presidency;
  • NacirCharamadame -member of staff of the Presidency;
  • Adão Gore Nhoca – member of staff of the Presidency
  • Eduardo Viegas- member of staff of the Presidency;
  • Albino Falteira – member of staff of the Presidency;
  • Alberto Chaúque – member of staff of the Presidency;
  • José Quivanane – member of staff of the Presidency.
  • Orlando Garrine – Flight attendant;
  • Esmeralda Luísa – Flight attendant;
  • Sofia Arone – Flight Attendant;
  • Ilda Carão – Flight Attendant;

The following international collaborators also perished in Mbuzini:

  • Henriques Bettencourt – Doctor of His Excellency, the President of the Republic;
  • Ulisses La Rosa Mesa – Personal Doctor of His Excellency, the President of the Republic;
  • Iuri Novdran – Aircraft Commander;
  • Igor Kartmychev- Flight Engineer;
  • Amatoli Choulipov – Flight Engineer;
  • Cox. C. Sikumba – Ambassador of the Republic of Zambia
  • Tokwalu Batale – Ambassador of the Republic of Zaire

The following members of the presidential delegation survived the tragic event:

Eusébio Guido Martinho (later deceased- on January 1987-  as a result of the crash); Captain Carlos Jambo; Captain Carlos Rendição; Fernando Manuel João; Almeida Pedro; Manuel Jairosse; Daniel Cuna; Jossefa Machango; Vasco Langa; Vladimir Novoselov – Flight Engineer.

With an approximate population of 30 million, Mozambique is endowed with rich and extensive natural resources but remains one of the poorest and most underdeveloped countries in the world. It is one of the 16 countries, with a collective responsibility to promote socio-economic and political and security cooperation, within the Southern African Development Community (SADC) created in 1980.

*

Note to readers: Please click the share buttons above or below. Follow us on Instagram, @crg_globalresearch. Forward this article to your email lists. Crosspost on your blog site, internet forums. etc.

Kester Kenn Klomegah, who worked previously with Inter Press Service (IPS), is now a frequent and passionate contributor to Global Research. As a versatile researcher, he believes that everyone deserves equal access to quality and trustworthy media reports.

Featured image is from the author

All Global Research articles can be read in 51 languages by activating the “Translate Website” drop down menu on the top banner of our home page (Desktop version).

Visit and follow us on Instagram at @crg_globalresearch.

***

 

There is no escape for Israel from growing Palestinian power. If nothing else, the upcoming Conference of the Alternative Palestinian Path in Madrid (Masar Badil in Arabic) will clearly and courageously embody that rising power on the world stage, at a time when Israel is increasingly fearful and unhinged by the surprising fact that Palestinians, even after decades of horrific colonial oppression, not only have yet to roll over and die as planned, but they are instead gathering more popular support worldwide than ever before.

Palestinians continue to resist their colonization at every turn. Right now, six Palestinian prisoners are on hunger strikes to demand freedom from arbitrary imprisonment without charge, “putting their lives on the line for liberation.”

In Ramallah, young people are affirming the path for liberation, stressing that the Palestinian struggle is an existential struggle, and must therefore never be linked to “solutions,” even if such solutions are interim.

Israel is afraid and the Palestinian people, in Israeli prison and everywhere, are not afraid, because they are not alone today, as the lyrics of the civil rights anthem “We Shall Overcome” have it.

How is Israel responding? In tried and true fashion. Israel is expanding its oppression and lawfare manipulations, so as to isolate Palestinians from global support.

Only recently (October 19, 2021), the Israeli “Defense Minister” and war criminal Benny Gantz issued a military order declaring six Palestinian civil society organizations in the Occupied Palestinian Territory to be “terrorist organizations.”

The groups are Addameer, al-Haq, Defense for Children Palestine, the Union of Agricultural Work Committees, Bisan Center for Research and Development, and the Union of Palestinian Women Committees. According to Human Rights Watch: “The designation, made pursuant to a 2016 Israeli statute, effectively outlaws the activities of these civil society groups. It authorizes Israeli authorities to close their offices, seize their assets and arrest and jail their staff members, and it prohibits funding or even publicly expressing support for their activities.”

Samidoun Palestinian Prisoner Solidarity Network: “Putting their lives on the line for liberation.”

Palestinians and their supporters are fighting back. Samidoun Palestinian Prisoner Solidarity Network, co-organizer of Masar Badil, is gearing up with the following call: Israel’s “terrorist” designations aim to suppress Palestinian organizing: Confront them with action and resistance!

The International Commission of Jursists (ICJ) is calling on Israel to reverse the designation of Palestinian rights organizations as terrorists, stating that the move is “a cynical assault on independent civil society and on the exercise of the rights to freedom of expression and association in the Occupied Palestinian Territory (OPT).”

Meanwhile, Israel is desperately entrenching the status quo “from the river to the sea” by planning to construct housing units in the West Bank — i.e., by continuing its colonial, judaizing activities there.

Disregarding “calls for restraint” from the Biden administration (“The Israeli decision will likely cause tensions, and it could push the U.S. to air its criticism in public.”), Israel is set to approve the construction of 4,400 new Jewish housing units in the West Bank, 3,109 of which will be in existing Jewish colonies and 1,300 in the heart of Palestinian villages.

On the Masar Badil conference website are eight “principles of struggle,” with the last one stating, “Every attempt to block or suppress the progress of the Palestinian people’s struggle, in whatever form, constitutes complicity with and support for the crimes of Zionist colonialism that are committed daily against the Palestinian people.”

For a long time now, Ali Abunimah, co-founder of The Electronic Intifada and author of The Battle for Justice in Palestine, has been exposing European inaction and complicity, especially when EU governments issue statements regarding their “profound concern” over egregious Israeli crimes against the Palestinian people. He and Palestinian human rights defender Omar Barghouti both believe it is up to European civil society to bring an end to EU complicity in Israel’s crimes.

As I pack my bag to travel to Madrid to participate in Masar Badil, I am eager to find out how many European civil society organizations will heed the call of the conference to support a new stage of Palestinian struggle and mark the end of the Madrid-Oslo process.

*

Note to readers: Please click the share buttons above or below. Follow us on Instagram, @crg_globalresearch. Forward this article to your email lists. Crosspost on your blog site, internet forums. etc.

Rima Najjar is a Palestinian whose father’s side of the family comes from the forcibly depopulated village of Lifta on the western outskirts of Jerusalem and whose mother’s side of the family is from Ijzim, south of Haifa. She is an activist, researcher and retired professor of English literature, Al-Quds University, occupied West Bank. 

She is a frequent contributor to Global Research.

Featured image: Wall mural at the Aida Refugee Camp (Source: Caoimhghin Ó Croidhean)

  • Posted in English
  • Comments Off on There Is No Escape for Israel from Growing Palestinian Power
  • Tags: ,

All Global Research articles can be read in 51 languages by activating the “Translate Website” drop down menu on the top banner of our home page (Desktop version).

Visit and follow us on Instagram at @crg_globalresearch.

***

 

CNN is in damage control after its chief medical correspondent and notorious Covid-19 experimental vaccine pusher, Dr. Sanjay Gupta was humiliated on The Joe Rogan Experience when he was confronted for the obvious lie about Joe Rogan taking “horse dewormer” which was actually Ivermectin. 

The humiliation of the CNN medical correspondent has went viral since the interview.  Newsweek reported the day after the show that “In a clip shared on social media, which had been viewed more than 800,000 times as of Thursday morning, The Joe Rogan Experience host grilled Gupta over CNN reports that criticized his taking the drug ivermectin after being diagnosed with the disease.”

The report also said that “Rogan announced in September he had contracted the virus on Instagram and told his followers he “threw the kitchen sink” at it the disease, with the drug among treatments he used.”

Here is the clip from ‘The Joe Rogan Experience’:

*

CNN’s Don Lemon was trying to cover the lies of his network according to Fox News “CNN anchor Don Lemon was on the defensive Wednesday night after podcast giant Joe Rogan accused his network of “lying” about his COVID treatment” continued “Rogan confronted CNN’s chief medical correspondent Dr. Sanjay Gupta over the network’s coverage of his bout with the virus, falsely claiming Rogan used “horse dewormer” instead of the common human form of ivermectin, something Gupta conceded his CNN colleagues should not have said.”

Rogan asked Gupta “Does it bother you that the network you work for out and out lied, just outright lied about me taking horse dewormer?” Gupta’s response “They shouldn’t have said that,” Then Rogan asked “Why did they do that?”. Gupta responded with “I don’t know.” Rogan quickly responded with “You didn’t ask? You’re the medical guy over there!”  Gupta pathetically admitted “I didn’t ask” Gupta said, “I should’ve asked before coming on this podcast.” 

The mainstream media (MSM) is in freefall collapse and that’s why Big Tech monopolies including Twitter, Facebook, Google and YouTube  jumped in to its aid and censored the alternative media.  We were humiliating the MSM, in fact the alternative media was destroying what credibility they had left.

Despite what Big Tech has done, the American people and others from around the world still don’t trust the MSM except for the diehard Democrats based in the U.S.  According to a Gallup poll article from earlier this month, “Americans’ trust in the media to report the news fully, accurately and fairly has edged down four percentage points since last year to 36%, making this year’s reading the second lowest in Gallup’s trend.”  Not surprising, the Democrats have a lion’s share of trust when it comes to the MSM “Partisans’ trust in the media continues to be sharply polarized. Currently, 68% of Democrats, 11% of Republicans and 31% of independents say they trust the media a great deal or fair amount.” 

Joe Rogan did a sensational job in exposing MSM lies.  CNN is at a crossroads where its viewership is in freefall collapse.  I still cannot wrap my head around the fact that the MSM especially CNN, MSNBC and the New York Times are still in business but I understand that Big Pharma, the military-industrial complex and Washington’s political establishment pays their bills to stay on air.  However, the Alternative media is fighting back against Big Tech censorship by creating its own platforms such as Bitchute, Gab, Telegram, Odysee and many others which is very encouraging for those who seek the truth.

Rogan’s confrontation with CNN’s Dr. Sanjay Gupta is surely refreshing to see.  Humanity needs more exposure to the truth rather than the MSM’s lies that saturates television networks with propaganda especially in the West, so thumbs up to Joe Rogan who deserves nothing more than praise for standing up to a propagandist who represents one of the worst television networks in the world and that is CNN.

 

Note to readers: Please click the share buttons above or below. Follow us on Instagram, @crg_globalresearch. Forward this article to your email lists. Crosspost on your blog site, internet forums. etc.

Timothy Alexander Guzman writes on his blog site, Silent Crow News, where this article was originally published. He is a frequent contributor to Global Research.

Featured image is from SCN

All Global Research articles can be read in 51 languages by activating the “Translate Website” drop down menu on the top banner of our home page (Desktop version).

Visit and follow us on Instagram at @crg_globalresearch.

***

 

In a recent opinion essay published on the pharmaceutical industry-friendly MedPage Today, Dr. Matthew Wynia, a medical ethics professor at the University of Colorado School of medicine, propagated an old trope by accusing doctors who advocate cheaper, effective drugs and natural supplements for treating Covid patients as a “cult” of “quacks.”  Such derogatory language is not uncommon among the adherents of radicalized Skepticism – an aberrant faction within conventional medicine that espouses a dogmatic faith in a puritanical scientific materialism. Although there are post-modern Victorians to be found within the sciences and humanities alike, medical Skepticism has gained momentum and finds common ground with schoolyard bullying in its defiance against science’s hallmark of objective examination and scrutiny.

Skeptics such as Wynia are fond of expressing their disdain towards medical theories or therapeutic modalities that lie outside their prejudiced and narrow grasp of how valid scientific inquiry progresses. However, during the pandemic, government health officials have likewise been disgracing those who would challenge their undemocratic rules to strip away individual freedoms under the ruse of preserving public safety. Wynia’s background further explains this intolerance; and to use Cornel West’s terms, it tells us something about the “spiritual blackout and moral decrepitude” of US’s culture of governance and the puppet masters behind the official pandemic narrative.

Prior to joining Colorado’s medical school, for thirteen years Wynia was a director at the American Medical Association (AMA), perhaps the most discredited medical institution in America with a long history of speaking on behalf of drug makers’ interests and profits.  For over seven decades, the AMA has served as a watchdog for Big Pharma in its opposition to complementary and alternative medical professions. Following an earlier mass exodus of doctors from the AMA, today only about 12 percent of American physicians continue to hold membership. Although the AMA’s credibility has been lost, it nevertheless retains its influence from enormous private funding. Despite its detractors, and the erosion of it’s social contract with the larger medical community, the AMA, along with the CDC and NIH, are determined to unify the profession into a monolithic organism that can dictate approved and disapproved medical theories and interventions. But it has been during the pandemic that this effort has become more aggressive, as dissident doctors and healthcare professionals who speak out against federal pandemic policies and their failures are being threatened with loss of licenses and jobs.

Wynia is only a recent example among many. Repeatedly, and in unison, we hear federal health agencies’ and the media’s incantation to “follow the science” as an assault against those who have lost faith in the epistles preached by Anthony Fauci at the NIAID and other federal health officials from their vexing pulpits. This begs the question concerning whose science we should follow. Moreover, do we even have the courage and integrity to honestly evaluate the evidence to answer such a question?

In an earlier article, we noted that modern medicine has failed to be revered as a hard science. Its long legacy of intrinsic biases and questionable motives, keeps conventional medicine far away from being counted in the same league as authentic and more transparent sciences such as mathematics, theoretical physics, chemistry, etc. For this reason, since the late 19th century there have been sporadic debates as to whether medicine should properly be understood as an art or a science. Moreover, today, proprietary pursuits and conflicts of interest have further transformed medicine into a commercial enterprise rather than an honest quest for impartial discovery to uncover facts and truth. The ancient ethic of medicine as a healing art, which upheld high moral standards and was practiced out of physicians’ deep compassion and empathy to relieve human suffering, has today been buried by institutional bureaucrats, professional medical school administrators and pharmaceutical executives. So deep has been medical ethics’ burial, nobody can find its grave anymore.

If there is a lesson the Covid-19 pandemic has taught us, it is that conventional medicine is largely a mockery of its original moral foundations. This is not to deny important advances in saving lives, especially in diagnostic methods, surgical technologies, critical care and emergency medicine. Risk versus benefit ratios to drive health policies have become fabricated theatrical displays for the media to reenact to a passive public. For example, what are people to make of the wide discrepancies between the Pfizer and Moderna trial reports claiming 95 percent vaccine effectiveness for infection when real world evidence confirms the contrary? An Israeli Ministry of Health report – the most vaccinated population in the world – shows only a 39 percent prevention rate.  And this figure will dwindle further during the passing of months following inoculation because it is certain that Covid-19 vaccine immunity is very short-lasting. And a Harvard study published in the September issue of the European Journal of Epidemiology reveals that the highest rates of new Covid-19 cases are among the most fully vaccinated nations.

When Fauci tells CBS that unvaccinated persons account for 99.2 percent of presumed Covid deaths, and Biden’s newly appointed CDC czar Rochelle Walensky decides to re-define SARS-2 infection rates as “a pandemic of the unvaccinated,” the actual data should warn that we have been drawn into a fantasy world of Alice in Wonderland hallucinations. Because the real data is now in; and, it provides an utterly contrary picture. In mid-August, Becker’s Hospital Review reported that 60 percent of Israelis hospitalized with Covid-19 were fully vaccinated. Another study reported by the Israeli National News found that natural immunity was six times greater than that offered by the vaccines; and a subsequent study published by Bloomberg increased that percentage to 13 times greater.

Therefore, we must conclude that somebody is flamboyantly wrong!  Either our government officials or the medical data are wildly incorrect. Now approximately ten months since the vaccine roll out, more accurate independent data piles up. And this data indicates that practically everything we have been told about the benefits of the Covid-19 vaccines to reach herd immunity is more hyped fiction than fact. It is permeated with untruths.

Favoring a vaccine regime and surveillance controls to track every American’s movements, our leading health officials’ blatant neglect of their pandemic policies’ serious health consequences is a clear sign of their moral decrepitude.  Ineffective lockdowns, masks, social isolation, unsound critical care interventions such as relying upon ventilators, and the sole approval of the costly and ineffective drug Remdesivir at the exclusion of cheaper medications that can treat SARS-2 infections for a mere $2.56 have brought about nightmares for tens of millions of adults and children.  These drugs could have been prescribed at the pandemic’s start and saved countless lives. As early as April 2020, Monash University’s Biomedicine Discovery Institute in Australia had already published a study that ivermectin destroyed SARS-2 infected cell cultures by 99.8 percent within 48 hours. But no one in authority paid any attention.

Aside from destroying what average people believe is normal life, the Fauci-Gates-WHO manifesto has likewise destroyed what is natural to our very humanity by erecting and fomenting a culture of fear and mental trauma across the globe. What is equally worrisome is that all indicators suggest this has been intentional rather than by medical shortsightedness, unexpected accident or sheer stupidity. And the architects of this manifesto are not stupid people; neither are the manifesto’s harshest critics stupid people, such as Drs. Peter McCullough, Michael Yeadon and Wolfgang Wodarg, and Robert Kennedy Jr. Yet when highly intelligent people reach the pinnacle of power, wealth and influence, and steadfastly control the narrative of law and order, they are more susceptible to being bombastically wrong about practically everything.

Dr. Michael Yeadon, a former Pfizer Vice President, has charged governments with engaging in “psychological terrorism” in order to turn everyone into a threat to everyone else in the streets. When Anthony Fauci lectures the American people that to criticize him is identical to chastising science itself, we are hearing the rhetoric of a mob boss. Fauci is the exemplar and poster child of medicine’s degeneration: an authoritarian regime of oppressors determined to force the citizenry into obedience.  The promulgated message is that unless you have an MD or PhD behind your name, you have no authority, knowledge or capacity to judge what is sound science from what is false; therefore, we must listen to those experts who have risen up the chain of medical command and are qualified to dictate what is in our best interests. And unless you have achieved that level of jurisdiction you are a pariah, a treacherous heretic, if you dare to question their words.

Sadly legions of medical professionals and a largely naïve public continue to believe that our federal health agencies take the public’s health and genuine well-being to heart. Consequently, the establishment is making every effort to compare those who refuse the Covid-19 vaccines with climate change denial, conspiracy theory, Trumpism and religious fanaticism. Of course, there is little truth to these analogies. Yes, there are those who espouse such ideologies and are also anti-vaccine. But they do not represent the majority of people who are pro-vaccine but oppose the Covid-19 vaccines or very sound reasons; and a large percentage of this group are highly educated and medical professionals. Consequently this premeditative and deceptive messaging has been intentionally designed to create an illusion that the unvaccinated are a threat to the health of the nation. Therefore, employers, schools, and businesses should obey the decrees from on high and exercise their authority to bar anyone who refuses vaccination.

What Biden and Fauci deny is that an ever-increasing minority of vaccine opponents have now been injured by the vaccines or have had family members, friends, classmates and co-workers severely damaged or die. The numbers will continue to grow exponentially during the passing months as the vaccines’ long-term adverse effects begin to manifest serious medical complications. How long will our health and political leaders manage to subordinate and conceal the hard facts with abstract computer modeling, algorithms and massaged number crunching? Medical professionals working in the nitty-gritty of healthcare’s trenches are readily coming out in droves to declare they have had enough. They describe a real life scenario that contradicts every meme the government dishes up to the media.

In an interview on the Progressive Radio Network, Deborah Conrad, a physician assistant relieved of her job at Rochester Regional Health’s United Memorial Medical Center in upstate New York, recounted the growing number of incidents of vaccine injured patients requiring medical attention. In a legal letter to her former employers’ President and Chief Medical Officer by the Manhattan law firm Siri & Glimstad, Ms Conrad:

“… personally treated five patients that presented new unprovoked deep vein thrombosis or pulmonary embolisms within 6 weeks of Covid-19 vaccination. She has also seen patients that, after receipt of the Covid-19 vaccination, presented with a new stroke, autoimmune hepatitis, sudden bilateral pneumonia or Covid-19 infection… new arrhythmias, new seizure disorders, new chorea movement disorder and more.”

During a four-week period alone Deborah submitted 50 vaccine adverse event reports, including 4 deaths, to the CDC’s Vaccine Adverse Events Reporting System (VAERS). Despite the rules put into place that vaccine-associated injuries and deaths must be reported to VAERS, healthcare workers are not being instructed by their superiors to do so. In Deborah’s case, she was reprimanded for her conscientious efforts. For her actions, she was accused of being an anti-vaccine proponent and fired.  This is only the report of a single healthcare worker at a medium-sized medical facility. Now imagine the cumulative extent of Covid-19 vaccine injuries and deaths across the nation’s nearly 14,000 hospitals and the personal experiences of a significant number of America’s 1 million active physicians and 3.8 million registered nurses.

This carnage is not accidental. It has deeper causal effects that reach beyond the debate over good versus bad science in the Covid wars. More accurately, it is a sign of the deterioration across the length of modernity’s moral integrity.

The decline of the nation’s spiritual fortitude has steadily declined during the past half century, with significant spikes of systemic institutional moral decay during the Clinton White House and fast-forward. However, it has been during the past several years that the nation’s political apparatus can be formally declared morally and spiritually bankrupt. The federal handling of the pandemic is only one symptom of the gangrene of corporate and capitalist cupidity infecting government and healthcare policies. The mendacity of the Fauci-Gates-WHO manifesto’s faux scientific hubris and self-righteousness, similar to the SARS-2 virus itself, is poisoning the population’s very circulation in order to curtail opposition. This is one of the defining characteristics of Cornel West’s “spiritual blackout” that can also be applied to the pandemic’s public discourse.

The second characteristic is the systemic indifference and callousness throughout the federal health system and pharmaceutical industry.  Where has there been any effort whatsoever by Pfizer, Moderna and J&J to publicly provide an explanation for this human-made pandemic of vaccine adverse events threatening the international community?  The same is true for the Biden White House and its clan of medical autocrats. Instead, there is deafening silence as injuries and deaths from the Covid vaccines alone far outpace severe cases for all vaccinations combined during the last four decades. Yet not even a word of defense. Instead the vaccines’ failures have opened doors for new opportunities and greater profits, with compromised and obliging agents sitting as the heads of the CDC, FDA and Fauci’s National Institutes of Allergy and Infectious Disease ready to rubber stamp approvals for vaccine boosters and expand vaccination to younger age groups. Trials are already underway to administer Pfizer’s vaccine to 6 month-old infants. In the meantime, Fauci and the NIH will graciously reward grant-hungry researchers at medical institutes and universities with lavish funding to conduct more studies for peer-reviewed publications to keep the vaccine scam alive.  Those who buy into this naturalization of criminality within the dominant medical establishment, West might caution, are making “cowardice and avarice fashionable and compassion an option for losers.” Behind the backstage dressing room, the media has transformed Fauci into a propaganda-driven celebrity to keep the pandemic rolling, perhaps for years to come.

Cornel West’s third proof for our national spiritual blackout is the enabling of “public interest, common good, or even rule of law [to be] undercut by big money.” During the course of the pandemic alone, billionaire wealth has grown 54 percent to a value of nearly $4 trillion. The Cato Institute estimates that Pfizer will earn $33.5 billion this year from its Covid-19 vaccine alone. Fear tactics have succeeded in driving millions of Americans to expose their shoulders to the jab while clinging on a delusional hope that getting vaccination will return their lives to normal.  However, following West’s line of reasoning, these will only be “short-term gains and superficial successes.” A return to the night clubs, indoor concerts, sporting events and other entertainment, access to certain private and public spaces, entry to school or college and other carrots in the manifesto’s psy-ops are temporary covers for other nefarious strategies for full spectrum population surveillance. It also impersonates Big Pharma’s predatory capitalism and its commodification of medicine as Big Government takes every advantage of the deep superficiality that imbues the collective American psyche.

Fortunately, there is a growing pushback. We will not speculate whether it is a sign of the nation returning to its innate moral and spiritual senses, or simply the biological drive to survive when overwhelmed by the fear that the Covid-19 manifesto has seeded. Increasingly, Americans realize that getting vaccinated is a losing game of Russian Roulette. We are playing with a three-chamber loaded revolver, labeled Johnson and Johnson, Moderna and Pfizer respectively.

During this month alone there are promising signs of rebellion. The message is being heard that the Biden administration and our federal health officials, as well as many leaders in the developed world, have been feeding the public a false narrative built upon lies. In Chicago, a third of the city’s police force defied vaccine mandates. The 203,000 member strong International Association of Sheet Metal, Air, Rail and Transportation workers union, which represents the majority of America’s transportation employees, publicly stated their opposition to “unilateral” Covid vaccine mandates.  In New Mexico, 114 workers at Los Alamos National Laboratory, including a few dozen of the nation’s top nuclear scientists have sued the private contractor, Triad National Security, which runs the lab for the US Department of Energy for violating their constitutional rights over vaccine mandates.  And the most recent promising news is that a lawsuit is being filed against the CDC, the World Health Organization and the World Economic Forum for crimes against humanity under the Nuremberg Code criteria. Whether successful or not, the suit will nevertheless further brighten the moral darkness that pervades the halls of these institutions.

In the struggle ahead to expose the Covid-19 manifesto’s violent criminal assault on each of us individually, it is critical to remember history’s great visionaries and the sterling activists who stirred movements to beam light during times of widespread spiritual blackout.  Cornell West calls these exemplary figures “love warriors”. We need to find the courage to act and sacrifice out of deep compassion for the victims of the horrendous callousness exhibited by the pandemic’s engineers and their misguided and heartless schemes. West would encourage each of us to become a “love warrior.” But not as a cliché to wear on a shirt lapel nor placard to bring to a demonstration; rather the inspiration to burn selfless compassion deep into our conscience as a reminder of certain universal truths that trump all the lies disseminated by the powerful, and to challenge those who wish to exalt themselves as the rulers and masters over our lives.

*

Note to readers: Please click the share buttons above or below. Follow us on Instagram, @crg_globalresearch. Forward this article to your email lists. Crosspost on your blog site, internet forums. etc.

Richard Gale is the Executive Producer of the Progressive Radio Network and a former Senior Research Analyst in the biotechnology and genomic industries.

Dr. Gary Null is host of the nation’s longest running public radio program on alternative and nutritional health and a multi-award-winning documentary film director, including his recent Last Call to Tomorrow

They are frequent contributors to Global Research.

Featured image is from Vaccine Injury News

  • Posted in English
  • Comments Off on The COVID-19 Pandemic in a Time of Moral and Spiritual Blackout
  • Tags: ,

All Global Research articles can be read in 51 languages by activating the “Translate Website” drop down menu on the top banner of our home page (Desktop version).

Visit and follow us on Instagram at @crg_globalresearch.

***

This statement published on March 3, 2021 has been the object of a massive media campaign to discredit Kenya’s Catholic Doctors Association. On the following day, March 4th, the WHO released a statement  accusing Kenya’s Catholic Doctors of “falsification”, not to mention the statements issued by the Catholic Church.

Michel Chossudovsky, Global Research, October 25, 2021

***

3rd March 2021

To our fellow Kenyans and people of goodwill

RE: Stopping Ravages and Loss of Human Life from COVID-19

We greet you in the name of our Lord Jesus the Christ.

The Kenya Catholic Doctors Association brings together doctors who have sworn to practice and audit the practice of medicine guided by Catholic faith and the Hippocratic oath, including the respect for human dignity and the sanctity of life. We also strive to expose falsehoods in medical practice and to establish the truth as best practice and ensure it takes center stage in establishing policies and laws. 

We appreciate the fact that COVID-19 has presented unprecedented new challenges in the management of health nationally/globally with tremendous negative impact on the economy and the livelihood of our people. It’s also becoming clear that there are partisan interests that are seen bent on keeping some important truths from coming to the fore at the expense of human life.

We know for a fact that there are drugs that have been re-purposed and used effectively to treat COVID-19. We also know that vaccination for this disease is totally unnecessary making the motivation suspect.

Find our full advisory below hoping that we can stop the ravages and any other preventable loss of human life.

Yours faithfully,

Dr. Stephen K. Karanja

*

Read the document below or click here for full view.

*

Note to readers: Please click the share buttons above or below. Follow us on Instagram, @crg_globalresearch. Forward this article to your email lists. Crosspost on your blog site, internet forums. etc.

Featured image is from The Sociable

Secret Documents Reveal FDA’s Attack on Ivermectin

October 25th, 2021 by Dr. Joseph Mercola

All Global Research articles can be read in 51 languages by activating the “Translate Website” drop down menu on the top banner of our home page (Desktop version).

Visit and follow us on Instagram at @crg_globalresearch.

***

 

Mainstream media have incorrectly insinuated that ivermectin is purely a veterinary drug that could be dangerous to humans; CNN falsely stated that Joe Rogan took “horse dewormer”

Rogan recently interviewed CNN’s chief medical correspondent Dr. Sanjay Gupta, getting him to admit CNN lied

The FDA started the “horse dewormer” fallacy based on a Mississippi health department report that said 70% of poison control calls were related to veterinary ivermectin. It was actually 70% of ivermectin-related calls, six in all, four of which were about accidental use of ivermectin in livestock. Overall, these calls made up only 2% of all poison control calls

A total of 20 deaths have been linked to ivermectin since 1992. Compare that safety profile to Remdesivir, the primary drug used by hospitals across the U.S. against COVID-19. Since the spring of 2020, VigiAccess has received 7,491 adverse events in all attributed to the drug, including 560 deaths, 550 serious cardiac disorders and 475 acute kidney injuries

Nebraska Attorney General Doug Peterson has issued a legal opinion on the off-label use of ivermectin and hydroxychloroquine for COVID-19. According to this legal opinion, health care providers in Nebraska can legally prescribe these medications for off-label use for the treatment of COVID, provided they have informed consent from the patient. The only causes for disciplinary action are failure to obtain informed consent, deception and/or prescribing excessively high doses

*

In early September 2021, Oklahoma’s KFOR news ran a falsified story about emergency rooms being overrun with patients who had overdosed on horse ivermectin.1 Other mainstream media followed suit — all incorrectly referring to ivermectin as a dangerous veterinary drug.

In the real world, ivermectin is a human drug that has been safely used by 3.7 billion people since the early 1990s.2 In 2016, three scientists received the Nobel Prize in physiology or medicine for their discovery of ivermectin against parasitic infections in humans.3 It’s also on the World Health Organization’s list of essential medicines.4

There’s absolutely no reason whatsoever to disparage ivermectin as a “horse dewormer” that only a loony person would consider taking. Yet that’s what mainstream media have done, virtually without exception.

When comedian and podcast host Joe Rogan revealed5 he’d treated his bout of COVID-19 with ivermectin and other remedies — fully recovering within three days — NPR reported Rogan had taken “ivermectin, a deworming veterinary drug that is formulated for use in cows and horses,” adding that “the Food and Drug Administration is urging people to stop ingesting” the medication, saying animal doses of the drug can cause nausea, vomiting and in some cases severe hepatitis.6

Sanjay Gupta Admits CNN Lied

CNN, among many others, also reported on Rogan’s use of “horse dewormer.” In mid-October 2021, Rogan interviewed CNN medical correspondent Dr. Sanjay Gupta, grilling him on why CNN would outright lie about his use of ivermectin.

“It’s a lie on a news network,” Rogan said, “and it’s a lie that they’re conscious of. It’s not a mistake. They’re unfavorably framing it as a veterinary medicine …

Don’t you think a lie like that is dangerous … when they know they’re lying? They know I took medicine [for humans] … Dude, they lied. They said I was taking horse dewormer. It was prescribed to me by a doctor, along with a bunch of other medications.”

Gupta finally relents and agrees that ivermectin should not be called horse dewormer. When asked, “Does it bother you that the news network you work for out and out lied about me taking horse dewormer?” Gupta replied, “They shouldn’t have said that.”

When asked why they would lie about such an important medical issue, Gupta replied “I don’t know.” Gupta also admits he never asked why they did it, even though he’s their top medical correspondent.

FDA Attacks Ivermectin

While CNN and mainstream media are certainly at fault for spreading disinformation here, they got the idea from a supposedly reputable source — the FDA. In an August 21, 2021, tweet,7 the FDA linked to an agency article warning against the use of ivermectin, saying “You are not a horse. You are not a cow. Seriously, y’all. Stop it.”

This blatantly misleading post seeded the lie that then spread across mainstream media. In an article posted on RESCUE with Michael Capuzzo substack, two independent investigative health journalists, Mary Beth Pfeiffer and Linda Bonvie, detail how the FDA’s anti-ivermectin campaign began:8

“Within two days, 23.7 million people had seen that Pulitzer-worthy bit of Twitter talk. Hundreds of thousands more got the message on Facebook, LinkedIn, and from the Today Show’s 3 million-follower Instagram account.

‘That was great!’ declared FDA Acting Commissioner Janet Woodcock in an email to her media team. ‘Even I saw it!’ For the FDA, the ‘not-a-horse’ tweet was ‘a unique viral moment,’ a senior FDA official wrote to Woodcock, ‘in a time of incredible misinformation’ …

When CNN retweeted ‘not-a-horse,’ FDA was gleeful. ‘The numbers are racking up and I laughed out loud,’ wrote FDA Associate Commissioner Erica Jefferson in one email … There was one problem, however. The tweet was a direct outgrowth of wrong data — call it misinformation — put out the day before by the Mississippi health department.

The FDA did not vet the data, according to our review of emails obtained under the Freedom of Information Act and questions to FDA officials. Instead, it saw Mississippi, as one email said, as ‘an opportunity to remind the public of our own warnings for ivermectin.’”

The now infamous tweet was born out of a single sentence in a Mississippi poison control health alert, which stated that “At least 70% of the recent calls have been related to ingestion of livestock or animal formulations of ivermectin purchased at livestock supply centers.” The problem? That wasn’t accurate either.

Much Ado About Nothing

As it turns out, the real percentage of recent calls to poison control related to veterinary ivermectin was 2%, not 70%. In an October 5, 2021, correction, the Mississippi health department clarified that it wasn’t 70% of all poison control calls that involved veterinary ivermectin, it was 70% of all ivermectin-related calls.9

In absolute numbers, there were six such calls, and four of those calls actually related to livestock accidentally receiving the drug. Investigation by Pfeiffer and Bonvie also revealed that between July 31 and August 22, 2021, 40%, 10 of 24 ivermectin-related calls to the Mississippi poison control center were mere requests for information, which is a common occurrence.

“Without question, people should not take drugs made for animals, given issues of dosing and medical oversight, to name just two. That much is clear,” Pfeiffer and Bonvie write.10

“But in hopping on the Mississippi bandwagon, the FDA … turned ivermectin, which doctors and health ministers in several countries say has saved many from covid-19, into a drug to be feared, human form or not.

This highly effective bait-and-switch began last March with a webpage, to which the FDA tweet linked, that conflates the two ivermectins. On one hand, the FDA tells of receiving ‘multiple reports of patients who have required medical attention’ after taking the animal product.

On the other, it describes the fate awaiting people who take large amounts of any ivermectin, ending a long list with ‘dizziness, ataxia, seizures, coma and even death.’

The medical literature,11 nonetheless, shows ivermectin to be an extremely safe medicine … Last March, a safety review12 of ivermectin by a renowned French toxicologist could not find a single accidental overdose death in the medical literature in more than 300 safety studies of the drug over decades.

The study was performed for MedinCell, a French pharmaceutical company … Since 1992, twenty deaths have been linked to inexpensive, off-patent ivermectin, according to a World Health Organization drug tracker called VigiAccess …

So how big was the surge that FDA described as ‘multiple’? Four, an agency spokesperson said just after the page went up. Three people were hospitalized, but it wasn’t clear if that was for COVID itself.

When pressed for details, FDA cited privacy issues, and said in an email, ‘Some of these cases were lost to follow up.’ This is how government gets away with some whoppers, and with the media’s help.”

Ivermectin Is Safe; Remdesivir, Not so Much

According to VigiAccess, the World Health Organization’s drug tracker, a total of 20 deaths have been linked to ivermectin since 1992.13 Compare that safety profile to remdesivir, the primary drug used by hospitals across the U.S. against COVID-19.

Since the spring of 2020, VigiAccess has received 7,491 adverse events in all attributed to remdesivir, including 560 deaths, 550 serious cardiac disorders and 475 acute kidney injuries.14

The question is why remdesivir is being used at all, with the World Health Organization recommending15 against it and a new Lancet study16 finding “no clinical benefit.” Could it be that Fauci is involved with the fraud? Pfeiffer and Bonvie write.17,18

“The other question is why ivermectin is not. The FDA tweet arrived just as ivermectin prescriptions were soaring, up twenty-four-fold in August from before the pandemic.

These were legal prescriptions written by doctors who, presumably, had read the studies, learned from experience, and decided for themselves. Indeed, 20 percent of prescriptions are written off-label,19 namely for other than an approved use.

The effort to vilify ivermectin broadly has helped curb the legal supply of a safe drug. That’s what drove people to livestock medicine in the first place.”

State AG Calls Out Medical Establishment for Misinformation

In better news, in early October 2021, the Nebraska Department of Health asked Nebraska Attorney General Doug Peterson to issue a legal opinion on the off-label use of ivermectin and hydroxychloroquine for COVID-19.

October 15, 2021, Peterson issued a legal opinion20,21 stating health care providers can legally prescribe these medications for off-label use for the treatment of COVID, provided they have informed consent from the patient.22 The only causes for disciplinary action are failure to obtain informed consent, deception and/or prescribing excessively high doses.

Peterson concluded that, based on the available evidence, hydroxychloroquine and ivermectin “might work for some people.”

He highlighted studies demonstrating the safety and benefits of these drugs against COVID-19, as well as the shocking scientific fraud that led to worldwide shunning of hydroxychloroquine, and the cherry-picking and exclusion of data in studies that are critical of ivermectin. He also pointed out how illogical it is to discourage early treatment.

“Allowing physicians to consider these early treatments will free them to evaluate additional tools that could save lives, keep patients out of the hospital, and provide relief for our already strained healthcare system,” Peterson wrote.23,24

Peterson also called out the FDA and Dr. Anthony Fauci on their hypocrisy, detailing how the FDA and National Institutes of Health seeded confusion by issuing contradictory guidance. The NIH has taken a neutral position to ivermectin, which Peterson “clearly signaled that physicians should use their discretion in deciding whether to treat COVID-19 patients with ivermectin.”

NIH officials, however, have ignored the agency’s official position. At the end of August 2021, Fauci “went on CNN and announced that ‘there is no clinical evidence’ that ivermectin works for the prevention or treatment of COVID-19,’ and that ‘there is no evidence whatsoever’ that it works,” Peterson writes, adding:

“Yet this definitive claim directly contradicts the NIH’s recognition that ‘several randomized trials … published in peer-reviewed journals’ have reported data indicating that ivermectin is effective as a COVID-19 treatment.”

AG Blames FDA for Seeding Confusion

Peterson goes on to review the FDA’s behavior with respect to ivermectin:

“The FDA has similarly charted a course of confusion. In March 2021, the FDA posted a webpage entitled ‘Why You Should Not Use Ivermectin to Great or Prevent COVID-19.’

Although the FDA’s concern was stories of some people using the animal form of ivermectin or excessive doses of the human form, the title broadly condemned any use of ivermectin in connection with COVID-19.

Yet there was no basis for its sweeping condemnation. Indeed, the FDA itself acknowledged on that very webpage (and continued to do so until the page changed on September 3, 2021) that the agency had not even ‘reviewed data to support use of ivermectin in COVID-19 patients to treat or prevent COVID-19.’

But without reviewing the available data, which had long since been available and accumulating, it is unclear what basis the FDA had for denouncing ivermectin as a treatment or prophylaxis for COVID-19.”

Peterson also highlights the fact that while the FDA claims ivermectin “is not an antiviral (a drug for treating viruses),” on another FDA webpage they list a study in Antiviral Research that “identified ivermectin as a medicine ‘previously shown to have broad-spectrum antiviral activity.”

“It is telling that the FDA deleted the line about ivermectin not being ‘anti-viral’ when it amended the first webpage on September 3, 2021,” Peterson writes.

He also points out that while the FDA now claims off-label use of drugs “can be very dangerous,” and that this is why they don’t recommend ivermectin for COVID, doctors routinely use drugs off-label, and ivermectin has a well-established safety record.

So, “it is inconsistent for the FDA to imply that ivermectin is dangerous when used to treat COVID-19 while the agency continues to approve remdesivir despite its spottier safety record,” Peterson writes.

AG Puts Professional Associations Under the Microscope

Peterson also questioned the stance of professional associations such as The American Medical Association, American Pharmacists Association and American Society of Health-System Pharmacists, which in September 2021 issuing a joint statement25 opposing the use of ivermectin to prevent or treat COVID outside of clinical trials.

Their statement, Peterson points out, relied on the FDA’s and CDC’s “suspect positions,” and a statement by Merck, in which they opposed the use of the drug due to a “concerning lack of safety data in the majority of studies.”

“But Merck, of all sources, knows that ivermectin is exceedingly safe, so the absence of safety data in recent studies should not be concerning to the company,” Peterson writes, adding:

“Why would ivermectin’s original patent holder go out of its way to question this medicine by creating the impression that it might not be safe? There are at least two plausible reasons.

First, ivermectin is no longer under patent, so Merck does not profit from it anymore. That likely explains why Merck declined to ‘conduct clinical trials’ on ivermectin and COVID-19 when given the chance.

Second, Merck has a significant financial interest in the medical profession rejecting ivermectin as an early treatment for COVID-19. [T]he U.S. government has agreed to pay [Merck] about $1.2 billion for 1.7 million courses of its experimental COVID-19 treatment [molnupiravir], if it is proven to work in an ongoing large trial and authorized by U.S. regulators.

Thus, if low-cost ivermectin works better than, or even the same as molnupiravir, that could cost Merck billions of dollars.”

Another excellent article26 detailing the FDA’s questionable actions, and Merck’s incentives to disparage their old drug, ivermectin, was published by the American Institute for Economic Research.

“While we can all be happy that Merck has developed a new therapeutic that can keep us safe from the ravages of Covid-19, we should realize that the FDA’s rules give companies an incentive to focus on newer drugs while ignoring older ones,” David Henderson, a senior fellow with AIERS, writes.27

“Ivermectin may or may not be a miracle drug for Covid-19. The FDA doesn’t want us to learn the truth. The FDA spreads lies and alarms Americans while preventing drug companies from providing us with scientific explorations of existing, promising, generic drugs.”

Early Treatment Is Crucial

There’s no doubt that many have died unnecessarily due to our health authorities’ incomprehensible decision to discourage all prevention and early treatment of COVID-19. As noted by many doctors, early treatment is absolutely crucial for preventing hospitalization, death and long-term side effects of the infection.

There are several proven protocols to choose from at this point, including the following. Whichever treatment protocol you use, make sure you begin treatment as soon as possible, ideally at first onset of symptoms.

  • The Zelenko protocol28
  • The MATH+ protocols29
  • Nebulized hydrogen peroxide, as detailed in Dr. David Brownstein’s case paper30 and Dr. Thomas Levy’s free e-book, “Rapid Virus Recovery

*

Note to readers: Please click the share buttons above or below. Follow us on Instagram, @crg_globalresearch. Forward this article to your email lists. Crosspost on your blog site, internet forums. etc.

Notes

1 KFOR September 1, 2021

2 Newswise December 4, 2020

3 Nobelprize.org October 5, 2015

4 WHO Essential Medicines August 2015

5 YouTube Joe Rogan September 7, 2021

6 NPR September 1, 2021

7 FDA Twitter August 21, 2021

8, 9, 10, 13, 17 Rescue.substack.com

11, 12 Expert Review Report: Medical Safety of Ivermectin

14 Nebraska AG Opinion October 14, 2021, page 11

15 WHO November 20, 2020

16 The Lancet September 14, 2021

18 Pharmaceutical Fraud August 9, 2021

19 Congressional Research Service Off-Label Use of Prescription Drugs February 23, 2021

20, 24 Nebraska AG Opinion October 14, 2021

21 The Defender October 18, 2021

22, 23 KETV7 Omaha October 15, 2021

25 AMA.org September 1, 2021

26, 27 AIER October 18, 2021

28 Zelenko protocol

29 Covid19criticalcare.com

30 Science, Public Health Policy and The Law July 2020; 1: 4-22 (PDF)

Featured image is from Children’s Health Defense

All Global Research articles can be read in 51 languages by activating the “Translate Website” drop down menu on the top banner of our home page (Desktop version).

Visit and follow us on Instagram at @crg_globalresearch.

***

 

Within just a few days, the United States will once again make its case in a UK court that it has a right to extradite WikiLeaks founder Julian Assange to be tried under the Espionage Act, in what remains this century’s most dangerous attack on global press freedom.

These hearings, taking place on October 27 and 28, are an attempt to appeal the decision that Judge Vanessa Baraitser made earlier this year to not extradite Assange to the United States because it is likely he will commit suicide if subjected to the inhumane conditions of the U.S. prison system. However, while this decision was focused on his health, these hearings are really about what the Assange case has always been about: the United States’ determination to silence anyone who exposes the crimes of the U.S. empire.

Leading press freedom and human rights organizations have been clear about the implications of a potential Assange extradition and have called on President Biden to drop the case. If there were still any doubts that the Department of Justice’s focus on Assange was corrupt and politically motivated, those who remain skeptical should consider two major revelations about the U.S. campaign against Assange since the last hearing.

Earlier this year the Icelandic news outlet Stundin reported that a key witness in the prosecution against Assange admitted to lying in his indictment. This witness was Sigurdur Ingi Thordarson, a convicted pedophile and fraudster. The FBI promised Thordarson immunity from prosecution under the condition that he lie about his relationship with WikiLeaks in an indictment which would strengthen the DOJ’s conspiracy charge against Assange. Along with the debunked claim that Assange pressured whistleblower Chelsea Manning into hacking a U.S. government computer, Thordarson’s indictment was supposed to paint Assange as having a pattern of pressuring sources to commit cyber crimes. The Stundin article should put to rest any belief that the United States is being honest about its stated reasons for going after Assange.

But the Stundin article is not even the most concerning glimpse into the prosecution’s true character. Just this month, Yahoo News reported that Mike Pompeo, the main force behind Trump’s decision to pursue extradition, was obsessed with punishing Assange for publishing the Vault 7 documents which revealed the CIA’s activities of electronic surveillance and cyber-warfare. Though The Grayzone initially broke this news in May 2020, the recent Yahoo News report includes additional details of Pompeo’s obsession. Most shockingly, Pompeo held such a vendetta against Assange that he considered arranging a shootout in the streets of London with the British government to assassinate Assange.

It is still unclear if either of these facts will be considered in the UK court’s upcoming hearings. There remains a dangerous lack of solidarity with Assange from the press, which is exactly why it is so important that this extradition not happen. As mainstream news outlets become increasingly complacent, and even supportive of pro-war policies, it becomes more essential that anti-war voices, and anti-war journalists in particular, resist the attempt by the United States to set the precedent that the act of publishing war crimes is a punishable offense.

After 20 years of the United States military destroying entire countries under the guise of fighting terrorism, there is finally a partial reckoning with U.S. warmongering around the world. It cannot be said that Americans are particularly anti-war now, but at the very least, Biden’s decision to pull U.S. troops from Afghanistan was widely popular across the political spectrum. Yet, many news outlets instead chose to emphasize the minority position on Afghanistan by prioritizing commentary from interventionists and weapons lobbyists over anti-war scholars and activists, and by falsely representing the U.S. occupation of Afghanistan as a positive. This sudden emphasis on the supposedly positive role of U.S. occupation in Afghanistan is a particularly dangerous line for journalists to push considering how little effort the U.S. media placed on covering the conflict prior to withdrawal. One study found that in 2020, three major news outlets gave the conflict a combined coverage of less than five minutes.

In contrast to publications that take such a careless or outright supportive stance on the irreparable harm of U.S. foreign policy are WikiLeaks and its founder, Julian Assange. Following his view that “if wars can be started with lies, they can be stopped by truth,” Assange has published some of the most vital information on U.S. foreign policy of the 21st century with perfect accuracy. Some of the information provided to the public (thanks to the anonymous online source submission system developed by Assange) includes the CIA rendition program, detainee abuse at Guantanamo Bay, and U.S. war crimes in Iraq, Afghanistan, Yemen, and more. It is this view on publishing which understands war as something to be exposed and resisted that has made Assange such a hated figure by warmongers in the United States.

However, as every Assange supporter knows, a potential extradition of Assange will not just stop with Assange. The fear is that the torture he has endured and a possible extradition and even sentencing under the Espionage Act would enable the U.S. government to do the same to anyone else who exposes the crimes of the U.S. military. Even if the United States cannot successfully imprison every journalist who exposes its crimes, such a precedent would likely scare publications into even greater submission to the state. The desired outcome is the complete neutering of anti-war journalism.

Despite the many problems with the mainstream press, journalism as an institution remains one of the most effective methods of resisting, and at times, ending wars. Even those distrustful of the press should be willing to oppose attacks on the right to a free press when such attacks occur. It is the guarantee of press freedom that enables anti-war reporting to make its way into the mainstream at times, shifting people’s understanding of what their government does.

One recent example of the power of the press is the reporting that the New York Times and Washington Post did on the U.S. military’s drone strike of an Afghan aid worker, Zemari Ahmadi, and his family. Though these two publications are often the principal cheerleaders of U.S. foreign policy, their recent independent investigations into Biden’s drone strike brought the U.S. drone program to the attention of the American public. As a result, the Pentagon had to admit it not only killed a civilian and his loved ones, but knowingly lied to the public by falsely claiming they had proof that this man was an ISIS-K operative. That admission of guilt and dishonesty may not have come if not for the power that the reporters at the Times and the Post chose to wield over the warmongers in the Pentagon.

One has to wonder: if these publications chose to routinely use their immense resources and platforms to scrutinize the military, rather than provide PR for it, would the drone program even still be operating? Would the war in Afghanistan have ended much sooner? Could the invasion have been avoided entirely?

These are questions that cannot be answered, but they should be asked of journalists as the U.S. continues to prioritize military spending and beat the drum for a new war with China. The press still has the power to challenge and prevent U.S. wars. However, this power hangs in the balance in the form of Julian Assange’s fate. Recent coverage of the Afghanistan withdrawal shows the potential for two types of press. One which sees its role as the mouthpiece for the most war-hungry members of a global empire or one that shows the true nature of war to the public, enabling them to oppose it and giving its victims some justice. For anti-war advocates who would rather see the latter option covering foreign policy, it is essential to show strong support for Julian Assange and demand the charges against him be dropped immediately.

From Common Dreams: Our work is licensed under Creative Commons (CC BY-NC-ND 3.0). Feel free to republish and share widely.

*

Note to readers: Please click the share buttons above or below. Follow us on Instagram, @crg_globalresearch. Forward this article to your email lists. Crosspost on your blog site, internet forums. etc.

Sam Carliner is a journalist based in New Jersey. His writing focuses on US imperialism and the climate crisis. He is also the Weekend Social Media Manager at CodePink.

Featured image is by Elekhh licensed under CC BY-SA 3.0

Here Lies Colin Powell… Legacy of a War Criminal

October 25th, 2021 by Yvonne Ridley

All Global Research articles can be read in 51 languages by activating the “Translate Website” drop down menu on the top banner of our home page (Desktop version).

Visit and follow us on Instagram at @crg_globalresearch.

***

 

 

Following his death from Covid-19 earlier this week, former US Secretary of State Colin Powell‘s legacy will be examined by many people for many different reasons. Some will eulogise him as one of America’s top diplomats and presidential advisers. Many more, I suspect, will remember him as the man who lied for his country again, and again, and again.

One of the Greek sages, Chilon of Sparta, said we should not speak ill of the dead (what is now the Latin aphorism “De mortuis nil nisi bonum dicendum est”), a maxim with which I would generally agree. However, it is precisely because of the dead that I am writing these words.

The dead to which I refer come from many nations around the world; countless men, women and children who left this earth in the absence of mercy, a voice or justice. Millions of others have yet to have any sort of closure or peace due to US militarism, wars, interventions and atrocities over many decades. Powell supported, excused and covered up most of them from Vietnam to the present day.

A memorial service for General Powell will be held at the Washington National Cathedral in the US capital next month. The so-called great and good will eulogise the first African American to serve as chairman of the Joint Chiefs of Staff and US Secretary of State. My own contribution is not for Powell and the mourners, but for the forgotten survivors who will have been propelled back into very dark places at seeing his name in the headlines this week.

To the Iraqi people, Powell was the man who did the dirty work in arguing the case for a war that created more than a million widows and orphans. Estimates of the number of dead in Iraq continue to be amended. It was Powell who stood before the UN on behalf of President George W Bush in February 2003 and spoke with great authority, using photographs to “prove” that Iraq under Saddam Hussein had weapons of mass destruction (WMDs). This was a lie, and he knew it.

A couple of weeks ahead of his speech, some Algerian refugees were arrested for allegedly producing ricin in Wood Green, North London. The British media splashed with the headlines that anti-terror police had uncovered an Al-Qaida cell poised to unleash the deadly poison on an unsuspecting public. The more lurid reports also claimed that the “ricin factory” contained bomb-making equipment. British Prime Minister Tony Blair — another man with a long-distance relationship with the truth — whipped up a frenzy of hysteria claiming that, “This danger is present and real, and with us now.”

Blair was backed up by Powell in his presentation to the UN Security Council; both men were pushing the case for war against Iraq. Powell cited the London “find” gravely as an “Iraq-linked terrorist network”. Despite the fact that the British government’s chemical weapons research facility at Porton Down knew that there was no ricin in Wood Green in early January 2003, Powell went ahead and peddled his lies regardless. Blair and Powell both appear to have ignored the facts. In a nest of vipers, it’s always difficult to separate one snake from another.

Two years later a very different story emerged during the Old Bailey trial of the Algerian refugees: there was no ricin and no sophisticated Al-Qaida plot. Jury foreman Lawrence Archer was so outraged at what emerged during his seven-month odyssey in court that he co-wrote a book with journalist Fiona Bawdon exposing the lies told by Powell backed up by “shamelessly distorted” words from the British government, media and security agencies.

Powell claimed later to regret his performance at the UN. That didn’t help the Algerians, though, who were held in a high-security prison for more than two years until the case against them in their infamous trial by jury collapsed. The US official knew that there was no ricin plot; indeed, that there was no ricin, so what was the white powder in the vial he waved around so dramatically in the Security Council meeting?

To the people of Vietnam, Colin Powell was the soldier who covered up the war crimes carried out in Mỹ Lai by a unit of US troops who slaughtered 500 civilians. Powell admitted in a 1968 memo that there might have been be “isolated cases of mistreatment”, but in August 1971 he eventually told the truth in a sworn affidavit during the war crimes trial of Brigadier General John Donaldson who, it was alleged, had routinely “killed or ordered the killing of, unarmed and unresisting” Vietnamese civilians from his helicopter.

Powell ingratiated himself in 1985 as a senior assistant to US Defence Secretary Caspar Weinberger, when he helped cover up the selling of weapons to Iran so that the Reagan administration could funnel money to the US-backed and funded right-wing Contra counterrevolutionaries in Nicaragua. Weinberger faced five charges related to the so-called Iran-Contra scandal only to be pardoned by President George H.W. Bush before he could be put on trial. It emerged that Powell took part personally in at least one covert weapons sale in exchange for hostages.

He had his finger in many pies in subsequent years which saw the demise of some dictatorships and the rise of others in US military action in Panama, the Philippines, Somalia, Liberia, Bangladesh, Russia, Bosnia, Afghanistan, the Persian Gulf and the Middle East.

To the Palestinians — and myself, I must add — Powell will always be the man who was treacherous and duplicitous towards them. He lied about Israel’s massacre of Palestinians in the Jenin refugee camp in April 2002.

The Israel Defence Forces (IDF) tried desperately to hide one of its many war crimes committed in the occupied West Bank when its soldiers killed at least 52 Palestinians in the refugee camp between 1 and 11 April at the height of the Second (Al-Aqsa) Intifada. Ariel Sharon’s cowardly troops would have made a quick exit but for the dilemma of how to cover up the killing of so many people. It’s a dilemma that focused the minds of those in charge of so-called Operation Defensive Shield.

As I wrote in MEMO last year,

“[They] decided to enforce a siege so tight that no one, despite global protests, could get past Israel’s ring of steel; it was a total lockdown and lasted for weeks while the Israeli government did its best to keep journalists and human rights observers away from the Palestinian city…

“The atmosphere was tense and the UN announced that it was planning to launch an investigation into compelling allegations of Israeli war crimes said to have been committed in the refugee camp. The Israelis did what they do well, and mobilised malleable politicians and government advisers to mislead a gullible media and public.”

The then US Secretary of State Powell was brought in to use calm, authoritative tones at a press conference in Jerusalem’s King David Hotel, which Zionist terrorists blew up in 1946, killing 91 people and wounding 41 others. The irony wasn’t lost on the Palestinians and the watching world.

He claimed to have seen “no evidence” of a massacre. In last year’s article I pointed out: “By 23 April Powell was back in Washington briefing senators: ‘Right now, I’ve seen no evidence of mass graves and I’ve seen no evidence that would suggest a massacre took place.’ He wasn’t lying, of course, because he never went to Jenin, so could not have ‘seen’ the evidence even if he had wanted to.”

I was one of the first journalists on the scene, though, and was in the refugee camp in Jenin on the day that the former general presented his less than honest briefing to the world’s media. The anger and frustration I felt listening to his lies was probably nothing compared with the feelings of the Palestinians in Jenin who told me how their mothers, wives, children and other relatives had been killed before their eyes. I remember seeing a group of Palestinian women tearing at the rubble with their bare, bloodied hands trying to find the bodies of loved ones. The stench of death was overwhelming. Moreover, while Powell said that he saw “no evidence” of a massacre, Human Rights Watch disagreed, and said so when it published a hard-hitting report on what happened in Jenin.

The Jacobin online magazine has published a brutally savage obituary of Powell. “There’s Nothing Honourable or Decent About Colin Powell’s Long List of War Crimes” was the headline. I and millions like me couldn’t agree more. He was buried on Friday morning, but as yet there’s no official tombstone. When it is eventually fixed on his grave, it should be very simple: “Here lies Colin Powell – in death as in life”.

*

Note to readers: Please click the share buttons above or below. Follow us on Instagram, @crg_globalresearch. Forward this article to your email lists. Crosspost on your blog site, internet forums. etc.

All Global Research articles can be read in 51 languages by activating the “Translate Website” drop down menu on the top banner of our home page (Desktop version).

Visit and follow us on Instagram at @crg_globalresearch.

Do the following statements confirm US-NATO’s intent to wage war on Russia “if deterrence fails”?

Emphasis in quotations confirm this intent.

Excerpts from the speech, for complete speech see video below.

***

As President Biden affirmed at the Bucharest Nine Summit in May, “this Administration is committed to strengthening our Euro-Atlantic bonds and to ensuring a secure Eastern Flank.”

I also wanted to be here to honor the Romanian service members who served side by side with us in Afghanistan over the past 20 years… including the 27 Romanian troops who died in Afghanistan.

Now, as most of you know, Romania is one of a handful of NATO Allies that hosts a significant number of U.S. rotational forces….

Later today, I’ll get a chance to visit our forces at MK [Mihail Kogălniceanu] Air Base… and see first-hand the outstanding relationship between our two militaries.

….

Now, this year marks a decade since we signed the Strategic Partnership Joint Declaration and the Ballistic Missile-Defense Agreement.

It also marks five years since we established Europe’s first and only operational Aegis Ashore site in Romania.

Now, we also spent some time today discussing the importance of deepening cooperation among our Black Sea Allies and partners to deter and defend against Russian malign activities in the region.

As I mentioned during my visit to Kyiv, the United States will continue to provide assistance to enhance the maritime capabilities of Romania, Bulgaria, Ukraine, and Georgia in support of these efforts.

I think our posture in the region continues to present a credible threat against Russia and it enables NATO forces to operate more effectively should deterrence fail. And I think this is borne out of our commitment to sustaining a rotational U.S. force presence. We continue to have about 1,000 rotational forces in Romania, including heavy infantry, rotary assets, enablers, and as you heard me mention earlier, Europe’s first and only operational Aegis Ashore.

Standard Missile-3 Block IIA interceptor missile of the sort the U.S. and NATO have stationed in Romania.

Regarding our force posture, I think you heard me say earlier that our posture in the region continues to present a credible deterrent against Russia and should deterrence fail, it allows us to be in a better position to operate more effectively….

***

Security and stability of the Black Sea are in the U.S. national interest and are critical to the security of NATO’s Eastern Flank. It goes without saying that the region is vulnerable to Russian aggression, and we have seen evidence of that by ongoing actions in Eastern Ukraine, occupation of parts of Georgia, militarization of the Black Sea, and provocative actions in the air and at sea. I would go further and say that Russia’s destabilizing activities in and around the Black Sea reflect its ambitions to regain a dominant position in the region and to prevent the realization of a Europe that is whole, free and at peace.

Video. Complete Speech

Press conference with Defense Secretary Lloyd Austin III and Romanian Defense Minister Nicolae Ciucă, now being proposed for the prime ministership of Romania.

*

Note to readers: Please click the share buttons above or below. Follow us on Instagram, @crg_globalresearch. Forward this article to your email lists. Crosspost on your blog site, internet forums. etc.

  • Posted in English
  • Comments Off on Video: US Secretary of Defense Lloyd Austin in Romania: “Should Deterrence Fail”, U.S. and NATO Positioned for War in Black Sea
  • Tags: , , ,

All Global Research articles can be read in 51 languages by activating the “Translate Website” drop down menu on the top banner of our home page (Desktop version).

Visit and follow us on Instagram at @crg_globalresearch.

***

 

It is pretty clear these days that corporate America is now controlling the State Department along with their “health agencies” such as the FDA and the CDC.

This week the Biden Administration laid out their plans to quickly vaccinate 28 million children between the ages of 5 and 11 with a COVID-19 vaccine, which sounded more like a Press Release from Pfizer, since the FDA has not even authorized the shots for that age group yet.

ZeroHedge News reported:

The Biden administration on Wednesday unveiled its plan to ‘quickly’ vaccinate roughly 28 million children age 5-11, pending authorization from the Food and Drug Administration (FDA).

The jab – which doesn’t prevent transmission of Covid-19 will be available at pediatricians, local pharmacies, and possibly even at schools, according to the White House, which expects FDA authorization of the Pfizer shot for children – the least likely to fall seriously ill or die from the virus, in a matter of weeks, according to the Associated Press.

Federal regulators will meet over the next two weeks to weigh the benefits of giving shots to kids, after lengthy studies meant to ensure the safety of the vaccines.

Within hours of formal approval, expected after the Centers for Disease Control and Prevention advisory meeting scheduled for Nov. 2-3, doses will begin shipping to providers across the country, along with smaller needles necessary for injecting young kids, and within days will be ready to go into the arms of kids on a wide scale. -AP

According to the announcement, the White House has secured enough to supply more than 25,000 doses for pediatricians and primary care physicians who have already signed up to deliver the vaccine, while the country now has enough Pfizer vaccine to jab roughly 28 million kids who will soon be eligible, meaning this won’t be a slow roll-out like we saw 10 months ago when doses and capacity issues meant adults had to wait.

Meanwhile, the White House is rolling out an ‘advertising’ campaign to convince parents and kids that the vaccine is safe and effective. According to the report, “the administration believes trusted messengers — educators, doctors, and community leaders — will be vital to encouraging vaccinations.” (Full article.)

There is actually no data supporting the claim that the Pfizer COVID-19 shot is “safe and effective” for children, and plenty of data showing that it is harmful, causing severe reactions such as death and heart disease.

The most recent data entered into the government’s Vaccine Adverse Event Reporting System (VAERS) shows that for children and teenagers between the age of 12 and 19, there have been:

  • 54 Deaths
  • 315 Permanent Disabilities
  • 4381 Visits to an Emergency Room
  • 2433 Hospitalizations
  • 465 Life Threatening Events

(Source. Note that the search separates 12-17 year olds, and 17-44 year olds, although we only searched through age 19, so you need to add the two tables together to get these numbers.)

Everyone agrees that VAERS is vastly under-reported, as many whistleblowing nurses and healthcare workers have testified that doctors are reluctant to report vaccine injuries. See: Unvaccinated Hospital Staff Only Ones Telling the Truth Regarding Vaccine Injuries as They Prepare to Leave the Medical System

PhD researcher and statistician Dr. Jessica Rose has conducted an analysis of COVID-19 vaccine adverse reaction reporting in VAERS (study here), and her analysis shows that a conservative estimate of the under-reporting of COVID-19 vaccine adverse reactions in VAERS would necessitate that we multiply the results by X42.

So the true numbers for adverse events from 12 to 19-year-olds would be closer to this:

  • 2,268 Deaths
  • 13,230 Permanent Disabilities
  • 184,002 Visits to an Emergency Room
  • 102,186 Hospitalizations
  • 19,530 Life Threatening Events

Note that most of these stats are for only 5 months, since it was in May, 2021 that the FDA authorized use of these shots for 12 to 15-year-olds.

How do these numbers compare with the risk of this age group for dying from COVID-19 for the past two yearsaccording to public data?

Source.

So when the CDC, FDA, and the White House assure you that these shots are safe for your children, and that any known side effects resulting in death and heart disease (which they admit) are “rare,” and that the “benefits outweigh the risks,” this is a LIE. It is simply a marketing slogan to promote their products.

Big Pharma in corporate America is running this country’s medical system, and the decisions they are making regarding COVID-19 “vaccines” have everything to do with their “bottom line” in profits and future control of endless “booster shots,” and nothing to do with public health. See: All 3 FDA-Authorized COVID-19 Vaccine Companies Employ Former FDA Commissioners

The entire population in the U.S. knows now that there are two differing narratives to COVID-19 shots, as millions of people in this country are choosing to give up their careers and jobs rather than comply with COVID-19 mandatory vaccinations.

If you or someone you know chooses NOT to research the other side, to hear why these people are making this choice, but instead chooses only to listen to what the Pharma-owned corporate media publishes, then even though criminals are now running the medical system and the political system here in the U.S., it is 100% YOUR FAULT if you choose to allow your child to receive a COVID-19 shot and they end up permanently disabled or dead.

You will be complicit with these crimes against humanity, and the blood of your child will be on your hands, and you will have to give an account before God for your decisions, and I don’t think he will accept the excuse “I didn’t know.”

This video report will show you grieving parents who have lost their children after choosing to allow them to receive a COVID-19 shot, and they would probably give anything to have their child back, regretting their foolish choice to allow their child to be vaccinated.

This is on our Bitchute and Rumble video channels.

*

Note to readers: Please click the share buttons above or below. Follow us on Instagram, @crg_globalresearch. Forward this article to your email lists. Crosspost on your blog site, internet forums. etc.

Featured image is a screenshot from the video 

  • Posted in English
  • Comments Off on White House to “Quickly” Vaccinate 28 Million Children Age 5-11 as Deaths and Injuries Continue to Increase Among 12 to 19-Year-Olds Who Received a COVID-19 Shot
  • Tags: , , ,

All Global Research articles can be read in 51 languages by activating the “Translate Website” drop down menu on the top banner of our home page (Desktop version).

Visit and follow us on Instagram at @crg_globalresearch.

***

 

The German Federal Statistical Office reported an excess mortality rate of 10 percent above the mean value for previous years in Germany. The mainstream is silent on this increase.

The Ministry of Health only gave a meaningless answer to journalist Boris Reitschuster’s question about the shocking statistics. There were fewer Covid-19 deaths, they announced instead. The fact is: Vaccination critics expected this development.

For months there have been increasing reports of the high mortality in old people’s homes after vaccination appointments or an increase in intensive care patients due to vaccination. However, they are difficult to prove, as they are mostly based on hearsay and small samples. Data protection and medical confidentiality usually prevent gleaning direct evidence.

But there is now an increase in total mortality that cannot be denied. The increase in deaths may not yet constitute solid evidence, because, as statistics expert Thorsten Wiethölter pointed out, the data on the age structure are missing for more precise conclusions.

But this is how the German government explained excess mortality: By saying nothing at all. When Reitschuster asked the German government how they explained excess mortality, he also raised the question of whether it could be the “Israel effect”. By this he meant the observed increase in intensive care patients after the start of the vaccination campaign.

The answer of the spokeswoman for Health Minister Jens Spahn (CDU) was: The government does not explain the excess mortality and it does not care, because “Covid-19 deaths have decreased”.

Parissa Hajebi replied for Spahn: “It is the case that statistics on excess mortality cannot be interpreted in real time. The comparison data is missing for this. The number of Corona deaths has decreased significantly. That is also a very good development.”

The mainstream media became exalted when Spain vaccinated itself “to the top of the world”. Spain is indeed at the “top”, namely the number one in excess mortality.

In Great Britain a report by the Telegraph shook things up, with doctors observing an increase in illnesses and deaths. They justified this with the “misguided Corona policy”.

On the other hand, because of vaccine damage to the immune system, more people are also getting viral diseases such as the flu, which in turn also leads to an increase in deaths.

Not only has mortality increased in Germany since the start of the vaccination campaign, but children and adolescents are increasingly filling Germany’s intensive care units. At the Paul Ehrlich Institute (PEI), three deaths after vaccination and a large number of heart infections were registered in the first three weeks after the STIKO recommendation for vaccinating children. The three children who died in the first few weeks after the onset of the children’s vaccinations are said to have suffered fatal pulmonary embolisms, bleeding and multiple organ failure, as well as circulatory shock.

The government and the mainstream are also silent on this. And the Paul Ehrlich Institute has also been silent on the causes. As reported by Russia Today, the PEI has not yet issued a further safety report since their first one – that is, for a whole three months so far.

Apparently vaccination side effects and vaccination deaths are not that important as far as the government is concerned. After all, German health authorities maintain that anyone who dies from vaccinations or a weakened immune system can no longer die from Covid-19. And according to the statement of the Spahn spokeswoman, this is ultimately a success.

*

Note to readers: Please click the share buttons above or below. Follow us on Instagram, @crg_globalresearch. Forward this article to your email lists. Crosspost on your blog site, internet forums. etc.

Featured image: Covid-19 mortality. Photo credit: Isaac Quesada

All Global Research articles can be read in 51 languages by activating the “Translate Website” drop down menu on the top banner of our home page (Desktop version).

Visit and follow us on Instagram at @crg_globalresearch.

***

 

A few days back, I took a peek at the COP26 climate conference website in order to try and track down its official sponsors, because – in these over-monetised times – no self-respecting conference goes without its sponsors, partners, supporters or whatever title is in vogue these days.

Sign up for Professor Bill McGuire’s newsletter.

In retrospect, I was probably being a bit naïve, but I expected to see the names of big environmental organisations, Greenpeace perhaps, or Friends of the Earth, and maybe ultra-green energy companies like Ecotricity. What I didn’t expect to see was the names of big polluters, their supporters and their funders.

According to the COP26 website, the UK Government is seeking sponsors who – amongst other commendable aims for tackling the climate emergency – are making real progress in the fight against climate change and are aligned with the aims of COP26. They are also required to have strong climate credentials and short-term plans to meet net zero emissions in 2050 or earlier.

Plastic

So far, so good. Let’s see, then, which admirable companies have signed up as so-called Principal Partners. Well, there’s Nat West Group, who made real progress in the fight against climate change by pumping more than US$13 billion into the fossil fuel sector between 2016 and 2020.

Conveniently, in advance of COP, they claim now to be phasing out financing of oil and gas companies who don’t have plans in place that are in line with Paris climate agreement goals – whatever this means in the real world. Apparently, this makes everything OK and wipes the slate clean.

Alongside Nat West Group, we have SSE Power. This is the energy company that operates the most polluting facility in Scotland, the Peterhead gas power plant. SSE are also in the process of building the huge Keadby 2 gas plant in Lincolnshire, locking fossil fuels into the energy mix for decades.

National Grid are on the list too, despite being keen supporters of carbon intensive ‘blue’ hydrogen, which is derived from fossil fuels. Then there is Unilever, one of the world’s biggest plastic polluters, generating a staggering 700,000 tonnes a year.

They are promising to cut plastic use by 100,000 tonnes a year by 2025, to which my response is, big deal! Sainsbury’s are there too, a company that managed to get the lowest marks in a Greenpeace report on supermarket progress to cut plastic packaging.

Victory

So much for the principal partners. One step down are the Partners who, presumably, haven’t shovelled in enough money to be worth the ‘principal’ tag. Here we have a company referred to on the COP website simply as BCG.

Clicking on the name links to the BCG Centre for Climate & Sustainability, and reveals the company’s full name, the Boston Consulting Group. Funnily enough, nowhere on this page does it mention that advising oil, gas and coal extractors about how to make the most of their business, is a major part of the group’s consultancy work.

Alongside BCG is a company called SalesForce, which describes itself, on its website, as a ‘customer relationship management solution’, whatever the hell that is. It doesn’t take much browsing to discover that, like BCG, SalesForce has close links with the oil and gas sector.

Step down another level and we have what are called conference ‘Providers’, although it is not clear just what they are providing. The UK government has only managed to attract one provider so far, but what a provider. DLA Piper is a law firm with considerable involvement with the fossil fuel industry.

Astonishingly, it actually boasts on its website about ‘achieving victory’ for the Central New York Oil and Gas Company in a case that cleared the way for development of the US$257 million Marcellus Shale gas pipeline project in the Appalachians.

Fracking

Unusually, for a conference, COP26 has so-called ‘Friends’ as well as partners and providers. It is not clear whether those invited to be friends need to pay for the privilege or not. Given that a number are academics and NGO representatives are on board, it seems unlikely.

The role of the Friends of COP is, it seems, to advise the UK government and inspire action from their sectors ahead of the conference.

When I spotted the name of Sir Ian Cheshire amongst the list of friends I thought, initially, that it must be some sort of joke or a case of mistaken identity. But no, the non-executive director of Barclays plc and Chairman of Barclays Bank, UK is pictured in full glory.

My belief has never been so beggared. Barclays is one of the world’s biggest fossil fuel bankers, and the biggest in Europe. It is the largest non-US funder of fracking, and has increased its funding of the fracking sector by almost a quarter since 2019.

Climate-clobbering

Over the last five years, it is also one of the biggest non-Chinese funders of the coal industry. In total, Barclays pumped a staggering US$144 billion into the fossil fuel sector between 2016 and 2020.

It took me a while to get my head around this and to try and figure out what the hell is going on. COP26 is arguably the most important meeting in the history of humankind, yet it apparently counts a leading representative of one of the world’s biggest investors in carbon pollution as a friend, and welcomes other companies with dismal environmental records on board.

The answer lies in the fact that sponsors appear to be invited and appointed by the UK Government, I assume with no involvement from the UN Framework Convention on Climate Change (UNFCCC), which organises the COP meetings.

This explains a great deal. In it’s usual slap-dash way, my assumption is that the government has simply taken the corporate dollar and asked no questions. There can’t surely, have been any real and effective vetting procedure, given who has been allowed on board. As for due diligence, either there has been none, or the government simply does not care about the climate-clobbering activities of those it has appointed as sponsors.

Agenda

Even before it begins, the involvement of such corporations and individuals is in danger of devaluing the whole event. It allows them to hijack this critical meeting as an opportunity for green-washing, to access and rub shoulders with key decision makers, and to influence the agenda.

Most of those I have mentioned are also slated to host public events in the conference ‘green zone’, where they will have the opportunity to pull more wool over the eyes of those watching and listening.

It really is despicable, and an awful look, to have the names of those who are part of the problem rather than the solution on board. It should be in the power of the UNFCCC to decide who can participate as sponsors and contributors – based upon real green credentials – and not Boris and his mates.

I doubt that the choice of supporters is part of any hidden agenda or plan to embarrass the organisers. Far more likely is that it is simply the latest example of the serial incompetence of those currently running the country.

*

Note to readers: Please click the share buttons above or below. Follow us on Instagram, @crg_globalresearch. Forward this article to your email lists. Crosspost on your blog site, internet forums. etc.

Bill McGuire is professor emeritus of geophysical and climate hazards at UCL. He was a contributer to the IPCC report on climate change and extreme events. His latest book, Skyseed – an eco-thriller about climate engineering gone wrong – is published by The Book Guild.

Featured image: Satirical Barclays adverts were installed by Brandalism activists, adding pressure to banks to divest from fossil fuels. (Source: The Drum/Brandalism)

  • Posted in English
  • Comments Off on Why are Fossil Fuel Companies, Their Funders, and Others with Poor Environmental Credentials, on the List of COP26 Conference Sponsors?
  • Tags:

Assange: A Threat to War Itself

October 25th, 2021 by Robert C. Koehler

All Global Research articles can be read in 51 languages by activating the “Translate Website” drop down menu on the top banner of our home page (Desktop version).

Visit and follow us on Instagram at @crg_globalresearch.

***

 

The Pentagon’s offer of “condolence money” to the relatives of the ten people (seven of them children) who were killed in the final U.S. drone strike in Afghanistan — originally declared righteous and necessary — bears a troubling connection to the government’s ongoing efforts to get its hands on WikiLeaks founder Julian Assange and punish him for exposing the inconvenient truth of war.

You know, the “classified” stuff — like Apache helicopter crewmen laughing after they killed a bunch of men on a street in Baghdad in 2007 (“Oh yeah, look at those dead bastards”) and then smirked some more after killing the ones who started picking up the bodies, in the process also injuring several children who were in the van they just blasted. This is not stuff the American public needs to know about!

At the time of the release of that particular video, in 2010, then-Secretary of Defense Robert Gates decried the fact that the public was seeing a fragment of the war on terror “out of context.” And, indeed, he was right. As I later wrote:

“The Department of Defense is supposed to have total control over context; on the home front, war is 100 percent public relations. The public’s role is to be spectators, consumers of orchestrated news; they can watch smart bombs dropped from on high and be told that this is protecting them from terrorism and spreading democracy. That’s context.”

Assange’s crime was collaborating with whistleblowers to expose hidden data and disrupt that context. Over the course of a decade, WikiLeaks published some 10 million secret documents, more than the rest of the world’s media combined, according to a Progressive International video. This is the organization that has launched the Belmarsh Tribunal, which is demanding that Assange be released from British prison and not be extradited to the United States. The Tribunal, modeled after the 1966 tribunal organized by Bertrand Russell and Jean-Paul Sartre to hold the U.S. accountable for its actions in Vietnam, will put the country on trial for its 21st century war crimes.

The government’s desperation to extradite, try and essentially get rid of Assange is profoundly understandable. He is a threat to war itself — that is to say, to the abstraction of war, i.e., “national defense,” which claims a trillion dollars a year in unquestioned (and ever-increasing) funding and sits in the public consciousness as just the way things are. By penetrating the realities of war and pulling it out of its carefully orchestrated public context, by publicizing its raw horrors, he became a danger to the country’s political status quo.

So much so, in fact, that:

“In 2017,” Yahoo News reported a month ago, “as Julian Assange began his fifth year holed up in Ecuador’s embassy in London, the CIA plotted to kidnap the WikiLeaks founder, spurring heated debate among Trump administration officials over the legality and practicality of such an operation.

“Some senior officials inside the CIA and the Trump administration even discussed killing Assange, going so far as to request ‘sketches’ or ‘options’ for how to assassinate him. Discussions over kidnapping or killing Assange occurred ‘at the highest levels’ of the Trump administration, said a former senior counterintelligence official. ‘There seemed to be no boundaries.’”

The disaster known as the Vietnam War, which ended in U.S. disgrace — which had to end because the country’s own troops had turned against it in huge numbers — led to something called “Vietnam Syndrome,” a public disgust for war itself. What an inconvenience for the government, which was still engaged in its Cold War with the communists but could only wage proxy wars, e.g., in Nicaragua, where the contras had to do the dirty work.

Finally, in 1991, as George H.W. Bush launched Gulf War One in Iraq, he declared: “By God, we’ve kicked the Vietnam syndrome once and for all.”

The U.S.A. was finally free to militarize its propaganda again, that is to say, to spread democracy around the globe with the help of bombs and bullets. Since the Soviet Union had collapsed and the Cold War had ended, a new enemy had to be found, but that was no problem. A decade later, Bush Jr. launched the War on Terror and the endless wars of the 21st century began.

And they were good.

Well, they were good as long as the Department of Defense had control over their context. Assange, by defying all restrictions on the truth and exposing the raw realities of these wars — the lies, the hell — could bring the statistics of war to life, e.g.:

“At least 801,000 people have been killed by direct war violence in Iraq, Afghanistan, Syria, Yemen, and Pakistan,” according to Brown University’s Costs of War Project. “The number of people who have been wounded or have fallen ill as a result of the conflicts is far higher, as is the number of civilians who have died indirectly as a result of the destruction of hospitals and infrastructure and environmental contamination, among other war-related problems.”

And:

“Millions of people living in the war zones have also been displaced by war. The U.S. post-9/11 wars have forcibly displaced at least 38 million people in and from Afghanistan, Iraq, Pakistan, Yemen, Somalia, the Philippines, Libya, and Syria. This number exceeds the total displaced by every war since 1900, except World War II.”

The U.S. government has apologized for ten of those deaths, and only — only! — because the incident was investigated and came to public attention.

*

Note to readers: Please click the share buttons above or below. Follow us on Instagram, @crg_globalresearch. Forward this article to your email lists. Crosspost on your blog site, internet forums. etc.

All Global Research articles can be read in 51 languages by activating the “Translate Website” drop down menu on the top banner of our home page (Desktop version).

Visit and follow us on Instagram at @crg_globalresearch.

***

 

Two nephews of John F. Kennedy are calling on the Biden administration to release the final trove of secret documents on the 1963 assassination of the former president.

The records were scheduled to be made public Tuesday, but the White House announced late Friday night that it would delay their publication until at least Dec. 15 — and perhaps longer if President Joe Biden determines it’s in the nation’s best interest to keep them confidential.

“It’s an outrage. It’s an outrage against American democracy. We’re not supposed to have secret governments within the government,” Robert F. Kennedy Jr. told POLITICO. “How the hell is it 58 years later, and what in the world could justify not releasing these documents?”

His cousin, former Rhode Island Rep. Patrick Kennedy, said the records should be released not because of his family, but because American citizens have a right to know about “something that left such a scar in this nation’s soul that lost not only a president but a promise of a brighter future.”

“I think for the good of the country, everything has to be put out there so there’s greater understanding of our history,” Patrick Kennedy said.

The documents were set to be declassified in 2017, but President Donald Trump postponed the release for four years.

Biden’s decision to continue Trump’s policy of shielding the records came as a surprise to historians and experts on the assassination because he had served in the U.S. Senate when the John F. Kennedy Assassination Records Collection Act of 1992 passed unanimously in Congress. That act, passed in response to questions raised by the 1991 Oliver Stone film “JFK,” set up an independent review board to collect all government files that might have bearing on the assassination and make them public. Most records were released between 1994 and 1998. Only the most sensitive classified documents remain confidential.

Biden was first elected to the Senate nearly a decade after Kennedy’s assassination and campaigned with former Sen. Ted Kennedy, the late president’s brother and the father of Patrick Kennedy, as a youthful Irish-American kindred spirit to the political dynasty.

The White House declined to comment on the record, issuing a background statement saying that “the National Archives advised that their review of classified material was severely hampered by COVID-19 since classified material cannot be reviewed remotely and asked for more time.” The coronavirus first hit the U.S. in early 2020, more than 27 years after the JFK Records Act passed and more than 56 years after Kennedy was shot on Nov. 22, 1963, in Dallas.

Pointing to the presidential memorandum it released late Friday, the White House promised in a written statement that the “public will have access to a tranche of previously withheld records and redacted information withheld in previously released records” and that the “Biden Administration is setting up a whole-of government effort to ensure the maximum possible disclosure of information by the end of 2022.” The president’s memo also directs the National Archives to come up with a plan to digitize the entire collection of documents, more than 300,000 records.

A spokesperson for Trump declined to comment about why he delayed the full release of the records in 2017 after indicating he intended to make them public.

Among other unanswered questions, the records could shed light on whether a Central Intelligence Agency operative named Bill Harvey mysteriously traveled from Rome to Dallas before the assassination as well as the agency’s role in plots to kill Cuban dictator Fidel Castro, its surveillance techniques.

An overwhelming majority of the 15,000 records in question are from the CIA and, to a lesser extent, the Federal Bureau of Investigation. Portions of them have been released with single words or entire pages blacked out, according to the National Archives.

If the records are ever released, they probably would not reveal the identity of other potential killers of Kennedy. Robert F. Kennedy Sr., brother of the president and namesake of the son who spoke with POLITICO, did not believe the official narrative of the assassination, said historian David Talbot, author of “Brothers: The Hidden History of the Kennedy Years” and “The Devil’s Chessboard.”

“RFK was the first JFK ‘conspiracy theorist,’ the attorney general of the United States,” Talbot said. “Any serious journalist or historian who looks at this seriously comes to the same conclusion: that Lee Harvey Oswald was what he said he was, ‘a patsy,’ and that the Warren Commission was an effort to cover up the crime, not investigate the crime in an honest way.”

Robert F. Kennedy Jr. concurred with his father’s belief that his uncle was assassinated as part of a broader conspiracy. Kennedy, a controversial figure in his family because of his anti-vaccine advocacy, also said he did not believe that Sirhan Sirhan killed his father, putting him at odds with his siblings and other relatives.

Both he and Patrick Kennedy said their family had shied away from discussing the JFK assassination and related matters because it was too painful, even to this day.

Patrick Kennedy declined to comment on whether he believed the official story of the assassination. He said he wasn’t sure the documents would be released Dec. 15, but he ultimately hopes that Biden will do the right thing and make them public. He also described the president as someone “who loves my family, and this country, and has a heart that’s full of compassion and love.”

“We’re living in a time of a lot of conspiracy theories. There is a tendency to distrust government in general,” he said. “There’s a whole lot of bureaucratic obfuscation. Every agency needs to exercise their own right to redact certain portions [of the records] which you know is what fuels the whole conspiracy theory.”

*

Note to readers: Please click the share buttons above or below. Follow us on Instagram, @crg_globalresearch. Forward this article to your email lists. Crosspost on your blog site, internet forums. etc.

Featured image is from OffGuardian

Biden’s Taiwan Gaffe Meant No Harm

October 25th, 2021 by M. K. Bhadrakumar

All Global Research articles can be read in 51 languages by activating the “Translate Website” drop down menu on the top banner of our home page (Desktop version).

Visit and follow us on Instagram at @crg_globalresearch.

***

 

The probability is that the US President Joe Biden committed yet another diplomatic gaffe at a CNN town hall last Thursday that Washington had a commitment to come to Taiwan’s defence if it were attacked by China.

Yet, like Biden’s gaffes usually, this one too was not without an element of deliberateness. Biden was even insistent. Indeed, there is an ongoing debate in the US on this topic and Biden tapped into it.

Nonetheless, the very next day, the White House sought to walk back Biden’s comments, explaining he “wasn’t announcing a change in policy nor have we changed our policy. We are guided by the Taiwan Relations Act.” The Taiwan Relations Act of 1979 commits the US to providing Taiwan with arms for its self-defence but does not commit sending American troops to defend Taiwan. 

Again, on Friday, Defence Secretary Lloyd Austin and State Department Spokesman Ned Price signalled to Beijing that the status quo hasn’t changed — and to Taipei cautioning against declaration of independence.

Interestingly, on Friday itself, Senator Edward J. Markey, Chair of the East Asia Subcommittee of the Senate Foreign Relations Committee, and Senator Dan Sullivan introduced a bipartisan legislation titled the Taiwan Actions Supporting Security by Undertaking Regular Engagements (Taiwan ASSURE) Act that “invests in stability measures to lower the risk of conflict in the Taiwan Strait by supporting dialogues to mitigate misunderstandings and promote transparency.” 

Senator Markey, the veteran lawmaker from Massachusetts, has been closely associated with Biden and former secretary of state John Kerry and stepped in for damage control in consultation with the White House. He said, 

“We must find ways to lower tensions and avoid miscalculation in the Taiwan Strait. This legislation will invest in crisis stability measures as an essential part of the United States’ regional security strategy with the goal of avoiding armed conflict. Consistent with our commitments under the Taiwan Relations Act, the United States must continue to support Taiwan’s meaningful participation in the international community and help the country withstand cross-Strait coercion, while taking clear action to avoid conflict in the region.” read more  

Clearly, at the responsible level of US leadership, there are no takers for the steady drumbeat among the hawks and neocons to play chicken with the US-China relations. Both within the Biden Administration and the Congress, there is level-headed understanding that the US national security is not at stake here and to gamble the fate of humanity is sheer madness. Biden has more foreign policy experience than any US president in modern history since Eisenhower.

Beijing reacted forcefully to Biden’s remark but to set the record straight. Meanwhile, could Biden have been in the dark about the 20-year energy deal last week between the US exporter Venture Global LNG and the Chinese state oil giant Sinopec on supplying a combined 4 million tons of liquefied natural gas annually and a second deal with the trading arm of Sinopec to supply another 1 million tons of LNG for three years? 

Reports also appeared last week that the Chinese natural gas distributor ENN Natural Gas Co signed a 13-year deal to buy LNG from US supplier Cheniere Energy Inc starting July 2022. This is the first time in 3 years that major LNG deals were inked between Chinese and US companies. 

Global Times wrote that the deals could “make China and the US to strike for a return to normal bilateral relations.” Due to logistics snags and other factors, the US currently has little ability to meet China’s cascading demand for natural gas. China is forecast to overtake Japan as the world’s biggest buyer of LNG this year. To be sure, energy cooperation with China is crucial for the US export of natural gas in the long run. In the Asian market, energy prices are skyrocketing. 

As it is, China-US trade volume grew 35.4% from January to September in dollar terms from last year (US exports to China jumped 43.5% in this period), and is expected to surpass the $630 billion pre-trade war level in 2018 to touch $700 billion.

Such growth testifies to the intertwining character of the world’s two largest economies and underscores that China and the US are deepening economic and trade ties and getting back to a normal track since Biden took office. Chinese Vice Foreign Minister Le Yucheng told CGTN in an interview on Tuesday that China and the US are “an inseparable community of shared interests.”  

That said, the big question still hangs in the air: Why did Biden sound belligerent? Three — possibly, four — reasons can be attributed. First, post-Afghanistan, be it on Ukraine and the Black Sea or NATO expansion, the Biden Administration is flexing muscles. Second, the US feels exasperated that like at no time, its pathway is getting blocked as others keep testing its resolve. Look at North Korea’s chutzpah. 

For instance, things look as if the JCPOA is about to collapse and all that remains is “a perception of movement in the negotiations,” as Trita Paris, the well-known American expert on Iran, has written, while a “shift to more coercion under an undefined Plan B” is fraught with grave dangers. read more 

Ironically, even as Biden spoke, news appeared that a Chinese-Russian joint naval flotilla is displaying “freedom of navigation” by making a circle around Japan and sailing toward the US Navy base in Yokosuka, headquarters of the US Seventh Fleet, from which the US has been making provocative moves in the Taiwan Straits and South China Sea. 

There is a taunting message here to the US and Japan, as many key military installations are located on the east side of Japan. A Russian Defence Ministry statement said, “The tasks of the joint patrolling were to demonstrate the state flags of Russia and China, maintain peace and stability in the Asia-Pacific region and also protect facilities of both countries’ maritime economic activity. During the patrol, the group of warships passed through the Tsugaru Strait (to western Pacific) for the first time.” read more

Third, Biden is fully well aware that China has no intentions to annex Taiwan through military means and his grandstanding wouldn’t change Beijing’s grand strategy. On the other hand, at a juncture when his political capital is depleting and public rating plummeting, it looks good to sound resolute and strong. 

The reality is that Biden began his presidency with an ambitious agenda to remake the US economy that drew comparison with FDR’s New Deal. But, bogged down in negotiations and Senate rules, and coping with a schism within his own party, Biden has been forced to trim sails and his most ambitious proposals have been dropped, some of them indefinitely. 

Meanwhile, as Axios puts it, “Former President Trump is telling most anyone who’ll listen he will run again in 2024… Trump is the heart, soul and undisputed leader of the Republican Party and will easily win the nomination if he wants it, the polls make unmistakably clear.”

*

Note to readers: Please click the share buttons above or below. Follow us on Instagram, @crg_globalresearch. Forward this article to your email lists. Crosspost on your blog site, internet forums. etc.

Featured image: China-Russia naval exercise Joint Sea-2021 kicked off in Russia’s Peter the Great Bay on October 14 focusing on mine countermeasures, air defence, live-fire shooting, maneuvering & anti-submarine mission (Source: China Military)

Management by Metrics Is Upending Newsrooms and Killing Journalism

October 25th, 2021 by Prof. Victor Pickard

All Global Research articles can be read in 51 languages by activating the “Translate Website” drop down menu on the top banner of our home page (Desktop version).

Visit and follow us on Instagram at @crg_globalresearch.

***

 

 

Review of All the News That’s Fit to Click: How Metrics Are Transforming the Work of Journalists by Caitlin Petre (Princeton University Press, 2021)

Journalism is in crisis. The past two decades have seen tens of thousands of newspaper jobs vanish and hundreds of communities become news deserts. Run-amok commercialism continues to hollow out and distort our news media in increasingly dangerous ways. Yet, despite such worrying signs, the precise contours of these structural transformations often escape scrutiny, and it’s often unclear what’s truly new. After all, profit-driven media have always underserved and misrepresented large segments of society along socioeconomic divides. Informational redlining is baked into the very DNA of a commercial press that privileges profits over people.

What we’re witnessing today, however, is the late-stage decay of advertising-dependent, market-driven journalism. Many of the most visible maladies — the feeding frenzies of vulture capitalist hedge funds, the far-right propagandists exploiting news vacuums, the platform monopolies voraciously devouring ad revenue and amplifying misinformation — are opportunistic parasites exacerbating the crisis, not the root cause. The entire commercial structure is rotten to its core, and the far-reaching implications of this decomposition, especially for those working toward a more democratic future, have yet to be fully appraised.

While the symptoms of commercial media’s structural pathologies are legion, one that’s increasingly visible and yet under-studied is how the desperate search for ever-diminishing revenues worsens labor conditions — which in turn degrades journalists’ well-being, the content they produce, and society writ large.

Caitlin Petre, a media sociologist at Rutgers University, has published a timely and important book that vividly captures these transmogrifications. Her engagingly written and deeply researched All the News That’s Fit to Click: How Metrics Are Transforming the Work of Journalists exposes a particularly glaring manifestation of intensified commercial pressures: the growth of “newsroom metrics” that measure and gauge reader engagement with digital news content. By fetishizing these audience analytics, journalists are driven to optimize their content for clicks, ultimately in ways that deteriorate their own working conditions.

Through careful, painstaking ethnographic research with the New York Times, Gawker (the pre-Peter-Thiel-destroyed version), and the audience analytics firm Chartbeat, Petre lays bare how such accelerating pressures are restructuring newsrooms and warping journalistic labor in profoundly troubling ways. She traces how the logic driving newsroom metrics aims to maximize profits by extracting greater productivity from news workers and greater commercial value from the content they produce.

News outlets increasingly rely on these metrics to provide incessant feedback about their content’s online performance. Gawker even kept in full view a wall-mounted, large-screen data dashboard — sometimes referred to as the “big board” — that was essentially a scoreboard displaying the traffic metrics of specific stories. Petre notes that Chartbeat’s specialty was to go beyond simple page views to calculate engagement metrics of time spent with the content and whether the article was shared. By compulsively following real-time analytics flashing across their screens — and reinforced by various rewards — many journalists develop a perverse obsession with such metrics. This growing fixation, according to Petre, is “reshaping the journalistic labor process.”

Petre observes that audience metrics are part of an emergent set of managerial strategies to discipline news work. This new kind of Taylorism is gradually creeping into so-called creative and knowledge work — areas of expertise that typically enjoy more autonomy than industrial labor. While such professional expectations were perhaps always misguided (cultural workers are, after all, still workers and still exploited by capitalism), journalists’ sense of personal agency and independence is particularly acute, and therefore especially affected by these changing work regimes.

By foregrounding journalism as a form of labor, a framework often ignored within the subfield of journalism studies, Petre gains purchase on interrogating key power relationships within the broader news industry. She notes that news metrics serve as a “form of labor discipline that shapes both the organization and lived experience of journalistic work under capitalism.” Drawing from Harry Braverman’s classic work showing how Taylorism “deskills” workers as a means of managerial control, Petre also integrates Michael Burawoy’s contributions to this critique to underscore how this regime requires workers to become “willing participants in the intensification of their own exploitation.”

For this managerial strategy to succeed, then, workers must maintain some agency throughout the process. This arrangement is rendered more palatable for journalists by the gamelike characteristics of the analytics dashboards, which have an addictive quality as media workers constantly try to win what Petre calls “The Traffic Game.” Petre argues that this habit-forming user interface with real-time newsroom metrics serves as a “regime of managerial surveillance.”

Having spent many weeks studying their daily activities “in situ,” Petre notes that Chartbeat’s strategy paid off handsomely, with journalists obsessing over ways to increase traffic numbers for their stories, pushing themselves to work ever harder, serving managerial interests more than their own despite the absence of direct coercion. Recalling Dean Starkman’s observations about the “hamsterization of journalism” from a decade ago, Petre reveals how struggling news organizations force journalists to work more for less under increasingly casualized and precarious conditions.

Petre’s analysis implicitly draws attention to the not-so-hidden eight-hundred-pound gorilla in the room: the monstrosity that is Facebook (a subject to which the book could perhaps have devoted more attention). Given the platform’s gatekeeping position as the primary portal to a massive global readership, reporters internalize an almost-instinctual awareness as to what types of content capture attention and perform well on the Facebook news feed. Such dynamics incentivize journalists — many of whom face intense job insecurity — to craft their reporting according to clickbait criteria that emphasize controversy, conflict, sensationalism, and anything that prompts people to engage with stories, thereby generating more advertising revenue.

Critics have long argued that metrics-driven journalism privileges fluff over high-quality news, while conditioning journalists to treat audiences as apolitical consumers and entertainment seekers rather than engaged participants within a democratic polity. By conflating consumer choice with democratic needs, these market-based values reduce audience engagement to a commercial transaction and devalue other less easily measured concerns, such as how well the press serves democracy.

Much to her credit, Petre often returns to such normative concerns, even as she provides thick description of how journalists negotiate these dynamics. A fundamental meta-question that she poses, along with several others midway through the book, that could serve as the overarching query is: “Can the profit imperatives of commercial news production coexist with the profession’s civic mandate?” The evidence featured in this book and elsewhere suggests that these aims are increasingly incompatible.

Early boosters suggested that metrics enabled journalists to be more responsive to their audiences’ desires, thereby democratizing the news. Overall, however, the metrification of news labor is yet one more blow to the dignity and quality of life for news workers, and increasingly other creative and knowledge-work sectors as well.

While Petre clearly shows news metrics’ many harms — and how they can be stressful and demoralizing for journalists — she also argues they can be empowering, defying an overly simplistic narrative of managerial exploitation. In her nuanced attention to “interpretive ambiguity,” Petre adopts what she sees as a dialectical relationship between managerial control and worker autonomy, where “journalists and analytics tools engage in the mutual shaping of each other.”

Petre also shows how journalists strive to establish ethical boundaries between “clean” and “dirty” uses of data, and they have some leeway in how they make sense of the traffic data relentlessly fed back to them. Citing Erik Olin Wright’s “contradictory locations within class relations,” she nods to editors’ divided loyalties in managing the use of newsroom metrics, sometimes siding with workers and other times management. And she notes significant differences between the New York Times strategy of subordinating the role of analytics in the editorial process compared to Gawker’s metrics-driven managerial strategy.

A counterintuitive potential benefit to metrics that Petre teases out is that they “may also inadvertently (her emphasis) cultivate a sense of shared grievance, collective identification, and class consciousness among knowledge workers.” It is notable that, in 2015, Gawker Media became the first major digital media outlet to unionize when their editorial employees voted overwhelmingly to form a union with the Writers Guild of America, East (WGAE), helping kick off an ongoing series of newsroom labor victories over the past six years.

In her conclusion, Petre highlights this glimmer of hope on the labor front within an otherwise dismal landscape. She points to the growing unionization efforts within traditional and new digital newsrooms as evidence of an increased sense of shared struggle and solidarity among news workers, which is necessary to counteract workplace abuses and the predations of capitalism. In the final analysis, Petre argues, metrics remind journalists that they are workers regardless of how “creative, prestigious, and autonomous [their work] may seem, and however passionately they may feel about it.”

Petre’s book is an antidote to the exuberance about the grand affordances of data-driven journalism that characterized so much writing and thinking in the 2010s. It brings into focus yet another startling example of how commercialism debases every facet of our news and information systems. But like other more visible problems — from the loss of jobs to the proliferation of mis- or disinformation to the Foxification of our news media — journalists’ worsening labor conditions are epiphenomenal of deeper institutional corruption.

Petre offers what’s essentially a meso-level analysis of workplace power relationships, centered between a macro-level political-economic critique of corporate ownership structures and capitalist ideology in the media industry, and a more micro-level view of journalistic routines and values. She deftly connects these layers while noting that the phenomena she studies are both symptoms and symbols of larger structural shifts, namely those involved in the unimpeded ascent of neoliberalism.

Petre’s invaluable research is another contribution to a growing body of research critiquing profit-driven journalism, which provides the necessary context for imagining systemic alternatives to failing commercial media models. To build on this intellectual foundation, we must begin envisioning and endeavoring toward a system that empowers news workers by giving them ownership and control over their newsrooms.

Leftist critics have been quick to indict corporate media, but less adept at articulating a new kind of media system, one that’s truly democratized under public ownership. This disconnect is surprising, given how the Left historically has seen the press as a crucial terrain for struggle. Social movements have long relied on various types of journalism, even within mainstream corporate media, to advance progressive causes. Reliable journalism and a functional news media system are vital components of any effort for progressive social change, from fighting fascism to halting climate change.

In short, we ignore news media’s death-by-metrics at our peril. The unholy union between capitalism and journalism is finally fraying beneath the weight of its many contradictions, and the industry’s worsening labor conditions are part of this broader reckoning. Petre’s book reveals the scope of the problem, while also encouraging us to view commercial journalism’s crisis as an opportunity to create something entirely different.

*

Note to readers: Please click the share buttons above or below. Follow us on Instagram, @crg_globalresearch. Forward this article to your email lists. Crosspost on your blog site, internet forums. etc.

Victor Pickard is an associate professor at the Annenberg School for Communication at the University of Pennsylvania. His latest books are After Net Neutrality, coauthored with David Elliot Berman, and Democracy Without Journalism?.

Featured image: The Gawker “big board,” a scoreboard displaying the traffic metrics of the publication’s stories. (Scott Beale / Laughing Squid via Flickr)

  • Posted in English
  • Comments Off on Management by Metrics Is Upending Newsrooms and Killing Journalism
  • Tags:

The Prospect of Political Change in Japan – Elections 2021

October 25th, 2021 by Gavan McCormack

  • Posted in English
  • Comments Off on The Prospect of Political Change in Japan – Elections 2021

Washington Always Looking for Another War

October 25th, 2021 by Bruce K. Gagnon

All Global Research articles can be read in 51 languages by activating the “Translate Website” drop down menu on the top banner of our home page (Desktop version).

Visit and follow us on Instagram at @crg_globalresearch.

***

 

It didn’t take long for the US to up the ante with China and Russia. So soon after the crushing defeat from 20 years of death and destruction in Afghanistan we find Washington stirring the fire pit and looking for more trouble.

It’s really no surprise. Just take a close look at US history – one filthy war after the other.

Just this past week we’ve seen ‘F the EU’ Victoria Nuland go to Moscow hoping for an audience with Putin. She only got to meet with lower level, but competent Russian diplomats, and came away with nothing other than furthering the divide between our two nations. Actually, that might have been the US strategy.

The word is that Nuland went in with a list of Washington’s demands. Russia said ‘nyet’ and handed Nuland a list of their own. Of course Nuland said ‘No’ and was then sent packing back to the US.

Secretary of War Lloyd Austin (former Raytheon board member) just stopped in Georgia, Ukraine, and Romania before heading to Brussels for hand-wringing with the NATO clowns.

Austin stated during a news conference in Bucharest that the purpose of these visits was to highlight “the importance of deepening cooperation among our Black Sea allies and partners to deter and defend against Russian malign activities in the region.”

That’s the political hype. His real purpose in Georgia, Ukraine, and Romania? Spur them to make trouble for Moscow in any way and every way they possibly can. And I’m sure Austin said the magic words, ‘Of course the US will back you if you get into a fight with Russia. First, we’ll supply you with more weapons and plant more of our troops in your nation to protect you from the Russian bear.’

At the Brussels meeting NATO Secretary General Jens Stoltenberg said the following:

  • Allies will kick off a $1.16 billion NATO Innovation Fund to develop dual-use emerging and disruptive technologies. NATO will also establish its first artificial intelligence strategy to incorporate data analysis, imagery, and cyber defense.
  • The allies are spending more on defense and they agreed to increase the readiness of forces.
  • Significant improvements are being made to alliance air and missile defenses. NATO calls for strengthening conventional capabilities with fifth-generation jets, adapting exercises and intelligence, and improving the readiness and effectiveness of the nuclear deterrent.
  • We exchanged views on how to preserve the gains and ensure Afghanistan never again becomes a safe haven for terrorists.
  • NATO’s new strategy ensures that the alliance will have “the right forces in the right place at the right time.”

They also characteristically took at shot at China from behind the safe walls of NATO HQ in Brussels with a stream of rhetoric.

Austin’s remarks followed the completion of a two-day NATO ministerial where he said officials offered “unique perspectives” on China, which he noted remains the Pentagon’s “primary pacing challenge.”

“Indeed, I applaud NATO’s work on China and I made it clear that the United States is committed to defending the international rules-based order which China has consistently undermined for its own interests,” Austin told reporters.

At an October 21 CNN town hall, Joe Biden was asked about China.

“I just want to make China understand that we are not going to step back, we are not going to change any of our views.” Biden said. Asked whether the US would come to Taiwan’s defense if it were attacked, he replied: “Yes, we have a commitment to do that.”

Now let’s analyze this NATO meeting and the comments on China just a bit.

First, who has Russia invaded? Since the US orchestrated coup in Ukraine in 2014 (when the Russian-ethnic people in Crimea voted to ask Russia to take them back into the federation) there has been no invasion of anyone near its borders. At the same time US-NATO has been holding war games repeatedly all along Russian borders. When Moscow has responded by holding counter-war games inside its own country Washington and Brussels have howled in condemnation. Talk about a double-standard!

And please note the words above by Austin – “I applaud NATO’s work on China” – just what does that mean?

NATO has gone global. The North Atlantic Treaty Alliance has now decided that it should be ‘defending democracy in the Pacific’. Who is the aggressor in this case? What right does NATO have to decide it is the new global cop?

Can’t lick Afghanistan so let’s take on China & Russia

NATO has no legitimate reason to exist today – the Soviet Union and their Warsaw Pact Alliance are long gone. Russia just built an undersea natural gas pipeline called Nord Stream 2 to furnish fuel to Europe in order to help alleviate their current energy crisis. It’s a big business deal for Moscow. Why would Russia want war with Europe?

The insanity of US-NATO is exposed for anyone willing to see the obvious. Washington and Brussels got their high-tech asses kicked by a ill-armed rag-tag but determined Taliban in Afghanistan. Now they somehow dream that they can take on both China and Russia who have formed a military alliance as they watch the NATO endless war machine heading their way.

I understand that all these moves by US-NATO absolutely benefit the military industrial complex which has installed one of their agents (Lloyd Austin) as secretary of war. But do these psychopaths actually believe they can start a war with China and Russia and possibly win? Don’t they know that such a war would go nuclear in a hot flash?

It’s obvious that the US-NATO war cabal are blinded by power and greed. There can be no other explanation that comes close to making sense.

It’s a dangerous and dirty game these fat cats are playing – at the same time that climate crisis rages in our faces, legions of people face evictions from their homes, and the basic cost of living goes sky high.

Are we heading for a collapse in the US and around the globe? How could that not be happening under these present conditions?

And the US-NATO response?

How about another war?

Which party in Washington is leading this descent into hell?

*

Note to readers: Please click the share buttons above or below. Follow us on Instagram, @crg_globalresearch. Forward this article to your email lists. Crosspost on your blog site, internet forums. etc.

Featured image is from the Global Network Against Weapons & Nuclear Power in Space

The Fake “Delta Variant” and the Fourth Wave: Another Lockdown? Upcoming Financial Crash? Worldwide Economic and Social Sabotage?

By Prof Michel Chossudovsky, October 25, 2021

From the outset in January 2020, all far-reaching policy decisions upheld and presented to the public as a “means to saving lives” were based on  flawed and invalid RT-PCR case positives coupled with false mortality data pertaining to Covid-19 related deaths: Tn the US “The underlying Cause of death” is Covid-19 “more often or not” (CDC). No autopsy required.

‘It’s Absolutely Appalling’: Unvaccinated Canadians Become Social Outcasts and the New Persecuted Minority

By Eva Bartlett, October 24, 2021

In Canada, the supposedly benevolent country that prides itself on inclusivity, Covid totalitarianism has become unavoidably apparent, with its decision that soon only the fully vaccinated can travel.

COVID and Zero Tolerance for the Unvaccinated

By Peter Koenig, October 24, 2021

It is not more deadly than the common flu. And this according to Dr. Anthony Fauci’s own words, when he writes in a peer reviewed paper in the New England Journal of Medicine (NEJM) in February of 2020 – “Navigating the Uncharted”, where he says that covid-19 mortality is about the same as that of the common flu.

Sinister Rockefeller Food System Agenda — They Created It and Now Want to Destroy It

By F. William Engdahl, October 24, 2021

No one group has done more to damage our global agriculture and food quality than the Rockefeller Foundation. They began in the early 1950s after the War to fund two Harvard Business School professors to develop vertical integration which they named “Agribusiness.”

The Dangers of Human Gene Editing

By Ulson Gunnar, October 24, 2021

From laboratory experiments to emerging software used to create code genetically almost as easily as code for a computer, gene editing has never been easier, opening the door to never-before-possible applications.

Taliban Is the Winner at Moscow Conference

By M. K. Bhadrakumar, October 24, 2021

The Moscow meeting of ten regional states and the Taliban officials on Wednesday has produced an outcome that by far exceeds expectations. The salience of the consensus opinion is four-fold, as reflected in the joint statement issued after the event.

China and the British Empire’s Opium Wars: The Role of Synthetic Cults and the Haunting of the Taiping Heavenly Kingdom

By Matthew Ehret-Kump, October 24, 2021

Whether we are looking at religious sects masquerading as Christian or Muslim fronts, or Asian scientology-esque Falun Gong cults Xi Jinpinghas some messy problems to deal with both within China and abroad.

Power: Limits and Prospects for Human Survival: A Conversation with Richard Heinberg

By Michael Welch and Richard Heinberg, October 23, 2021

Not to boast, but we humans have been gifted with remarkable abilities to not only be able to adapt to our changing environment, but to actually adapt the natural world to our own needs.

Will this Conference that Celebrates the Palestinian Revolutionary Struggle Cut Through the Still Deafening Media Static of Israel’s “Narrative?”

By Rima Najjar, October 24, 2021

Will the revolutionary struggle for Palestinian liberation end up deleting Israel and “replacing” it with a country called Palestine? As I responded to Eyal on Facebook, this language is inappropriate. Palestine cannot “replace” Israel. Palestine is already placed there!

  • Posted in NO READ MORE LINK
  • Comments Off on Selected Articles: Unvaccinated Canadians Become Social Outcasts and the New Persecuted Minority

All Global Research articles can be read in 51 languages by activating the “Translate Website” drop down menu on the top banner of our home page (Desktop version).

Visit and follow us on Instagram at @crg_globalresearch.

 

Nobel Prize Laureate Kary B. Mullis was the inventor of  the polymerase chain reaction technique (PCR-RT)

Dr. Kary B. Mullis, who passed away on August 7, 2019 at age 74, stated emphatically that no infection or illness can be accurately diagnosed with the PCR-RT. 

“PCR is a Process. It does not tell you that you are sick”. 

“The measurement is not accurate”. 

Mullis described the PCR-RT as a “technique” rather than “a test”.  

It is a useful technique which allows for “rapid amplification of a small stretch of DNA”.

Had Dr. Kary B. Mullis been alive today he would have been an outspoken critic of the Misuse of the PCR-RT by the WHO and national health authorities. The PCR-RT has been used as a so-called “test” to “detect” the spread of the virus as well  as “measure” the incidence of SARS-CoV-2.

The PCR-RT designed by Dr. Mullis is a technique. It is not a test 

This misuse of the PCR-RT technique has now been formally acknowledged in a January 2021 statement of the WHO. Despite its shortcomings, the use of the PCR test remains widespread. 

The data pertaining to so-called Covid-19 positive cases is misleading and invalid. 

See:  The WHO Confirms that the Covid-19 PCR Test is Flawed: Estimates of “Positive Cases” are Meaningless. The Lockdown Has No Scientific Basis

 

Michel Chossudovsky, October 12, 2021

***

***

See also Dr. Kary Mullis’ 1996 hour long interview with Dr. Gary Null

  • Posted in English
  • Comments Off on Video: “The PCR-RT is a Process. It Does Not Tell You that You Are Sick”: The Late Dr. Kary Mullis, Nobel Laureate and Inventor of the PCR-RT

All Global Research articles can be read in 51 languages by activating the “Translate Website” drop down menu on the top banner of our home page (Desktop version). 

Visit and follow us on Instagram at @crg_globalresearch.

***

First published on August 11, 2021

.

Introduction

Is a new worldwide lockdown envisaged as a means to combating the “dangerous” Covid variant entitled “Delta”?

The fear campaign has once more gone into high gear.

Let me briefly review the history of this crisis. 

There is a sequence of outright lies and fabrications used to justify far-reaching policy decisions in the course of the last 18 months.

The biggest lie, which is firmly acknowledged both by scientific opinion and the WHO is that the RT-PCR test used to “detect” the spread of the virus (as well as the variants) is not only flawed but TOTALLY INVALID. (Michel Chossudovsky, Chapter III)

From the outset in January 2020, all far-reaching policy decisions upheld and presented to the public as a “means to saving lives” were based on  flawed and invalid RT-PCR case positives coupled with false mortality data pertaining to Covid-19 related deaths: Tn the US “The underlying Cause of death” is Covid-19 “more often or not” (CDC). No autopsy required.

These Covid “estimates” were used to justify confinement, social distancing, the face mask, the prohibition of social gatherings, cultural and sports events, the closure of economic activity. 

The crisis was marked by several important phases:

1. Crisis in Air Travel and International Transport

The calling of a public health emergency of international concern (PHEIC) by the WHO Director General on January 30, 2020 was instrumental in launching the coronal crisis. There were 83 positive cases outside China out of a population of 6.4 billion. There was no emergency:  Ironically, the flawed and invalid RT-PCR test was used to estimate those 83 positive cases.

On the following day president Trump’s ordered the closing down of air travel with China which marked the onset of a crisis in International Air Travel and Transport which has extended its grip over a period of 18 months leading to the bankruptcy of airline companies Worldwide, the destruction of the tourist industry, a major crisis in commodity trade, etc.  This was a deliberate act to précipitate the demise of Air Travel Worldwide. There were 5 positive cases in the US, which were used to justify Trump’s decision on  January 31st, 2020.

2. The  February Financial Crash on February 20, 2020

It was the most serious financial crisis in World history, far surpassing that of 1929. It occurred immediately following “warnings” by the WHO that a covid-19 pandemic was imminent, thereby spearheading the fear campaign. There was  ample evidence of outright “conflict of interest” and fraud including foreknowledge, inside information, etc. which resulted in a massive concentration of money wealth by a handful of billionaires. That same day, millions of people Worldwide lost their lifelong savings. What was the justification for the WHO’s shock and awe statements. This imminent threat was based on 1078 (flawed) RT-PCR Covid positive cases outside China.

3. Barely three weeks later, the March 11, 2020 lockdown with 44,279 cases Worldwide outside China were used to justify home confinement, social distancing and the closure of economic activity Worldwide leading to poverty and mass unemployment.

And then in early November 2020 it was the launching of the MRNA “Killer Vaccine” which has resulted in a trend of mortality and morbidity. See the latest figures below.


EU/EEA/Switzerland to 28 August 2021 – 23,252 Covid-19 injection related deaths and 2,166,285 injuries, per EudraVigilance Database.

UK to 18 August 2021 – 1,609 Covid-19 injection related deaths and 1,165,636 injuries, per MHRA Yellow Card Scheme.

USA to 20 August 2021 – 13,627 Covid-19 injection related deathsand 2,932,001 injuries, per VAERS database.

TOTAL for EU/UK/USA – 38,488 Covid-19 injection related deaths and 6,263,922 injuries reported as at 30 August 2021.

Nota Bene: It is important to be aware that the official figures above (reported to the health authorities) are but a small percentage of the actual figures. Furthermore, people continue to die (and suffer injury) from the injections with every day which passes. See D4CE Statement


The Delta Variant and “The Fourth Wave”

Starting in May-June 2021 extending in October , we have the Delta Variant. It’s the new talking point.

The alleged dangers of the Delta Variant are being used to speed up the vaccination program as well as the imposition of the vaccine passport.

“A Fourth Wave” has been announced.

Is a second Worlwide lockdown on the drawing board, requiring stay at home confinement, social distancing and the closure of economic activity coupled with another devastating financial crash similar to that which occurred on Black Thursday March 12, 2020?

The Deadly Variants Sustained by Media Disinformation and Fake Science

Media disinformation is a deadly weapon which sustains 24/7 the illusion of a dangerous SARS-2 Delta Variant.

First identified last year in India, The SARS-CoV-2 Delta variant was  “thought to have driven the deadly second wave of infections this summer in India”. According to so-called “scientific opinion” it is now said to be spreading worldwide, to some 80 countries.

“Here’s the deal: The Delta variant is more contagious, it’s deadlier, and it’s spreading quickly around the world – leaving young, unvaccinated people more vulnerable than ever.”

That’s a lie.  The original virus categorized by the WHO and the CDC as “similar to seasonal influenza” is not a killer virus. Moreover, virus variants are always “less vigilant” and “less dangerous” than the original virus.

Joe Biden’s proposed “solution” is  “the Killer Vaccine”, which has already in the course of the last seven months resulted in countless deaths and injuries:

“Please, get vaccinated if you haven’t already. Let’s head off this strain before it’s too late.” (emphasis added)

Health authorities are now claiming that the new cases of the Delta B1.617 variant, increase the risk of hospitalization by 2.7 times.

Prof. Neil Ferguson is Prime Minister Boris Johnson’s  trusted “advisor”. He was the architect of the infamous Imperial College “mathematical model” which was used to justify the March 11, 2020 lockdown and closure of the global economy, leading to mass unemployment, extreme poverty and despair.  

Image on the right: Neil  Ferguson (Source: Financial Times)

Ferguson’s March 2020 mathematical model based on “predictions” of 600,000 deaths in the UK borders on ridicule. It’s more than a lie. It’s a crime against humanity. It was used by the financial establishment as a justification to trigger economic and social chaos Worldwide. Ferguson’s endeavors have been generously funded by the Bill and Melinda Gates Foundation.

The economic and social devastation of the March 2020 so-called lockdown is beyond description: 190 member states of the United Nations accepted to “close down” their national economy coupled with the face mask, social distancing and the derogation of fundamental human rights.

The stated intent was to protect people against V the Virus. The March 11 lockdown was followed by the Black Thursday “financial crash” (March 12, 2020), which created havoc on stock markets Worldwide. The March 11, 2020 lockdown was heralded as a means to containing the alleged “pandemic”. Nonsense.

“Mathematical Model” in Support of a “Fourth Wave”

And now a second authoritative “mathematical model” has been put forth to “justify” another lockdown.

The same “scientist” (Ferguson) has been called upon to design a new “mathematical model” which is being used to justify a “Fourth Wave Lockdown”. 

The erroneous “assumption” behind the modelling exercise is that the Delta Variant is “deadly”.

“New modelling for the government’s SAGE committee of experts [to which Ferguson belongs] has highlighted the risk of a “substantial third wave” of infections and hospitalisations, ….” The official outlook is “now more pessimistic”.  (BBC Report, June 2021, emphasis added).

According to Prof Neil Ferguson:

“the Delta variant of coronavirus is 30% to 100% more transmissible than the previously dominant variant”. (quoted by the Guardian).

Where does Ferguson get his data and estimates? The flawed and invalid RT-PCR test?

What he fails to mention is that virus variants are always “less vigilant” and “less dangerous” in comparison to the original virus. And how does he establish the “identity” of the original virus?

Both British and UK officials are intimating the possibility of a Fourth Wave lockdown, tentatively scheduled for  Autumn.

According to Britain’s chief medical officer Professor Chris Whitty (member of the SAGE Committee)

“The NHS needs to brace itself for another difficult winter ahead, with the possibility of a further “very significant Covid surge”.

According to the SPI-M modelling sub-group of the government’s SAGE panel (to which Whitty and Ferguson belong):

“restrictions would have to be reintroduced”. … the Delta variant posed a “higher risk of hospitalisations”

These announcements are frivolous. Their intent is to justify drastic policy measures (lockdown, mask, social distancing, closure of economic activity, disruption of health services) as well as the speeding up of the vaccination programme and the repression of the protest movement.

Moreover, the statements by British, US and EU health officials regarding the so-called spread of “the more infectious Delta variant” are now also being used to justify the implementation of  “Fourth Wave” lockdown policies internationally in a large number of countries.

The World Economic Forum to the Rescue

The World Economic Forum (WEF) which represents the financial elites, played a key role in the launching of the March 11, 2020 lockdown. And now what they are saying is that another devastating Worldwide economic and social crisis is likely to occur in the wake of the Covid-19 pandemic.

The WEF is now pointing to:

A cyber-attack with COVID-like characteristics”, which promises to be far more devastating and chaotic than the Covid-19 pandemic.

The World Economic Forum’s “Concept 2021”. Cyber Polygon Scenario

In recent developments, the World Economic Forum (WEF) which co-sponsored Event 201, the table top simulation of the corona pandemic together with John Hopkins and the Gates Foundation in October 2019, is now involved in another strategic exercise entitled Concept 2021. The latter is described as an “international capacity building initiative aimed at raising the global cyber resilience”.  It is not a table top simulation comparable to Event 201. 

Last year it was conducted at the height of the lockdown via video conferencing. This year the 2021 Conference “discussed the “key risks of digitalisation”.

Those participating in the Cyber Polygon Exercise (2020) included high tech companies including IBM, numerous banks and financial institutions, internet companies, cyber security agencies, corporate and government media, think tanks, law enforcement agencies including Interpol with representatives from 48 countries. The exercise is an obvious means to secure reliable partners and develop strategic alliances. In this regard, there were numerous representatives from Russia and countries of the former Soviet Union, including major Russian banking interests, communications and media companies. All in all 42 partners. No corporate /governmental partner from China.

There was also a training program with 200 teams from 48 countries.

WEF Video

 

 

Klaus Schwab, founder and Executive Director of the WEF and architect of the “Great Reset” describes the crisis scenario as follows:

The frightening scenario of a comprehensive cyber attack could bring a complete halt to the power supply, transportation, hospital services, our society as a whole. The COVID-19 crisis would be seen in this respect as a small disturbance in comparison to a major cyberattack.” (emphasis added)

Jeremy Jurgens, WEF Managing Director:

“I believe that there will be another crisis. It will be more significant. It will be faster than what we’ve seen with COVID. The impact will be greater, and as a result the economic and social implications will be even more significant.” (emphasis added)

The implications of these bold “predictions” which represent the interests of the financial establishment are far-reaching.

What they describe is a scenario of economic and social chaos involving the disruption of communications systems, the internet, financial and money transactions (including SWIFT), the power grid, global transportation, commodity trade, etc., as well as likely “geopolitical dislocations”.

The opening session (July 2021) of Cyber Polygon 2021 was conducted (video below) by the Prime Minister of the Russian Federation Mikhail Mishustin together with the Director General of the WEF Klaus Schwab.

Is this scenario a dress rehearsal for a forthcoming cyber crisis?

Why was China excluded from the Cyber Polygon Exercise? The major partners were from the former Soviet block.

Video. The Opening Session (July 2021).

The Simulation conducted in July 2021 is entitled Cyber Polygon 2021

 

Is  a “Cyber Attack Scenario” contemplated by the financial establishment?

While one cannot speculate, the matter must nonetheless be addressed.

The Delta Variant

Will the “deadly” Delta Variant be used as a pretext to justify the launching of a new phase of the corona crisis, resulting in a further process of billionaire enrichment coupled with rising public and private debts, inflation, unemployment and poverty?

Moreover, at this juncture of an unfolding crisis, governments and the media are now engaged in a fear campaign largely focussing on the “deadly” SARS-CoV-2 variants.

With a view to saving lives, the health authorities are intimating that if the Variants are not brought under control, a major  lockdown should be contemplated.

This narrative is based on outright lies and distortions. There is no scientific evidence derived from the flawed and invalid RT-PCR test which confirms the existence of  the alleged deadly SARS-CoV-2 “Variants”.

Is the Covid Agenda Part of  A U.S. Hegemonic Project?

Is the covid crisis engineered by the financial establishment part of a hegemonic project, pertaining to control over strategic sectors of the global economy as described by the WEF director general Klaus Schwab?

It’s an act of economic warfare?

It’s “imperialism with a human face”, committed to “saving lives”.

Visibly, it is part of President Joe Biden’s foreign policy agenda. It has geopolitical and strategic implications.

US intelligence and the Pentagon (including DARPA) as well as NATO are directly or indirectly involved in the corona crisis. Cyber Warfare is already on the drawing-board.

The March 11, 2020 Lockdown leading to closure of national economies Worldwide has also been instrumental in   destabilizing several countries which are categorized as “Enemies of America”.

No need for Washington to impose piecemeal sanctions on Iran, Venezuela and Cuba. These countries have endorsed the covid narrative. They have accepted the “ultimate sanction”, namely the closure of their national economy as a means to combating “V the virus”.

The situation in Cuba is particularly dramatic. Resulting from the March 2020 lockdown, Cuba’s tourist industry which constitutes the country’s main source of foreign exchange is destroyed. Since the 1980s, the forex revenues from tourism have been used to import food. And now as a result of the closure of the tourist industry, Cuba is experiencing serious food shortages.

Yet the Cuban government has accepted the “Big Lie” and has endorsed the lockdown which is literally destroying the achievements of the Cuban Revolution.

And unfortunately progressive intellectuals are totally blind. They are not only supportive of the Covid narrative, they fail to understand how the Covid lockdown policies as well as the deadly mRNA vaccine are being used to destabilize and destroy countries one after the other. These countries are now fully controlled by Western creditors and the billionaire foundations.

Engineered economic and social chaos. Is that not part of a US hegemonic project?

Bastille 2.0: “Real Regime Change”

What is the solution? The complexities of this crisis must be addressed including the power structures of global capitalism.

What must also be understood are the astute mechanisms including threats and bribes which are used systematically to take control not only of corrupt politicians but of the entire governmental fabric of what used to be “sovereign countries”.

Is a second Worldwide lockdown contemplated? We must ensure that it does not take place, which means that we must confront the powers of so-called “global governance”.

Protest movements must question the legitimacy of both the financial actors as wells the politicians in high office:

The legitimacy of politicians and their powerful corporate sponsors must be questioned, including the police state measures adopted to enforce the closure of economic activity, the imposition of a digital vaccine passport as well as the wearing of the face mask, social distancing, etc.

This network must be established (nationally and internationally) at all levels of society, in towns and villages, work places, parishes. Trade unions, farmers organizations, professional associations, business associations, student unions, veterans associations, church groups would be called upon to integrate this movement.

The first task would be to disable the fear campaign and media disinformation as well put an end to Big Pharma’s Covid vaccination programme.

The corporate media should be directly challenged, without specifically targeting mainstream journalists, many of whom have been instructed to abide by the official narrative. This endeavour would require a parallel process at the grassroots level, of sensitizing and educating fellow citizens on the nature of  virus, the impacts of the vaccine and the lockdown.

“Spreading the word” through social media and independent online media outlets will be undertaken bearing in mind that Google as well as Facebook are instruments of censorship.

The creation of such a movement, which forcefully challenges the legitimacy of the financial elites as well as the structures of political authority at the national level, is no easy task. It will require a degree of solidarity, unity and commitment unparalleled in World history.

It will also require breaking down political and ideological barriers within society (i.e. between political parties) and acting with a single voice.

We must also understand that the “corona project” is an integral part of the U.S. imperial agenda. It has geopolitical and strategic implications. It will also require eventually unseating the architects of this diabolical “pandemic” and indicting them for crimes against humanity. (Michel Chossudovsky, December 2020. With some minor changes)

What is required is  a “real regime change”, the restoration of democracy and what used to be called “The Welfare State”.

Solidarity must prevails. A complex task and commitment ahead for all humanity.

About the Author

Michel Chossudovsky is an award-winning author, Professor of Economics (emeritus) at the University of Ottawa, Founder and Director of the Centre for Research on Globalization (CRG), Montreal, Editor of Global Research.

He has undertaken field research in Latin America, Asia, the Middle East, sub-Saharan Africa and the Pacific and has written extensively on the economies of developing countries with a focus on poverty and social inequality. He has also undertaken research in Health Economics (UN Economic Commission for Latin America and the Caribbean (ECLAC),  UNFPA, CIDA, WHO, Government of Venezuela, John Hopkins International Journal of Health Services (1979, 1983)

He is the author of twelve books including The Globalization of Poverty and The New World Order (2003), America’s “War on Terrorism” (2005),  The Globalization of War, America’s Long War against Humanity (2015).

He is a contributor to the Encyclopaedia Britannica.  His writings have been published in more than twenty languages. In 2014, he was awarded the Gold Medal for Merit of the Republic of Serbia for his writings on NATO’s war of aggression against Yugoslavia. He can be reached at [email protected]

See Michel Chossudovsky, Biographical Note

Michel Chossudovsky’s Articles on Global Research

*

Note to readers: Please click the share buttons above or below. Follow us on Instagram, @crg_globalresearch. Forward this article to your email lists. Crosspost on your blog site, internet forums. etc.

First published by GR in October 2020

One year later, it is worth recalling the WHO’s historic statement, which was made one month prior to the launching of the Covid-19 vaccine on November 8, 2020.

***

The World Health Organization has finally confirmed what we (and many experts and studies) have been saying for months – the coronavirus is no more deadly or dangerous than seasonal flu.

The WHO’s top brass made this announcement during a special session of the WHO’s 34-member executive board on Monday October 5th, it’s just nobody seemed to really understand it.

In fact, they didn’t seem to completely understand it themselves.

At the session, Dr Michael Ryan, the WHO’s Head of Emergencies revealed that they believe roughly 10% of the world has been infected with Sars-Cov-2. This is their “best estimate”, and a huge increase over the number of officially recognised cases (around 35 million).

Dr. Margaret Harris, a WHO spokeswoman, later confirmed the figure, stating it was based on the average results of all the broad seroprevalence studies done around the world.

As much as the WHO were attempting to spin this as a bad thing – Dr Ryan even said it means “the vast majority of the world remains at risk.” – it’s actually good news. And confirms, once more, that the virus is nothing like as deadly as everyone predicted.

The global population is roughly 7.8 billion people, if 10% have been infected that is 780 million cases. The global death toll currently attributed to Sars-Cov-2 infections is 1,061,539.

That’s an infection fatality rate of roughly or 0.14%. Right in line with seasonal flu and the predictions of many experts from all around the world.

0.14% is over 24 times LOWER than the WHO’s “provisional figure” of3.4% back in March. This figure was used in the models which were used to justify lockdowns and other draconian policies.

In fact, given the over-reporting of alleged Covid deaths, the IFR is likely even lower than 0.14%, and could show Covid to be much less dangerous than flu.

None of the mainstream press picked up on this. Though many outlets reported Dr Ryan’s words, they all attempted to make it a scary headline and spread more panic.

Apparently neither they, nor the WHO, were capable of doing the simple maths that shows us this is good news. And that the Covid sceptics have been right all along.

In the interest of thoroughness, a desire to rely on primary sources, and not depending purely on mainstream sources (which may remove or amend articles), I decided to find the actual video of Dr Ryan’s remarks.

For some reason, although this was an important WHO meeting during an allegedly hyper-serious pandemic, the video is hard to find. The only place you are able to see it is the WHO’s own website, and even then you have to scrub through almost 6 hours of footage. Well, I did that, and you are welcome.

You can’t embed the WHO’s stream, but I can tell you to go to this page, click “Session 1” and skip to 1:01:33 to hear the exact quote:

Our current best estimates tell us that about ten percent of the global population may have been infected by this virus. This varies depending on country, it varies from urban to rural, it varies between different groups.”

I will work on getting an audio clip, for ease of sharing and to make sure it does not get memory holed.

*

Note to readers: please click the share buttons above or below. Forward this article to your email lists. Crosspost on your blog site, internet forums. etc.

Featured image is from OffGuardian

All Global Research articles can be read in 51 languages by activating the “Translate Website” drop down menu on the top banner of our home page (Desktop version).

Visit and follow us on Instagram at @crg_globalresearch.

 

 

***

Introduction

The COVID crisis engineered by the financial establishment is part of a hegemonic project, pertaining to control over strategic sectors of the global economy.

The unspoken truth is that the novel coronavirus provides a pretext and a justification to powerful financial interests and corrupt politicians to precipitate the entire World into a spiral of mass unemployment, bankruptcy, extreme poverty and despair. 

An unelected “public-private partnership” under the auspices of the World Economic Forum (WEF), has come to the rescue of  Planet Earth’s 7.9 billion people. The closure of the global economy is presented as a means to “killing the virus”. 

This hegemonic project consists in adopting The Great Reset under the helm of what the late David Rockefeller entitled “Supranational Sovereignty of an intellectual elite and world bankers“. This “alliance” according to Rockefeller is “preferable to the national auto-determination practiced in past centuries.”

Image on the right: David Rockefeller meets Argentina’s military dictator General Jorge Videla (right) (mid 1970s)

This diabolical project consists in scrapping representative democracy and the Nation State in favour of a New World Order dominated by the financial elites and their “selected intellectual partners”.

Planet Inc.

What is ongoing is a process of concentration of wealth (and control of advanced technologies) unprecedented in World history, whereby the financial establishment is slated to appropriate the real assets of both bankrupt companies in all major sectors of economic activity as well as State assets.

What we are witnessing is the outright privatization of the Nation State, integrated by corrupt politicians who are controlled by a gamut of global creditors and financial institutions.

Economic and Social Warfare

The COVID crisis is an act of Worldwide economic and social warfare. A massive concentration of wealth is ongoing.

The entire fabric and institutions of civil society are in jeopardy including national health care, schools, colleges and universities. All avenues of social and cultural life are affected.

People’s lives are destroyed.

The Worldwide impacts on mental health are devastating. Anxiety and depression resulting from unemployment and loss of income is a Worldwide phenomenon, unprecedented in World history.

U.S. Foreign Policy

This project is an integral part of President Joe Biden’s foreign policy agenda. It has geopolitical and strategic implications.

US intelligence and the Pentagon (including DARPA) as well as NATO are directly or indirectly involved in the corona crisis. The Military Industrial Complex, Big Pharma, the Bio Tech and IT conglomerates are partners, in liaison with the World Economic Forum (WEF) which is in the process of taking control of the United Nations.

The WHO “Guidelines” for issuing so-called “Digital Certificates for Covid-19” are generously funded by the Rockefeller and Bill and Melinda Gates foundations.

The March 11, 2020 lockdown leading to closure of national economies Worldwide has also been instrumental in destabilizing several countries which are categorized as “Enemies of America”.

No need for Washington to impose piecemeal sanctions on Iran, Venezuela and Cuba. These countries and their governments have endorsed the COVID narrative. They have endorsed the “ultimate sanction”, namely the closure of their national economy coupled with the acceptance of the COVID killer vaccine as means to combating “V the virus”.

And unfortunately progressive intellectuals are totally blind. They are not only supportive of the COVID narrative, they fail to understand how the COVID lockdown policies as well as the deadly mRNA vaccine are being used to destabilize and destroy countries one after the other.

Engineered economic and social chaos. These countries are now fully controlled by Western creditors.

In the US, the billionaires (including Bezos, Musk, Gates and Zuckerberg) have increased their wealth by more than 60% since the outset of the pandemic, “from just short of $3 trillion at the start of the COVID crisis on March 18, 2020, to $4.8 trillion on August 17, 2021”. (IPC Study)

Video

Click the lower right corner to access full-screen.

Bastille 2.0: “Real Regime Change”

What is the solution?

The complexities of this crisis must be addressed including the power structures of global capitalism.

What must also be understood are the astute mechanisms including threats and bribes which are used systematically to take control not only of corrupt politicians but of the entire governmental fabric of what used to be called “sovereign countries”.

Is a second Worldwide lockdown contemplated? We must ensure that it does not take place, which means that we must confront the powers of so-called “global governance”.

Protest movements must question the legitimacy of both the financial actors as well as the politicians in high office.

The legitimacy of politicians and their powerful financial sponsors must be questioned, including the police state measures adopted to enforce the closure of economic activity, the imposition of a digital vaccine passport as well as the wearing of the face mask, social distancing, etc.

This network must be established (nationally and internationally) at all levels of society, in towns and villages, work places, parishes. Trade unions, farmers organizations, professional associations, business associations, student unions, veterans associations, church groups would be called upon to integrate this movement.

The first task would be to disable the fear campaign and media disinformation as well as put an end to Big Pharma’s COVID vaccination programme.

The corporate media should be directly challenged, without specifically targeting mainstream journalists, many of whom have been instructed to abide by the official narrative. This endeavour would require a parallel process at the grassroots level, of sensitizing and educating fellow citizens on the nature of virus, the impacts of the vaccine and the lockdown.

“Spreading the word” through social media and independent online media outlets will be undertaken bearing in mind that Google as well as Facebook are instruments of censorship.

The creation of such a movement, which forcefully challenges the legitimacy of the financial elites as well as the structures of political authority at the national level, is no easy task. It will require a degree of solidarity, unity and commitment unparalleled in World history.

It will also require breaking down political and ideological barriers within society (i.e. between political parties) and acting with a single voice.

We must also understand that the “corona project” is an integral part of the U.S. imperial agenda. It has geopolitical and strategic implications. It will also require eventually unseating the architects of this diabolical “pandemic” and indicting them for crimes against humanity. (Michel Chossudovsky‘s E-Book)

What is required is a “real regime change”, the restoration of democracy and what used to be called “The Welfare State”.

Solidarity must prevail. A complex task and commitment ahead for all humanity.

***

What is presented above is a summary of a very complex process. For details and analysis see:

Prof. Michel Chossudovsky’s E-Book (13 Chapters) entitled

The 2020-21 Worldwide Corona Crisis: Destroying Civil Society, Engineered Economic Depression, Global Coup d’État and the “Great Reset”

About the Author

Michel Chossudovsky is an award-winning author, Professor of Economics (emeritus) at the University of Ottawa, Founder and Director of the Centre for Research on Globalization (CRG), Montreal, Editor of Global Research.

He has undertaken field research in Latin America, Asia, the Middle East, sub-Saharan Africa and the Pacific and has written extensively on the economies of developing countries with a focus on poverty and social inequality. He has also undertaken research in Health Economics (UN Economic Commission for Latin America and the Caribbean (ECLAC),  UNFPA, CIDA, WHO, Government of Venezuela, John Hopkins International Journal of Health Services (1979, 1983)

He is the author of twelve books including The Globalization of Poverty and The New World Order (2003), America’s “War on Terrorism” (2005),  The Globalization of War, America’s Long War against Humanity (2015).

He is a contributor to the Encyclopaedia Britannica.  His writings have been published in more than twenty languages. In 2014, he was awarded the Gold Medal for Merit of the Republic of Serbia for his writings on NATO’s war of aggression against Yugoslavia. He can be reached at [email protected]

See Michel Chossudovsky, Biographical Note

Michel Chossudovsky’s Articles on Global Research

*

Note to readers: Please click the share buttons above or below. Follow us on Instagram, @crg_globalresearch. Forward this article to your email lists. Crosspost on your blog site, internet forums. etc.

  • Posted in English, Mobile, NO READ MORE LINK
  • Comments Off on Bastille 2.0: “Real Regime Change”: Building Protest and Resistance Against the COVID-19 Agenda

COVID and Zero Tolerance for the Unvaccinated

October 24th, 2021 by Peter Koenig

All Global Research articles can be read in 51 languages by activating the “Translate Website” drop down menu on the top banner of our home page (Desktop version).

Visit and follow us on Instagram at @crg_globalresearch.

***

 

Shortly after this interview was recorded by Central TV Russia, the European Parliament issued a bombshell – a Statement Opposing the Vaccine Mandate Agenda on the grounds that it is against basic human rights. This is breaking news, signaling yet another step of conscious awakening, of bringing back human dignity and human rights, that no dictatorship can take away what belongs to humanity – fundamental Human Rights – as much as does life itself. See this.

Below is the transcript of the interview of Peter Koenig with Central TV Russia.

*

Central TV Russia: Is the course taken for zero tolerance against the unvaccinated in the world?

Peter KoenigYes, it seems that’s what’s going on, especially in the western world, a stark discrimination against the unvaccinated. The unvaccinated have a very good reason for not wanting to be vaccinated with an experimental mRNA injection, which according to many scientists and even US (CDC), as well as European (EMA) statistics have killed more people than covid.

The mainstream media are paid to lie to you on behalf of the governments, actually on behalf of all the 193 UN member governments. That already should tell you that there is something fundamentally very very wrong. That all the 193 UN member governments, plus the UN body itself, unilaterally defend the same false narrative, namely that the covid pandemic is a deadly disease. It is not.

It is not more deadly than the common flu. And this according to Dr. Anthony Fauci’s own words, when he writes in a peer reviewed paper in the New England Journal of Medicine (NEJM) in February of 2020 – “Navigating the Uncharted”, where he says that covid-19 mortality is about the same as that of the common flu.

Strange enough, the common flu had all but disappeared in 2020. Have all the common flu victims been converted into “covid cases”?

CTV: Why has a strict policy been chosen in relation to the unvaccinated? And will it get worse?

PKYes, it may get worse, if we the people do not stand up firmly against this nonsensical and oppressive, forced vaccination policy.

In fact, what is going on at least in the western world, I know not enough to say the same about Russia, is a relentless coercion and blackmailing of people to be vaccinated, or else – meaning, that people who decide not to be vaccinated with this often-deadly experimental mRNA jab – will actually lose their jobs, will lose their income and sustenance for their families.

Excluding and discriminating against non-jabbed people with a so called QR-code “Vaccine Certificate” is a crime against humanity.

This is, in almost every country in the world which calls itself a “democracy“ or the resemblance of a democracy, a crime against humanity. This is blackmail – and is a government crime that should be prosecuted similarly as the Nazi criminals were prosecuted by the Nuremberg process.

CTV: What are the restrictions in Switzerland for those who are not vaccinated?

PK: They are pretty much the same as elsewhere in Europe. To enter a restaurant, you have to show the QR-code on your cell phone, with your ID, which is proof that you have been either vaccinated, or have been tested negative (this is valid only 5 days), or that you have been healed and have antibodies. This latter condition, though, is only valid if your covid infection had been proven by a PCR test – which in itself is an absolute aberration, because any laboratory can attest that you have had covid and that now you have covid antibodies.

The government employees are strongly encouraged to be vaccinated, meaning that if by a certain date they are not vaccinated, their work contract may be terminated.

Likewise, the government recommends the same strict rules to Swiss private employers, and many follow the rule because of fear that they may be “sanctioned” by the government in one way or another.

There is no doubt that we are moving very rapidly into a health dictatorship. Actually, we are already there – and this in the span of less than 2 years.

The good thing however is that the people who are not vaccinated and have so far resisted vaccination are getting stronger. With every new restriction, their number increases and their unwillingness to get the deadly jab gets stronger.

CTV: Why, in the 3rd year of the pandemic, the virus has to be dealt with by administrative measures, such as QR codes and certificates?

PKBecause the governments have a very strict agenda. The virus, that is not stronger than a common flu, could have been eliminated a long time ago.

But there is another, much stronger agenda behind it. Those evil beings who are behind this “plandemic” – which isn’t really a pandemic, they want to achieve the following in the span of ten years that’s why it’s called the UN Agenda 2030 –

i) A massive reduction of the world population, they are eugenists;

ii) A total digitization of everything, including the human brain, that’s why the QR-code. It will store every detail of each of us individuals, including our DNA, so that we can be manipulated by such shortwaves like 5G and soon 6G, for which antennas have been propping up everywhere in Europe and the US – and they will eventually span the entire globe.

According to the WEF’s Klaus Schwab’s book, “The Great Reset” humans will be made into “transhumans” – this is what Klaus Schwab said in a 2016 Swiss French TV interview; and

iii) By untold and endless bankruptcies of small and medium size enterprises around the globe, capital will be transferred from the bottom and the middle to the top. That’s why the 20 largest billionaires have increased their fortune in the first 18 months of this plandemic by more than 250 billion dollars equivalent, while the rest of the world, especially in developing countries slipped into abject poverty.

That is something to think about. 

CTV: Why is it impossible to fight the virus with vaccines, because the whole world, including children and newborns, is not vaccinated?

PKBecause there is no effective vaccine, at least not in the west. I’m not talking about Russia. Russian listeners may make their own conclusions.

But especially, because there is no need for a vaccine. This is a disease similar to the common flu and can be treated with many different medications, some of them have actually recently even been admitted by the US CDC, like Ivermectin, and Hydroxychloroquine and more. They are simple and cheap medications that can heal patients. Proven. But they are not liked because Big Pharma doesn’t make money on them; but more importantly, they do not fulfill the 3-point agenda mentioned before.

Since you hinted at children, yes, now they want to vaccinate even children – all the way down to 2-year olds, and in some parts of Europe and the US, children – under pressure from their schools can decide for themselves without parental consent – I repeat, without parental consent, to be “vaccinated” with this experimental mRNA gene-modifying jab.

This is another crime against humanity.

If we, the people, do not wake up to this fraud of biblical dimensions, we will indeed be in this net of lies and deceit, and new variants and so on, for the next 9 years.

We must not allow this.

CTV: Do you agree that only the next generation will be able to defeat covid because of anti-vaxxers, in order to achieve collective immunity, more than 90 percent of the world needs to be vaccinated, is it unrealistic in the coming years?

PKNo, I do not agree that only the next generation can eradicate covid.

We can do it, but we have to stand up against tyrannical governments – imagine, all of the 193 UN member countries basically follow the same narrative!

Isn’t there something wrong.

This situation may be completely different in Russia from what it is in the west. For example, Russia and China do not inject people with an unproven mRNA injection, but with a traditional type of vaccine, an approach that has been proven in the past for decades to be effective.

Now, back to the West, the people who do not want to be inoculated “against covid’’ are not anti-vaxxers, but they are awakened people. They know what they are doing and why they do not want this potentially deadly experimental jab.

And as the number of these people, these awakened and well-informed people, grows, we actually may overcome this tyranny, and return to human values again.

Perhaps a different set of human values – values that are not just focused on consumerism, but on solidarity, on sovereignty of states and of societies – and with people and societies, who will distance themselves from this destructive, very destructive – GLOBALIZATION.

Only because we live in this from outside imposed Globalization, covid could happen.

The answer is:

  • Back to solidarity
  • Back to sovereign states
  • Back to autonomy and friendly relations.

*

Video: Towards Digital Tyranny with Peter Koenig

Click here to link to bitchute version

.

***

Note to readers: Please click the share buttons above or below. Follow us on Instagram, @crg_globalresearch. Forward this article to your email lists. Crosspost on your blog site, internet forums. etc.

Peter Koenig is a geopolitical analyst and a former Senior Economist at the World Bank and the World Health Organization (WHO), where he has worked for over 30 years on water and environment around the world. He lectures at universities in the US, Europe and South America. He writes regularly for online journals and is the author of Implosion – An Economic Thriller about War, Environmental Destruction and Corporate Greed; and  co-author of Cynthia McKinney’s book “When China Sneezes: From the Coronavirus Lockdown to the Global Politico-Economic Crisis” (Clarity Press – November 1, 2020).

He is a Research Associate of the Centre for Research on Globalization.

Featured image is from Mercola

All Global Research articles can be read in 51 languages by activating the “Translate Website” drop down menu on the top banner of our home page (Desktop version).

Visit and follow us on Instagram at @crg_globalresearch.

***

 

 

Although the world has stood up for Palestine repeatedly through widespread global demonstrations against Israel’s crimes (see The Electronic Intifada’s video clip of May 2021), it still takes a lot of courage for Palestinians to stand up for themselves and declare a clear and unapologetic revolutionary path for their liberation.

That courage will be on full display at the upcoming Alternative Palestinian Path (Masar Badil) conference in Madrid, Spain (October — November 2021). The General Preparatory Committee of the conference has been working hard for over a year to mark the end of the Madrid-Oslo process, declare a new revolutionary commitment and chart a path towards a new stage of struggle for the liberation of Palestine.

Despite all past tragic setbacks, Palestinian resistance and courage have never waned; the history of the Palestine Liberation Organization (PLO) is the history of a revolution.

The best place to learn about this history ahead of Masar Badil is on the site The Palestinian Revolution (Learn the Revolution), a bilingual Arabic/English online learning resource that explores Palestinian revolutionary practice and thought from the Nakba of 1948, to the siege of Beirut in 1982:

The Palestinian revolution took on huge global significance, drawing on energies and resources from across the world, while influencing politics, thought, and culture throughout it. The website introduces readers to this remarkable phenomenon entirely through primary and contemporary sources.

It is this revolution, derailed since Madrid-Oslo of 30 years ago to the day, that Masar Badil aims to revitalize in Madrid now.

But will this conference that celebrates the Palestinian revolutionary struggle for liberation cut through the still deafening media static of Israel’s “narrative?” And by static, I mean such loaded questions as the one put to me by Eyal Nhaisi on Facebook: “Do i understand you correctly.. you want to delete Israël (from the river to the sea) and replace it with a country called Palestine?”

Or what about the static displayed on Canary Mission that conflates Zionism with Judaism and sees the Palestinian struggle for liberation in the following insidious terms: as defending and inciting violence against Jews (after all, “hasn’t the term ‘intifada’, [let alone ‘revolution’], carried the connotation of violence?”), supporting Hamas and spreading anti-Semitic conspiracy theories, glorifying and defending terrorists and terrorism, demonizing Israel, and (horror of horrors) engaging in BDS activity?

Eyal Nhaisi’s question above is on the minds of many people, including some who support Palestinians in their struggle, supporters who don’t seem to understand that apartheid and inequality are not what’s wrong with Israel. Rather, what’s wrong is Israel’s very existence as a settler-colonial Zionist Jewish entity in Palestine.

An example of the above confused mentality was recently expressed by American writer Michael Chabon, who says that he supports the Palestinian people in their struggle because he wants Israel “to survive and thrive.” He says this while simultaneously considering joining the boycott of Israeli publishers [as Irish writer Sally Rooney has done] in the future.

Will the revolutionary struggle for Palestinian liberation end up deleting Israel and “replacing” it with a country called Palestine? As I responded to Eyal on Facebook, this language is inappropriate. Palestine cannot “replace” Israel. Palestine is already placed there!

If the Palestinian struggle for liberation succeeds (most Palestinians and their supporters believe when, not if), the Palestinian Nakba will be reversed, all Palestinian rights in their homeland will be restored and restitution made. Only then, as Omar Barghouti put it back in 2013, can we begin to focus on the ethics and mechanics of decolonization:

Accepting modern day Jewish Israelis as equal citizens and full partners in building and developing a new shared society — free from all colonial subjugation and discrimination, as called for in the democratic state model — is the most magnanimous, rational offer any oppressed indigenous population can present to its oppressors. So don’t ask for more.

The conference comes as Israel is set to approve the construction of 4,400 new Jewish housing units in the West Bank, 3,109 in existing Jewish colonies and 1,300 in the heart of Palestinian villages.

Chabon’s confusion will disappear if we all finally understand the Palestinian struggle within the historical framework of decolonization struggles, part of a late twentieth-century drive of colonial peoples to become sovereign nation-states, just as the former colonial Algeria, Kenya, Southern Rhodesia, Angola, Mozambique and apartheid South Africa did.

Achieving this goal, says Masar Badil’s conference statement and call, requires

taking up this national responsibility at the individual and collective levels. It also requires collective convergence and cooperation to achieve a clear framework of struggle and direct and strategic objectives. Above all, it requires a willingness to sacrifice and broad popular participation in rebuilding our national and popular institutions on the one hand, and confronting the Zionist movement, its institutions and its racist colonial entity in occupied Palestine on the other hand, without neglecting the need to confront simultaneously the project of the Palestinian class that monopolized political decision-making and squandered the sacrifices of the Palestinian people. The major national achievements of the people were destroyed and this sector established, through the disastrous Oslo Accords, a powerless and illegitimate authority, which is the authority of “limited self-government” in areas and cities within the occupied Palestinian West Bank.

Which is why, as I pack my bag to travel to Madrid, I am most excited about the event that will take place on Sunday, October 31, 2021: Popular March for Palestine — Open discussion with the organizations and institutions participating in the conference.

Yes, we are not afraid and we are not alone today.

Related: A Giant Leap for Palestine? Stay tuned!

*

Note to readers: Please click the share buttons above or below. Follow us on Instagram, @crg_globalresearch. Forward this article to your email lists. Crosspost on your blog site, internet forums. etc.

Rima Najjar is a Palestinian whose father’s side of the family comes from the forcibly depopulated village of Lifta on the western outskirts of Jerusalem and whose mother’s side of the family is from Ijzim, south of Haifa. She is an activist, researcher and retired professor of English literature, Al-Quds University, occupied West Bank. 

She is a frequent contributor to Global Research.

Featured image: [Rima Najjar: Packing my bags to travel to Madrid, Spain: The Alternative Palestinian Path Conference (Towards a new revolutionary commitment) October-November 2021

  • Posted in English
  • Comments Off on Will this Conference that Celebrates the Palestinian Revolutionary Struggle Cut Through the Still Deafening Media Static of Israel’s “Narrative?”
  • Tags: ,

All Global Research articles can be read in 51 languages by activating the “Translate Website” drop down menu on the top banner of our home page (Desktop version).

Visit and follow us on Instagram at @crg_globalresearch.

***

 

Whether we are looking at religious sects masquerading as Christian or Muslim fronts, or Asian scientology-esque Falun Gong cults Xi Jinping has some messy problems to deal with both within China and abroad.

In part one, we were introduced to China’s surveillance state and broader social credit system and asked: Is this type of undemocratic behaviour justified in the modern world?

If the west were truly a beacon of liberty and if nation states were the only forces negotiating global policy between each other acting out of a concern for their citizens’ well being, and national interests then certainly the answer would be a loud negative.

However, when one accepts the reality of a supranational power structure operating above nation states committed to a specific dystopic formula for a world order, then the picture changes a bit.

In order to maintain the perception that China is a villain in the minds of credulous consumers of most conservative media, it is asserted that China is an atheistic monstrosity committed to crushing religion. If one wishes to practice religion in China, we are told the consequences are jail, draconian social credit scores or even the loss of one’s life.

Although popular, this perception is entirely bogus.

As far as freedom of religion is concerned, China is a land which is home to over 50 million Christians and has over 65,000 churches of protestant and catholic denominations. Muslims make up the majority of the population in Xinjiang which hosts over 24,000 Mosques which is a far greater per capita number than anything found in the USA. Buddhist and Daoist temples abound across China as well. For a refutation of the Uyghur genocide myth, click here.

While China is a secular state, it has come a long way from the anti-religious outlook dominant during the dark days of the 1966-1976 Cultural Revolution. Even China’s constitution protects freedom of religion (article 36), with the simple caveat that “No state organ, social organization or individual shall coerce citizens to believe in or not to believe in any religion, nor shall they discriminate against citizens who believe in or do not believe in any religion. The state shall protect normal religious activities. No one shall use religion to engage in activities that disrupt public order, impair the health of citizens or interfere with the state’s education system.” And most importantly: “Religious groups and religious affairs shall not be subject to control by foreign forces.”

So basically, freedom of worship is constitutionally protected as long as your religious group doesn’t have the smell of color revolution on it.

Despite the fact that it is required that Churches, Mosques, and Buddhist temples receive a government license to operate legally and conform to China’s overarching national priorities, thousands of underground Churches also exist across China and for the most part, government officials tend to look the other way.

When, however connections are made between those unlicensed churches and foreign intelligence agencies like the National Endowment for Democracy, Freedom House, or Open Doors (all having vast CIA connections), then they are promptly shut down. Christians, Muslims, Buddhists and Daoists are thus encouraged to find less insurrectionary venues to practice their faith.

Most westerners who criticize China’s non-liberal relationship to its religious institutions tend to overlook the fact that the form of modern warfare relies heavily on infiltration, cultural manipulation, psy ops, and asymmetrical warfare from within target nations. One such organization is the NED-sponsored ChinaAid (based in Washington and Texas) which finances and coordinates networks of underground Churches as weapons for broader cultural warfare across mainland China.

This technique of utilizing religious cells as a cover for undermining China is nothing new, and actually goes back to the Taiping Rebellion organized over 160 years ago.

The Taiping Rebellion Bloodbath

Image on the right: Hong Xiuquan (Source: Britannica)

During this twelve-year bloodbath (1853-1864), a synthetic Christian cult led by a failed school teacher named Hong Xiuquan unleashed a civil war that put the British East India Company on a fast track to crushing China during the second Opium War (1856-1860).

Hailed as a man-god by his devoted followers, Hong Xiuquan was little more than a useful idiot recruited by western intelligence operatives masquerading as protestant missionaries in 1843 and soon became convinced that he was the brother of Jesus himself. With his revelation, Hong became fanatically committed to cleanse China of evil spirits. This evil was not, however the hand of the British Empire that had bled China in the first Opium War (1839-1842) nor the plague of drugs more generally that had destroyed the lives of millions of his brethren. The “evil spirits” which Hong became obsessed with eradicating were rather Confucian and Buddhist thinking in general and the ruling government specifically!

The year of Hong’s great revelation (1842), was the same year that China lost the first opium war giving over Hong Kong to the British Empire along with a vast expansion of drug flows into the impoverished and drug addicted nation. Opium imports skyrocketed to 3200 metric tons per year by 1850 with every province of China soon forced to grow opium to service the ever-growing demand. What was not produced within China was supplied from British controlled operations in India, and the Ottoman Empire.

The Chinese messiah managed to institute a new government called the Taiping Heavenly Kingdom which soon gained control of one third of China’s southern territory making Nanjing its capital by 1851. Its program attracted over 30 million adherents to Hong’s particular brand of Christianity among the impoverished peasants quickly became converts under this synthetic cult. Part of the attraction was found in the Taiping Kingdom’s policy of equal distribution of all property and no private possessions.

Hong’s cousin and partner in crime was an anglophile trained by the British in Hong Kong name Hung Jen-kan. When Jen-kan returned to Taiping headquarters in Nanjing in 1859 he wrote:

“At present England is the mightiest nation of the world, owing to its superior laws. The English are noted for their intellectual power and national strength, are proud by nature and averse to being subordinate.”

Noted historian Michael Billington cited letters which Caleb Cushing’s agent, and protestant missionary in China, W.A.P. Martin had written to his handler amidst the chaos of the rebellion saying:

“The Tartars [Qing] dynasty, too far gone in senility to afford any encouraging prospect of reformation, will now, perhaps, consider the expediency of recognizing its youthful rival [the Taiping] which, catching the spirit of the age, may be prevailed upon toe unlock the treasures of the interior and throw open its portals to unrestricted trade… Divide and conquer is the stratagem to be employed in storming the citadels of oriental exclusiveness”.

It is important to hold in mind that Cushing was a leading figure among the Boston Brahmins who made fortunes working with the British in the global opium trade and were always antagonistic to the spirit of the U.S. Constitution itself. Cushing and his fellow Brahmins had been hard at work by this time preparing the groundwork for a parallel Civil War in the USA while the Taiping Heavenly Kingdom were still active in the east.

One of the bargaining chips the British empire used in negotiating the terms of China’s humiliating defeat was the threat to recognize the Taiping Heavenly Kingdom as the legitimate government of China. Beijing was so deeply bled from years of internal civil war that they easily bent to this threat and agreed to every condition demanded by the British resulting in the 1858 Treaty of Tien Tsin and Convention of Peking which granted unlimited access to foreign missionaries (again often covers for foreign intelligence operations), unlimited drug production, and free trade among other abuses that crippled China for years.

By the time the second Opium war ended in 1860, the British saw no more use in maintaining their synthetic cult and like a silk farmer who extracted all the silk from his worms, proceeded to work with the government to burn the cult which was finally exterminated by 1865.

In all, this civil war resulted in 30 million Chinese deaths, and still weighs heavily on China’s mind.

In the wake of the rebellion and broader Opium War, life expectancy sank as 22.6 thousand tons of opium were being produced within China for domestic use by 1900.

Poverty ran rampant, and Anglophile freemasonic groups shaped the policy of Triads in Hong Kong where HSBC pioneered global narcotics economics. The crushing of the spirits of the Chinese resulted in the backlash of the anti-Christian Boxer Rebellion (1900-1901) that itself became a convenient excuse for western imperial powers to carve up China even further in retribution for damages to houses, rail lines and lives.

By 1910, only one year before Sun Yat-sen’s Lincoln-inspired republican revolution broke China free from the unwinnable Great Game, European and Japanese imperial interests had taken control of vast portions of China’s territory.

 

Whether we are looking at religious sects masquerading as Christian or Muslim fronts, or Asian scientology-esque Falun Gong cults run by nutty exiled messianic characters like Li Hongzhi who literally believes he is ordained by God to save humanity from interdimensional aliens, Xi Jinping has some messy problems to deal with both within China and abroad. Living in a 400 acre compound in upstate New York and controlling a vast array of cultural/intelligence platforms including Epoch Times, Li Hongzhi’s continuing role as an influence shaper tied to the worst elements of China’s exiled community (including criminal billionaire and Bannon partner Guo Wengui) should lead any rational person to understand why China has taken the position it has on cults like Falun Gong and religious groups more broadly.

In the next installment, we will look more deeply at one more aspect of psy ops in China with a focus on Jesuits, London’s Tavistock and other spiritual poisons threatening the free world.

*

Note to readers: Please click the share buttons above or below. Follow us on Instagram, @crg_globalresearch. Forward this article to your email lists. Crosspost on your blog site, internet forums. etc.

Matthew Ehret is the Editor-in-Chief of the Canadian Patriot Review , and Senior Fellow at the American University in Moscow. He is author of the‘Untold History of Canada’ book series and Clash of the Two Americas. In 2019 he co-founded the Montreal-based Rising Tide Foundation . Consider helping this process by making a donation to the RTF or becoming a Patreon supporter to the Canadian Patriot Review

He is a frequent contributor to Global Research.

Featured image: White Horse Temple, a Buddhist Temple in Henan Province (Licensed under CC0)

  • Posted in English
  • Comments Off on China and the British Empire’s Opium Wars: The Role of Synthetic Cults and the Haunting of the Taiping Heavenly Kingdom
  • Tags: ,

All Global Research articles can be read in 51 languages by activating the “Translate Website” drop down menu on the top banner of our home page (Desktop version).

Visit and follow us on Instagram at @crg_globalresearch.

***

 

New data published by the Office for National Statistics has revealed that the number of children to have died since Chris Whitty advised the Government they should be offered the Covid-19 vaccine is 52% higher than the five-year-average, after previously being 14% down on the five-year-average up until the Joint Committee on Vaccination and Immunisation being overruled.

On September 13th 2021, the four Chief Medical Officer’s (CMO’s) of the United Kingdom wrote to the Government advising them to offer all healthy children over the age of 12 a single dose of the experimental Pfizer mRNA Covid-19 injection. The most important public health benefit the CMO’s assessed to allegedly shift the risk-benefit ratio in favour of vaccinating children was impact on education.

However, the Covid-19 vaccine does not prevent infection or transmission of the alleged Covid-19 virus, as is evident from the fact that excluding people under the age of 18 the vast majority of cases between September 13th and October 14th 2021 were among the fully vaccinated population.

Source – Page 13

So therefore, the decision of Chris Whitty, the Chief Medical Officer for England, and his colleagues to overrule the Joint Committee on Vaccination and Immunisation by advising the Government all children over the age of 12 should be offered a Covid-19 vaccine, was based on an outright lie.

It also can’t be argued that children should have the experimental Covid-19 vaccine because it will reduce their chances of being hospitalised or dying, because the risk of them being hospitalised or dying due to Covid-19 is already negligible.

As confirmed by official NHS data which shows that between March 2020 and October 6th 2021, a period of 19 months, there have been just 62 deaths among people under the age of 19 in England’s hospitals after they had tested positive for Covid-19. With 48 of these deaths occurring in people who had other extremely serious underlying conditions.

Source

But data published by the UK Health Security Agency also shows that even if children were at risk of being hospitalised and dying due to Covid-19, that the Covid-19 injection would not do a lot to prevent it, because between September 13th and October 11 2021, over 80% of alleged Covid-19 deaths occurred among the vaccinated population, with 1 death even occurring among a vaccinated person under the age of 18.

Source

Nevertheless, children over the age of 12 are still being given the experimental Covid-19 injection, the question is whether it is killing children like we have seen in the USA (source).

Chris Whitty advised the UK Government to roll-out the Pfizer Covid-19 vaccine to all children over the age of 12 in week 37 of 2021. Thanks to preparations already being made by the NHS to intrude on education in schools and administer the jab to children the programme got underway the following week (week 38).

Official Office for National Statistics (ONS) data shows that between week 38 and week 40, the five-year-average number of deaths occurring among children aged between 10 and 14 was 17.

Source

However, the latest data available from the ONS shows that between week 38 and week 40, the number of deaths occurring among children aged between 10 and 14 was 26. This represents a 52% increase on the five-year average.

Source

Sixteen of those deaths were among boys, representing a 60% increase on the five-year-average in which there had been 10 deaths among boys between week 38 and week 40. Whilst 10 of those deaths were among girls, representing a 43% increase on the five-year-average in which there had been 7 deaths among girls between week 38 and week 40.

What’s even more concerning about the above numbers though is that deaths among children aged between 10 and 14 were significantly lower than the five-year-average up to the point Chris Whitty advised the Government to offer all children over the age of 12 a Covid-19 vaccine.

Official Office for National Statistics (ONS) data shows that between week 1 and week 37, the five-year-average number of deaths occurring among children aged between 10 and 14 was 207. However, the 2021 dataset from the ONS shows that between week 1 and week 37 of 2021 there were just 178 deaths among children aged between 10 and 14. This means deaths among children aged week 10 and 14 were 14% down on the five-year-average prior to being offered the Covid-19 injection.

However, it is known that children deemed to be vulnerable to Covid-19 due to certain underlying conditions were already being offered a Covid-19 injection prior to Chris Whitty’s decision to overrule the JCVI and offer the jab to all healthy children.

Source – Page 9

The above graph, taken from the UK Health Security Agency ‘Vaccine Surveillance’ report shows that vulnerable children started to be given the Covid-19 vaccine around week 31 of 2021. It also shows the notable uptick in vaccination of children following Chris Whitty’s decision.

So we assessed the numbers from the ONS five-year-average dataset on deaths (found here) and the ONS 2021 dataset on deaths (found here) and discovered that there had also been a notable increase in deaths among children since vulnerable kids had first been given the Covid-19 vaccine.

We’ve compiled the following table on the ONS data –

Correlation does of course not always equal causation. but he Medicine and Healthcare product Regulatory Agency (MHRA) have openly admitted that they suspect myocarditis and pericarditis are potential side effects of the Pfizer and Moderna Covid-19 vaccines, especially among young males. A suspicion that has been strong enough for the UK Medicine Regulator to officially add warnings about myocarditis and pericarditis to the safety labels of the Covid-19 vaccines.

Source – Page 8

Myocarditis is inflammation of the heart muscle, whereas pericarditis is inflammation of the protective sacs surrounding the heart. Both are extremely serious conditions due to the vital role the heart plays in keeping a person alive, and the fact that the heart muscle cannot regenerate. Serious myocarditis can lead to cardiac arrest and knock years off a persons life.

The admittance from the UK Medicine Regulator that myocarditis is a suspected side effect of the Pfizer Covid-19 injection is extremely concerning once you see further data published by Public Health England on the number of emergency calls made requesting an ambulance due to cardiac arrest.

Source

The above graph shows that emergency calls due to cardiac arrest have been significantly higher than the expected level since June 2021. Is it just a coincidence that emergency calls due to cardiac arrest increased at the exact same time there was a sudden uptick in vaccinations of 16 – 19-year-old teens?

We’ll never know because the authorities will never admit that an unnecessary vaccination programme of which they have spent billions of tax-payers money to roll-out has killed the very people it was allegedly supposed to protect.

But the evidence strongly suggests that the Covid-19 vaccines are killing children, with a 52% increase in child deaths against the five-year-average since Chris Whitty advised the Government to roll-out the jab to all healthy children over the age of 12.

*

Note to readers: Please click the share buttons above or below. Follow us on Instagram, @crg_globalresearch. Forward this article to your email lists. Crosspost on your blog site, internet forums. etc.

Featured image is from Children’s Health Defense

All Global Research articles can be read in 51 languages by activating the “Translate Website” drop down menu on the top banner of our home page (Desktop version).

Visit and follow us on Instagram at @crg_globalresearch.

***

 

According to a recent Forbes investigation, Dr. Anthony Fauci earns $432,312 — more than roughly 4.3 million other federal employees, including President Biden. Fauci received steep pay hikes for research he oversaw on biodefense, or as Forbes put it, “Fauci was paid to prevent pandemics.”

A recent Forbes investigation looked at how Dr. Anthony Fauci became the highest paid federal employee, with an annual salary significantly higher than the President of the United States.

According to Forbes, with a 2020 salary of $432,312, Fauci out-earned not only the U.S. president ($400,000), but also four-star generals in the military ($282,000) and roughly 4.3 million other federal employees.

How? Fauci received steep pay hikes over the years for research he oversaw on biodefense, or as Forbes put it, “Fauci was paid to prevent pandemics.”

In 2004, during the George Bush Administration, Fauci received a whopping 68% pay increase, from $200,000 to $335,000 a year.

Fauci salary

Documents obtained by OpenTheBooks.com via Freedom of Information Act requests show Fauci’s “permanent pay adjustment” was carried forward through 2020.

According to the documents, Fauci’s pay raise was to “appropriately compensate him for the level of responsibility … especially as it relates to his work on biodefense research activities.”

As Forbes points out, the biodefense research Fauci was paid handsomely for overseeing — which was primarily to “prevent pandemics” — is the same gain-of-function research responsible for creating pandemic pathogens that much of the scientific community condemned as too risky.

*

Note to readers: Please click the share buttons above or below. Follow us on Instagram, @crg_globalresearch. Forward this article to your email lists. Crosspost on your blog site, internet forums. etc.

Jeremy Loffredo is a freelance reporter for The Defender. His investigative reporting has been featured in The Grayzone and Unlimited Hangout. Jeremy formerly produced news programs at RT America.

Featured image is from CHD

The Dangers of Human Gene Editing

October 24th, 2021 by Ulson Gunnar

This incisive article published by Global Research on June 5, 2015 outlines what we are living now, with the introduction of the mRNA vaccine which modifies the human genome.

***.

“Perhaps no technology yet has been poised to change the world so profoundly. All life on Earth, every living organism, now stands the possibility of potentially being “edited” on the most basic genetic level, enhancing or degrading it, but forever changing it.”

It is often said that if it can be imagined, it will inevitably be done. And such a sentiment could not be any truer in terms of applying genetic engineering and synthetic biology to the genomes of our planet’s organisms including humans themselves.”

Another danger is “slow kill.” This would be the process of using gene editing to affect individuals directly or through a genetically modified food supply subtly, infecting or killing off targeted demographic groups over a longer period of time. The advantage of this method would be the ambiguity surrounding what was causing upticks in “cancer” and other maladies brought on by degraded immune systems and overall health.”

emphasis added

***

While the process of synthesizing and arranging genetic code has many processes, perhaps none has been as promising as the CRISPR-Cas system. From laboratory experiments to emerging software used to create code genetically almost as easily as code for a computer, gene editing has never been easier, opening the door to never-before-possible applications.

Perhaps no technology yet has been poised to change the world so profoundly. All life on Earth, every living organism, now stands the possibility of potentially being “edited” on the most basic genetic level, enhancing or degrading it, but forever changing it.

Gene editing or “gene therapy” performed on children or adults changes the genetic makeup of targeted cells after which and upon dividing, impart this new genetic material on each subsequent new cell. This is why treatments for diseases using gene therapy often are successful with only a single shot. The “treatment” self-replicates perpetually within the patient’s body. Everything from leukemia to congenial genetic defects have been overcome in clinical trials using this method.

As far as science knows, these changes cannot be passed onto the offspring of patients. However, changing the genetic makeup of a human at their earliest stages of development can be passed on, spreading genetic changes made in labs onto the greater population.

The Biggest Threats: The Jab and Slow Kill

Talk of gene editing usually revolves around its use to treat diseases and produce super-crops and livestock to “save the world.” But as history has shown us, any technology is but a double edged sword. Whatever good it is capable of, it is proportionally capable of just as much bad.

The first and foremost danger of human gene editing in particular is its use in weaponized vaccines. Such fears are founded upon what was revealed by the United Nations during the apartheid government in South Africa where a government program named “Project Coast” actually endeavored to produce vaccines that were race-specific in hopes of sterilizing or killing off its black population.

The United Nations in a report titled Project Coast: Apartheid’s Chemical and Biological Warfare Programme would admit:

One example of this interaction involved anti-fertility work. According to documents from RRL [Roodeplaat Research Laboratories], the facility had a number of registered projects aimed at developing an anti-fertility vaccine. This was a personal project of the first managing director of RRL, Dr Daniel Goosen. Goosen, who had done research into embryo transplants, told the TRC that he and Basson had discussed the possibility of developing an anti-fertility vaccine which could be selectively administered—without the knowledge of the recipient. The intention, he said, was to administer it to black South African women without their knowledge.

At the time, the technology to accomplish such a feat never materialized. Now it has.

Another danger is “slow kill.” This would be the process of using gene editing to affect individuals directly or through a genetically modified food supply subtly, infecting or killing off targeted demographic groups over a longer period of time. The advantage of this method would be the ambiguity surrounding what was causing upticks in “cancer” and other maladies brought on by degraded immune systems and overall health.

And while some might be tempted to claim the dangers of this technology being used against populations remains solely in the realm of “Nazi eugenicists” and racist South African regimes, the truth of the matter is even Washington has penned policy papers advocating weapons deployed amid the “world of microbes.”

Mentioned in the US Neo-Conservative Project for a New American Century’s (PNAC) 2000 report titled Rebuilding America’s Defenses it stated:

The proliferation of ballistic and cruise missiles and long-range unmanned aerial vehicles (UAVs) will make it much easier to project military power around the globe. Munitions themselves will become increasingly accurate, while new methods of attack – electronic, “non-lethal,” biological – will be more widely available. (p.71 of .pdf)

Although it may take several decade for the process of transformation to unfold, in time, the art of warfare on air, land, and sea will be vastly different than it is today, and “combat” likely will take place in new dimensions: in space, “cyber-space,” and perhaps the world of microbes. (p.72 of .pdf)

And advanced forms of biological warfare that can “target” specific genotypes may transform biological warfare from the realm of terror to a politically useful tool. (p.72 of .pdf)

Biological warfare that can “target” specific genotypes is precisely what is now possible in the advent of improved gene editing. While many may suspect profit alone drives large pharmaceutical corporations to push vaccines on the global population, in reality, what it may also represent is an attempt by these very conspirators to create a well established globalized medium through which to administer their targeted bioweapons, yet another reason why the matter of human healthcare and biotechnology (and specifically vaccines) is a matter of not just business, but of national security as well.

Overwriting the Planet’s Genetic Heritage

Recently, Chinese scientists have crossed what many Western commentators, scientists and others have claimed is an “ethical line” by applying gene editing to human embryos. Critics have condemned the move specifically because any human “edited” while at their embryonic stage would likely transfer those genetic changes to any offspring they had upon becoming an adult.

Yet many of these critics have been vocal advocates for precisely the same use of biotech, though not for humans, but rather for our food supply. Genetically modified organisms (GMOs), particularly modified crops transfer their artificially altered genetic code to its next generation. Cross pollination has repeatedly contaminated the fields of farmers not using GMOs, creating an expanding controversy and multiple lawsuits and legal reviews.

In reality, all genetic editing, especially when it alters the genetic material of subsequent generations, represents a potential threat to the genetic heritage of the entire planet with potential consequences we may still not fully understand. In a world where the “science is final” regarding humanity’s impact on the planet’s climate, demanding “urgent action” to stop or reverse it, the absence of a similar impetus behind stopping the contamination of our planet’s genetic heritage seems suspiciously hypocritical if not utterly reckless and even intentional.

Of course, gene editing will be done, with or without the approval of governments and the people they govern. However, measures should be developed and put in place to preserve the natural genetic heritage of the planet, and such measures should be decentralized as much as possible.

The James Bond-esque “Svalbard Global Seed Vault” in the frigid climate of Norway represents a sort of “backup” for many of the planet’s horticultural species, but is controlled by the very interests intentionally destroying the planet’s genomes. It represents essentially a criminal gang preparing to sink the ship, but only after securing for themselves the only lifeboat available.

More lifeboats must be made available and it will require the understanding of policymakers of this emerging technology and the threats it presents, along with national and local policies to hedge against these threats.

The West Trapped in its Own Hypocrisy 

Ironically, the West’s own hypocrisy has tied its hands in condemning China’s moves to recklessly alter the human genomes of embryos. Not only is the West’s attitude toward GMOs in general now hurting their case against China, the prevailing attitude in the West that embryos are not even “human” is also critically hypocritical, regardless of how irrational, unscientific and unqualified (however very politically convenient) such an attitude is.

To the West, unborn children are virtually “garbage” to be thrown away on a whim. So the Chinese might be forgiven for thinking it is perfectly ok to experiment recklessly upon them. In reality a human being’s unique genetic code and the metabolic cellular activity that constitutes the beginning of its life… both of which perpetuate themselves uninterrupted until birth and continues on until death, natural or otherwise … begins at conception. As such, experimenting on a human embryo may not superficially “feel” or “look” like human experimentation, but scientifically it is.

The West is quite right about condemning China for its experimentation on human embryos, however its confused self-serving hypocrisy has made this condemnation incoherent and unfortunately irrelevant.

Regardless, those nations still adhering to a sense of both objective science and humanity can and must set a precedent based on the above described realities. They must recognize the threats and abuses this technology poses equally with its benefits. They must educate their populations to understand the difference between the two, and the importance of developing a national biotechnology initiative as a matter of both national security and progress. But above all, they must understand that biotechnology represents the next big revolution, after information technology, and begin building the necessary infrastructure to support it.

Without doing so, nations will find themselves ill-prepared to either capitalize on its benefits or defend against its many and incredibly dangerous abuses.

Weaponization, accidents and even the prospect of globalized corporations finding, then making inaccessible the cures to diseases and conditions affecting millions such as cancer, diabetes and heart disease are all threats we now face, whether we would like to admit it or not. One point the West correctly made upon its hand wringing over China’s most recent and reckless leap forward, was that the matter of biotechnology’s profound impact on the human genome and the genetic heritage of the entire planet is no longer the subject of a “future” scenario. It is a matter of present concern.

Ulson Gunnar, a New York-based geopolitical analyst and writer especially for the online magazine “New Eastern Outlook”.

  • Posted in English
  • Comments Off on The Dangers of Human Gene Editing

All Global Research articles can be read in 51 languages by activating the “Translate Website” drop down menu on the top banner of our home page (Desktop version).

Visit and follow us on Instagram at @crg_globalresearch.

***

 

In Canada, the supposedly benevolent country that prides itself on inclusivity, Covid totalitarianism has become unavoidably apparent, with its decision that soon only the fully vaccinated can travel.

Vaccine mandates have also been imposed on healthcare workers, municipal employees and federal public servants. Basically, as part of what PM Justin Trudeau called one of the world’s strictest vaccine-mandate policies, unjabbed Canadians are being increasingly restricted/excluded not only from work, but from social life as well. Supposedly, this is done for their well-being and health. I argue, though, that it’s nothing but “medical fascism.” 

Some months ago, much ado was made in media around the world when the government of Canada shed crocodile tears for the country’s imprisonment, torture, starvation and murder of indigenous children in the horrific ‘residential school’ system. The government, we were meant to believe, suddenly cared for the people it had sought to erase.

But, aside from many examples of that being mere lip service, it has become clear, over the past year and a half plus, that the government doesn’t care for Canadians, period.

Under some of the world’s longest lockdowns, Canadians had their businesses shuttered, were deprived of contact with their elderly, were prevented from worshipping and holding holiday gatherings (while Canadian leadership steadfastly ignored the rules) and, more seriously, were deprived of critical medical care—all in the name of public health.

Already, Canadians with natural immunity say they have been told that’s not enough to enter the country.

Starting from October 30, only the Covid-jabbed can travel by plane or train in Canada. While huge numbers of Canadians have got the shots, many others have legitimate concerns about the safety of vaccines, with good reason.

When Dr. Byram Bridle, associate professor of viral immunology—a well-recognized expert in vaccinology—refused vaccination due to his natural immunity, he was derided by media and banned from his University of Guelph campus. He made clear that he is, “a vaccine lover and an innovator in this field,” but has concerns about the, “possible link between this heart inflammation that is occurring and these COVID-19 vaccines.” 

And although I already realized it is unlikely that I’ll see my family in Canada in person again, the newest ‘no jab, no travel’ dictates seal the deal for me.

But, for people within Canada, it is more than just the matter of being able to see loved ones again. For some, these new dictates might mean a matter of life or death: whether they can get vital medical care and whether they can earn a living.

One such person is an Italian researcher living in Canada since 2001, who was in that year diagnosed with Multiple Sclerosis. I recently spoke with Valentina Capurri about how the vaccine mandates will affect her.

She explained that, following her MS diagnosis, she was offered to participate in a trial program for a new medication. Although a risky decision, she accepted for different reasons, including the health care and medication it would ensure her as a then-lone international student.

She described the importance of the trial, which lasted twelve years.

“Lots of people who had severe effects of MS would have benefitted from the medication. And yet they were not able to access the medication for a reason: because you cannot give a medication whose effect–if everything goes wrong–can be worse than the cure.”

Trials like this, she emphasized, are something every new medication, or vaccine, endure.

“And none of this has been done in this particular case. So that’s what made me a little suspicious about the Covid vaccines.”

Over the past year and a half, she says, she has not been allowed to see her neurologist, all medical appointments at her Toronto hospital were suspended and replaced with  phone consultations. No physical visits, no MRIs, just phone calls.

“In 2003, when we had SARS, I used to go once a month to the hospital. Despite the fact that SARS in 2003 had a much higher mortality rate than Covid, we still were allowed to enter the hospital on a regular basis. None of our visits were cancelled back then as they are now.”

Since neither she nor her Canadian husband will take the jab, they will lose their jobs, and thus won’t be able to pay for her expensive MS medication.

“You are forcing me to lose my job, to lose my ability to support myself, just because I am exerting my right not to have an experimental medical procedure done on me. This is worse than fascism, this is absolutely appalling.”

On top of this, now, those needing organ transplants face being denied care if they do not consent to mandatory jabs.

Among other Canadians suspended without pay for their refusal to be jabbed are hundreds of hospital workers, including nurses. The sort of people who might know a thing or two about health…

And, in August, emergency room and family practice physician, Dr. Rochagné Kilian resigned over the unethical and coercive pressuring of Canadians to be jabbed.

While medical workers and average Canadians are being forced out of work, denied medical care, ostracized from society, the government has made clear the rules for thee but not for me adage still applies.

PM Trudeau said all federal workers would be compelled to get fully vaccinated but, as it turns out, that’s not the case. According to an article in the Toronto Sun, roughly 70% of the federal workforce will be exempt from getting vaccines, including: federal judges, meat inspectors, park wardens, postal workers, tax auditors, Commons and Senate staff, soldiers, sailors and air force personnel, and Canada Post employees, among others.

Canada doesn’t even pretend to follow logic any longer. Just full-on medical fascism for the majority of Canadians.

With the introduction of vaccine mandates, it is only a matter of time before Canada reaches Lithuanian-level totalitarianism where the non-jabbed are almost fully excluded from all aspects of society.

Please ask yourselves if you really believe this is about public health.

*

Note to readers: Please click the share buttons above or below. Follow us on Instagram, @crg_globalresearch. Forward this article to your email lists. Crosspost on your blog site, internet forums. etc.

Featured image is from Shutterstock

Taliban Is the Winner at Moscow Conference

October 24th, 2021 by M. K. Bhadrakumar

All Global Research articles can be read in 51 languages by activating the “Translate Website” drop down menu on the top banner of our home page (Desktop version).

Visit and follow us on Instagram at @crg_globalresearch.

***

 

The Moscow meeting of ten regional states and the Taliban officials on Wednesday has produced an outcome that by far exceeds expectations. The salience of the consensus opinion is four-fold, as reflected in the joint statement issued after the event: 

  • regional recognition that Taliban government is a compelling “reality”;
  • it is through constructive engagement that regional states should endeavour to influence Taliban; 
  • a collective initiative to convene a broad-based international donor conference under the auspices of the United Nations; 
  • and, robust regional backing for Afghanistan’s sovereignty, independence and territorial integrity. 

Then, there is the ubiquitous geopolitical angle. Simply put, the Biden Administration has lost the plot. The Fox News flashed that “The Taliban won the backing from top US adversaries.” Second, the forceful regional initiative undermines the Western prescriptive attempts to pressure the Taliban government. 

Third, Moscow has taken the high ground as the principal mentor, guide and guardian of the collective interests of Afghanistan’s neighbours. The Taliban delegation warmly welcomes this. Fourth, the door is not only slammed shut for establishing any form of US military presence in Central Asia but the regional states are opposed to any foreign power violating Afghanistan’s sovereignty, independence and territorial integrity.   

Finally, against the backdrop of the Moscow conference, the newly created forum of foreign ministers of Afghanistan’s immediate neighbours — Pakistan, Iran, Turkmenistan, Uzbekistan, Tajikistan and China — gains traction as the locomotive to navigate the path forward. 

The next meeting of the forum is scheduled for October 27 in Tehran. It will be an in-person event and in an expanded format it will henceforth also include Russian Foreign Minister Sergey Lavrov! 

Before the Moscow conference, Lavrov had met with the Taliban delegation. According to the Acting Taliban Foreign Minister Amir Khan Muttaqi,

“we have good relations with Russia. We discussed various issues, including economic ties, trade between the two countries and the policy of the new Afghan government at large, aimed at using the location of Afghanistan to stimulate trade between the countries of the region and ultimately the economic integration.” 

Lavrov’s opening remarks at the conference testify to the high comfort level Russia feels today vis-a-vis the Taliban government. In his words,

“A new (Afghan) administration is in office now. This hard fact places great responsibility on the Taliban. We note the efforts they are making to stabilise the military-political situation and to ensure the smooth operation of the public governance system… the new balance of power in Afghanistan which took root after August 15 has no alternative in the foreseeable future.”

From such a perspective, Lavrov signalled,

“We plan to engage our capabilities, including the capabilities offered by the UN, the SCO, the CSTO and other multilateral entities… Importantly, both the SCO and the CSTO have a special mechanism that was created many years ago, which is dedicated to interacting with Afghanistan, and identifying ways to promote stabilisation in that country… We are content with the level of practical cooperation with the Afghan authorities…We are grateful to the Afghan authorities for their assistance to our journalists… We will continue building business relations with Kabul with a view to resolving urgent bilateral issues.” read more

Clearly, the emphasis has shifted from the advocacy of “inclusive government” and the issue of formal “recognition” to the imperative need of averting a humanitarian catastrophe. It is hugely significant that the influential politician who voices the Kremlin opinion, Valentina Matviyenko (speaker of the Russian Federation Council) stated yesterday that 

“The Taliban have come to power, they are controlling the entire country and it is necessary to hold a dialogue with them, it is necessary to meet with them… The issue of recognition or non-recognition today is not the priority act. I think, that if as a result of this dialogue the Taliban accepts those conditions I mentioned, not just approves in writing but implements in actions, I think that this will be, of course, their recognition since nowadays they are the actual power there.”       

Indeed, whereas the US has been harping on the recognition issue as a bargaining card to pressure the Taliban, the Moscow conference has deftly undercut the US plank. The Biden Administration will be increasingly hard-pressed to lift the sanctions at some point. 

The Moscow conference pointedly called on the US to “shoulder” the costs of financing humanitarian needs in Afghanistan. President Putin hit hard when he said yesterday that “the primary responsibility for what is taking place there (Afghanistan) is borne by the countries that fought there for 20 years. And the first thing that they should do, in my opinion, is to unfreeze Afghan assets and give Afghanistan a possibility to solve top priority social and economic tasks.” 

In the final analysis, the Moscow conference has blocked the path of any unilateral interventionism by the US in Afghanistan — either through “out-of-the-region” military operations on the pretext of fighting terror groups or by undermining the Taliban government’s unity and cohesion through covert operations with the help of groups such as ISIS (as had happened in Syria) and thereby create the alibi for direct intervention in future. 

Paradoxically, the regional states have become stakeholders in the stability of the Taliban government. China, of course, has been urging such an approach. Conceivably, despite the daunting challenges, Moscow also senses the merit in the argument that the Afghan economy can eventually be turned around as an engine of growth. 

A recent commentary by the Global Times noted,

“Afghanistan has strong development potential and is worthy of investment…the country is rich in mineral resources… if Afghanistan can rely on minerals mining to overcome fiscal challenges, it will be conducive to regional stability and serve China’s interests. Whether Chinese enterprises invest will largely depend on whether Taliban can effectively ensure safety of domestic production and construction, maintain social order, provide security and fight terrorism to win back investors’ confidence.” read more

The bottom line is that the Taliban can justifiably draw satisfaction that the Moscow conference has virtually made the so-called “legitimacy aspect” of their government a non-issue. 

The alchemy of constructive engagement is such that it will incrementally amount to de facto recognition, especially if the UN were to convene a donors’ conference. In sum, the Moscow conference has made sure that the US’ obdurate, vengeful stance against the Taliban will become unsustainable with the passage of time. 

*

Note to readers: Please click the share buttons above or below. Follow us on Instagram, @crg_globalresearch. Forward this article to your email lists. Crosspost on your blog site, internet forums. etc.

Featured image is from OffGuardian

All Global Research articles can be read in 51 languages by activating the “Translate Website” drop down menu on the top banner of our home page (Desktop version).

Visit and follow us on Instagram at @crg_globalresearch.

***

 

No one group has done more to damage our global agriculture and food quality than the Rockefeller Foundation. They began in the early 1950s after the War to fund two Harvard Business School professors to develop vertical integration which they named “Agribusiness.” The farmer became the least important. They then created the fraudulent Green Revolution in Mexico and India in the 1960s and later the pro-GMO Alliance for a Green Revolution in Africa since 2006. Money from the Rockefeller Foundation literally created the disastrous GMO genetically altered plants with their toxic glyphosate pesticides. Now again, the foundation is engaged in a major policy change in global food and agriculture and it’s not good.

In their latest report, True Cost of Food: Measuring What Matters to Transform the U.S. Food System, the Rockefeller Foundation is deeply engaged in a coordinated effort to radically change the way we produce food and how we calculate its true cost. They claim it is part of a global consensus, through the UN, to create “sustainable” agriculture amid the ongoing COVID breakdown crisis. Far from being a positive change, it is intended to radically change our access to healthy food and our choice of what we eat. The foundation, which has just released the second food report in two years, is partnering with the Davos World Economic Forum and big agribusiness to lead the drive. Their new slogan is “True Cost of Food.”

True Cost?

Rajiv Shah, President of the Foundation writes,

“we spent the past year working with experts and advocates across the field to measure impact of the US food system. The result is the first US-wide set of metrics that can help us measure the cost of our food more accurately. With this new analysis, governments, advocates, food producers, and individuals are better equipped to transform our food system to be more nourishing, regenerative, and equitable…”

Here is where the words must be looked at more closely. These guys are experts at NLP. In effect, it reads as if the same Rockefeller Foundation responsible for our industrialized, globalized food chain and the destruction that process has wrought on not only the family farm but also the quality of our global agriculture and diet, is now blaming their creation for huge external costs of our food. However they write as if the greedy family farmer is to blame, not corporate agribusiness.

Shah states,

“This report is a wake-up call. The US food system as it stands is adversely affecting our environment, our health, and our society.” Shah’s Rockefeller study states, “The U.S. food system’s current set-up has led to costly impacts on the health of people, society, and the planet. Global warming, reduced biodiversity, water and air pollution, food waste, and the high incidence of diet-related illnesses are key unintended consequences of the current production system.” This is ominous.

The study adds,

“ The burden of impact of these costs are disproportionately borne by communities that are marginalized and underserved, often communities of color, many of whom are the backbone as farmers, fishers, ranchers, and food workers.”

Using a Dutch group, True Price Foundation, the report calculates that the “true cost” of the US food system is not the $1.1 trillion that Americans spend annually on food, but rather at least $3.2 trillion per year when taking into account its impact on the health of people, livelihoods, and the environment. This huge added cost is calculated mainly from health effects including cancer and diabetes and environmental effects such as CO2 emissions of what they call “unsustainable” agriculture. True Cost Foundation has a three man board including Herman Mulder, a former banker with ABN Amro, one of the world’s leading agribusiness banks; Charles Evers, former Corporate controller and CFO with Unilever NV (1981-2002), one of the world’s leading agribusiness giants; and Jasper de Jong, Partner at Allen & Overy, one of the world’s largest law firms based in London. This is the team behind pricing such abstractions as a ton of CO2 and other costs for the Rockefeller report. The only point is that CO2 is a harmless essential component of all life and no cause for a rising global temperature.

Also notable about the Rockefeller report, True Cost of Food, is that the contributors included law school professors, university economists, World Wildlife Fund (WWF), and True Cost Foundation. No single farmer organization was included.

The report calculates that the major “hidden” costs of America’s food production come from agriculture’s negative impact on health and on the environment: “The biggest unaccounted costs are from negative impacts on human health, worsening environmental degradation, and biodiversity loss.” They put a number on all this. For example, direct environmental impacts including greenhouse gas (GHG) emissions, water use, and soil erosion they claim cost $350 billion annually; and the impact on biodiversity as a result of land use, and soil, water, and air pollution they say costs the US economy $455 billion. Then they calculate the health costs of the US food system. Here the report includes costs to the economy of obesity, of cardio-vascular diseases which are the leading cause of death globally, cancer, diabetes and other non-communicable diseases. This supposedly adds another $ 1 trillion to our “true” food costs. Totaling both effects as claimed adds some $1.8 trillion of the estimated $2.2 external costs of food. To claim dollar costs of these diseases in the rigged US healthcare system is the sole fault of the agriculture ignores the bloated health costs since Obamacare insurance took effect. By the way Rockefeller also created the modern medical system with his Flexner Report along with the Carnegie Foundation in 1910. But that’s another story.

There is no disputing that agribusiness industrialized food production in the USA since the 1950s has turned the once-productive family farm into a corporate appendage of a system of factory farms, GMO seed and agrichemicals monopolies like Monsanto-Bayer and DuPontDow (Corteva), huge slaughtering operations such as of Tyson and Smithfield Foods, and retailers like Walmart or Whole Foods. But the report suggests that traditional family farmers are to blame. This is to set the stage for an agriculture Great Reset that will be even more harmful as the remaining range-fed beef is replaced with lab-grown GMO plant beef and similar products. The USDA recently wrote that the “primary sources of greenhouse gases in agriculture are the production of nitrogen-based fertilizers; the combustion of fossil fuels such as coal, gasoline, diesel fuel and natural gas; and waste management. Livestock enteric fermentation, or the fermentation that takes place in the digestive systems of ruminant animals, results in methane emissions.”

The message is that the current American food production is to blame and that radical and costly changes are urgently needed. The difficulty in reading the report is that the language is deliberately vague and deceptive. For example one of the most damaging components of American agriculture since the 1990s has been the wholesale introduction of GMO crops—especially soybeans, corn and cotton and the highly carcinogenic Monsanto-Bayer Roundup with glyphosate. The Rockefeller report omits their direct role in fostering that devastation by their creating and promoting Monsanto and GMO for decades, knowing it was destructive. Rockefeller Foundation policy is to introduce gene-edited crops, GMO.2, and destroy America’s present agriculture in favor of patented costly alternatives, claiming it is too costly and not “sustainable” or “inclusive.” The second largest global food producer, the EU, will be their next target.

AGRA, Gates and Davos

This agenda is not surprising when we look at the background of the key actors at Rockefeller Foundation. The President, Rajiv Shah, came out of a background at the Bill & Melinda Gates Foundation, where he was Director of Agricultural Development. At Gates Foundation Shah worked with the Rockefeller Foundation to create the Alliance for a Green Revolution in Africa. He is intimately tied to the Davos World Economic Forum (WEF) of Great Reset guru, Klaus Schwab, where Shah recently co-chaired the WEF Global Future Council on the New Agenda for Economic Growth and Recovery. There he wrote that “governments must actively shape markets towards green and inclusive growth.”

The Alliance for a Green Revolution in Africa (AGRA) is a project that has tried to force GMO seeds and related pesticides at huge cost on poorer African small farmers. It has been an agriculture disaster for African farmers. The AGRA model plays a key role in understanding the unspoken agenda of the Rockefeller Foundation and allies such as WEF and Gates Foundation. The person responsible under Shah at Rockefeller for the agriculture program is Roy Steiner, the foundation’s Senior Vice President for Food Initiative. Steiner was with Shah at the Gates Foundation and worked with Shah to create the pro-GMO AGRA in Africa.

The deep role of both Shah and Steiner in AGRA and its GMO agenda gives a very good idea how Rockefeller & Co. plan the radical transformation of US agriculture, and it is not good. The report says that it will reduce CO2 and methane emissions and introduce plant-based alternatives. Bill Gates co-funded the startup of the imitation meat company, Impossible Foods, using lab-grown fake meat and gene-editing. He insists synthetic beef is a necessary strategy to address climate change and declares that Americans and other Western nations must switch to a diet of 100% synthetic beef. No more cows no more gas emissions

Davos, Rockefeller and UN World Food Summit

The agriculture agenda of the influential Rockefeller Foundation, the agenda of Davos WEF and of the UN all converge on the Great Reset and UN Agenda 2030 for “sustainable agriculture.” On September 23, 2021 in New York the UN hosted Food Systems Summit 2021. The chair of the summit was Agnes Kalibata UN Secretary-General’s Special Envoy to the 2021 Food Systems Summit. Her selection was vehemently opposed by dozens of NGOs based on the fact she is President of the Gates-Rockefeller AGRA in Africa. UN Secretary General Antonio Guterres announced the summit as a part of the Decade of Action for achieving Agenda 2030 sustainable goals. Olivier De Schutter, former UN special rapporteur on the right to food, stated that the Food Summit was the result of “closed-door agreements” at the World Economic Forum in Davos.

In June 2019 at the UN, WEF head Klaus Schwab and UN’s Guterres signed a formal partnership “to accelerate the implementation of the 2030 Agenda for Sustainable Development.” One year later amid the covid pandemia, Klaus Schwab announced launch of the technocratic Great Reset together with Antonio Guterres, Secretary-General of the UN; and Kristalina Georgieva of the International Monetary Fund. Davos, the UN and Rockefeller Foundation are all on one agenda and it is not good for the future health and food of mankind. This is no conspiracy theory; it’s the real conspiracy.

*

Note to readers: Please click the share buttons above or below. Follow us on Instagram, @crg_globalresearch. Forward this article to your email lists. Crosspost on your blog site, internet forums. etc.

F. William Engdahl is strategic risk consultant and lecturer, he holds a degree in politics from Princeton University and is a best-selling author on oil and geopolitics, exclusively for the online magazine “New Eastern Outlook” where this article was originally published. 

He is a Research Associate of the Centre for Research on Globalization.

Featured image is from NEO


seeds_2.jpg

Seeds of Destruction: Hidden Agenda of Genetic Manipulation

Author Name: F. William Engdahl
ISBN Number: 978-0-937147-2-2
Year: 2007
Pages: 341 pages with complete index

List Price: $25.95

Special Price: $18.00

 

This skilfully researched book focuses on how a small socio-political American elite seeks to establish control over the very basis of human survival: the provision of our daily bread. “Control the food and you control the people.”

This is no ordinary book about the perils of GMO. Engdahl takes the reader inside the corridors of power, into the backrooms of the science labs, behind closed doors in the corporate boardrooms.

The author cogently reveals a diabolical world of profit-driven political intrigue, government corruption and coercion, where genetic manipulation and the patenting of life forms are used to gain worldwide control over food production. If the book often reads as a crime story, that should come as no surprise. For that is what it is.

US: Religious Leaders Urge Biden to End Blockade Against Cuba

October 24th, 2021 by Rev. Prof. Dr. Ioan Sauca

All Global Research articles can be read in 51 languages by activating the “Translate Website” drop down menu on the top banner of our home page (Desktop version).

Visit and follow us on Instagram at @crg_globalresearch.

***

 

Below, teleSUR English reproduces in full the letter sent by the religious leaders to President Biden.

“Dear Mr. President,

We write to intercede on behalf of the Cuban people, who are facing a terrible humanitarian situation. After nearly sixty years of embargo against the country, the question you must ask yourself is whether this continuing embargo is worth it.

The Obama administration, with your support, sought to rethink the policy and seek a new engagement with Cuba, relaxing sanctions, allowing direct flights between the two countries and easing restrictions on U.S. citizens traveling to and doing business in Cuba. Former President Donald Trump reversed President Obama’s strategy. He placed Cuba back on the U.S. list of state sponsors of international terrorism, cut off travel between Cuba and the U.S., and prohibited U.S. citizens and residents from sending remittances to family members in Cuba, cutting off an important economic lifeline for many Cubans. The impact of the COVID-19 pandemic has further exacerbated the problems in Cuba.

Mr. President, there is a time to tear down and a time to build up. There is a time to love and a time to hate, a time for war and a time for peace. We ask you to make a bold decision and end the embargo against the Cuban people. We are aware that there are very significant political pressures and obstacles to this course of action.

However, driven by Christian faith and compassion, we implore you to take steps to ease the burden of the Cuban people, including:

1. Remove Cuba from the list of countries sponsoring terrorism. We see no real public evidence to believe that Cuba has the will, means and ability to sponsor global terrorism.

2. Suspend again the application of Title III of the Helms-Burton Act, which was suspended for a long period and was reactivated by former President Donald Trump on May 2, 2019.

3. Reinstate the category of “people-to-people” travel for educational exchange, using this general license to maintain a full-time schedule of educational and cultural exchange activities aimed at improving contact with the Cuban people.

4. Eliminate the ban on cruise ship travel and reinstate regular airline flights to all Cuban cities.

5. Suspend the State Department’s List of Prohibited Accommodations in Cuba, allowing U.S. citizens to use hotels and rental houses of their choice.

6. Eliminate the USD 1,000 per quarter cap on family remittances that a sender can send per quarter to a Cuban citizen.

7. Reactivation of non-family remittances from third countries through Western Union and companies such as Fincimex and AIS.

8. Suspend the List of Restricted Entities and Sub-entities Associated with Cuba.

“Religious leaders from the World Council of Churches urged US President Joe Biden to lift the blockade against Cuba and overcome political obstacles that stand in the way.”

9. Reactivate the U.S. Embassy in Havana, including its consular services.

10. Suspension of third country visa application requirements and the granting of annual visas under immigration agreements.

11. Reactivate scientific exchanges in biotechnology, health and other areas of science.

We strongly believe that there are other ways to engage with Cuban authorities to discuss and overcome disagreements on issues and legacies, without affecting people who want to live with human dignity. We ask you to consider their plight and work to overcome political obstacles to solidarity and justice.

Yours in Christ,

Rev. Prof. Dr. Ioan Sauca
Acting General Secretary
World Council of Churches

Mr. Rudelmar Bueno de Faria
General Secretary (CEO)
ACT Alliance

Rev. Jim Winkler
President and General Secretary
National Council of Churches of Christ USA

Rev. Philip Vinod Peacock
Acting General Secretary
World Communion of Reformed Churches

Bishop Ivan M. Abrahams
General Secretary
World Methodist Council

Council of Churches of Cuba
General Secretary
Rev. Joel Ortega Dopico

Ms. Josianne Gauthier
Secretary General
CIDSE”

*

Note to readers: Please click the share buttons above or below. Follow us on Instagram, @crg_globalresearch. Forward this article to your email lists. Crosspost on your blog site, internet forums. etc.

Featured image: The World Council of Churches called on U.S. President Joe Biden to lift the blockade on Cuba. | Photo: Twitter/@almayadeen_es

The Jerusalem Report: ‘We Are the Lab Rats of the World’

October 24th, 2021 by Children’s Health Defense

All Global Research articles can be read in 51 languages by activating the “Translate Website” drop down menu on the top banner of our home page (Desktop version).

Visit and follow us on Instagram at @crg_globalresearch.

***

 

On the premier episode of CHD.TV’s “The Jerusalem Report,” host Ilana Rachel Daniel explained how her country led the world in time spent in coronavirus lockdowns, describing in detail what it’s been like this past year.

Daniel described how the people of Israel responded to the back-door deal between Pfizer and the Health Ministry that traded a discount on COVID vaccines in exchange for Israeli citizens’ private health and personal data, making Israel the first country to become a massive vaccine experiment.

Daniel said policy decisions were made absent of informed consent, were steeped in coercion and dishonest in intent.

“We are and were the lab rats of the world,” Daniel said. “To date, Israeli citizens have only ever seen a media-released, heavily redacted version of that contract,” between Pfizer and the Israeli government.

Daniel said:

“We’ve heard rumors of an alleged penalty clause if quotas are not reached. We’ve also heard Israeli vaccine developers being pushed out of the running by the government. It would appear we are beholden to Pfizer to the suppression of other treatments.”

She described outdoor mask mandates, citizens on house arrest and vaccine mandates, as well as Isreali passengers being removed from international flights.

“In a final blow to our claims of democracy,” Daniel said, “we are kept from disclosure of Corona [virus] Cabinet and similar session meeting minutes, as they have been put under a 30-year confidentiality act.”

Daniel quoted the State of Israel as saying, “The public’s right to know isn’t absolute.”

Also in this episode:

  • Government-issued tracking devices on travelers to impose quarantine.
  • The refusal of Israel to release COVID fatality data, despite all citizen’s medical records being property of the government.
  • Israeli doctors are not admitting to vaccine injury. Daniel said trust in the medical establishment is waning among citizens.
  • Citizens are afraid to speak out on vaccine injuries and deaths.
  • Media propaganda campaigns for COVID vaccines targeted children and pregnant women and hid vaccine injury from citizens.
  • Updates on Green Pass, boosters and censorship.

Daniel said the truth will come out. She said The Isreaeli People’s Committee, an independent investigative group reporting adverse events in Israel, and The Testimonies Project are documenting the truth of vaccine injury, government coercion and totalitarian-like conditions in Israel.

“It is clear to many here in Israel and abroad that we fight not only for ourselves, but intentionally for you as well,” Daniel said, reminding viewers that the citizens of Israel are watching the rest of the world fight for medical freedom.

She said, “Your wins, wherever they are found, are ours.”

Watch this week’s episode here or click the image below.

Tune in every Friday at 10:30 a.m. PT / 12:30 p.m. ET to watch a new episode of “The Jerusalem Report” on CHD.TV.

The Jerusalem Report” is hosted by Ilana Rachel Daniel. Each week Daniel invites listeners to hear the story of an unprecedented COVID response, a mass human experiment thrust upon the entire nation of Israel. Daniel is a health advisor, health and safety researcher, activist and writer.

*

Note to readers: Please click the share buttons above or below. Follow us on Instagram, @crg_globalresearch. Forward this article to your email lists. Crosspost on your blog site, internet forums. etc.

All Global Research articles can be read in 51 languages by activating the “Translate Website” drop down menu on the top banner of our home page (Desktop version).

Visit and follow us on Instagram at @crg_globalresearch.

***

 

Have you ever had to answer the question whether “you have your personal things in order” when entering a hospital? “No”, I guess is the answer for most of us. Well in Switzerland, the epicenter of neoliberalism and the home of the WEF, this question has become a standard feature in Swiss Hospital Admission forms, since 1 October 2021. Maybe in other countries too? Or is Switzerland a trial balloon for yet another covid atrocity?

To the question, “why” and “what does it mean?” “Does it mean, whether I have made a testament?” I didn’t get a straight answer by the rather flustered and embarrassed receptionist. In a quiet voice she then told me,

“Most people don’t even notice it.”

Yes, that could be expected from a society in denial or suffering from cognitive dissonance. But why the It in the first place?

Is it a clever pre-screening of capital that can be scraped off in the “case of all cases”? Is it the type of info that may eventually find its way onto your all “storage” QR-Code? See this.

It is a very disturbing feature of the profit-centered medical society we have gradually become embedded in over the past 40-some years when the new neoliberalism took hold in the western Thatcher / Reagan era of the 80s – and ongoing. Most of us haven’t even noticed how we were progressively transformed from “medical patients” to “medical clients” to subjects of sheer exploitation by the pharma-medical system.

Fortunately, not all of the medical-science society goes along with this new financialization of illness and disease. But those who don’t have an ever-harder time to resist. Covid is the sheer proof for it. Depending on the country where you live, your medical license may be withdrawn if you don’t follow the official narrative. Some with integrity – and perhaps financial independence – stick to science. Others literally prostitute science for their well-being.

No matter how many real but non-mainstream news reports, especially from the US VAERS (Vaccine Adverse Event Reporting System), indicate that more people died from the so-called covid vaccines – actually gene-modifying injections – than from covid, the bulldozer of lies and deceit moves on, relentlessly, as if truth wouldn’t exist. The mainstream media are doing their dirty job letting themselves be prostituted by the governments around the globe, at least in the western world, for billions and billions of dollars and euros.

Video: Towards Digital Tyranny with Peter Koenig

Click here to link to bitchute version

There is no limit to what money can buy as money is freely produced. “Debt” in the western sense of the word has seized to exist. The money flow in most western economies has not been backed by a country’s economic output and debt just accumulates – never to be “paid back”. These covid debts are simply considered “investments” – investments into perpetuating lies, into deceiving people, into holding back the truth, for criminal, even murderous purposes. For an agenda that is not even the agenda of western governments, but the agenda of an obscure cult, of which the World Economic Forum (WEF) is one of the driving forces, if not THE driving force.

The WEF has already designed the next generation of Vaccination Certificates, or “Green Pass”. It’s blood-based.

Yes, you read correctly – “blood-based”.

To make sure that you have had your mRNA gene-modifying killer-shot, in the form of one of the multiple boosters that will soon become compulsory, there will be blood-sample spots around countries. So as to extend your covid-vaxx certificate, you will have to give a blood sample.

These labs, probably floating truck-labs, will be able to determine within seconds whether you have had your latest shot. According to the noble motto, “Leave No One Behind”.

Is there perhaps a much different and much more evil agenda behind these blood-based passes? Namely the collection of individual DNAs? Your DNA might go onto your QR-Code and into a central DNA data bank. Just imagine what could be done with 7.8 billion individual DNAs! They could be grouped according to different ethnicities, races, origins… diseases could be patterned according to diverse DNA backgrounds. Algorithms and AI could do the job. It would put “them” – the Masters of Globalization – totally in control of our lives and deaths, and everything in between. The perfect tool for the eugenists depopulation agenda.

As many as worldly possible have to be jabbed, as often as necessary, to bring as many as possible “down” by the killer shot. The WEF knows what they are doing. This is a population reduction program, remember? The WEF stands fully behind it. The blood-test, i.e. DNA collection, is one step closer to making sure that no one escapes with a fake certificate – and to a Global DNA Data Bank. See this for details.

However, we are not there yet. We are informed. We will not allow this further intrusion into our very blood cells, the entire composite of them. Not just the vaxx status, may eventually be uploaded onto our QR-Code. Be aware of the Evil behind the QR-code. Once you are impregnated with it, and that’s the ultimate goal, it’s too late. There is for now no known return. Indeed, that’s what Klaus Schwab was referring to when, in a 2016 interview with the Swiss French TV, he said something to the extent, “We will eventually all receive a chip under our skin, [where personal data will be uploaded], transforming humans into “transhumans”.

Indeed, transhumanism has almost become a household word. Elon Musk and the like applied the term freely, mind you – he, Musk, is always cautious and cautioning when using it in the context of Artificial Intelligence (AI) and robotization. He is afraid that humanity may be so arrogant to create AI robots that are more intelligent than humans – which would be the demise of the entire humanity. This is his warning to humanity to societies and societal cultures – but it goes by almost unnoticed.

We are not there yet, at the stage of “transhumanism”. However, there is no time to lose.

To wake up – and take our lives back into our own sovereign hands, and own sovereign countries, building strong and solid economies, based on the premises of

“local production for local consumption, with local money, public banking and a publicly-owned central banking system – with win-win trading, taking advantage of comparative advantages, primarily dealing with like-minded sovereign nations.”

Bringing back the almost forgotten concept of “comparative advantage” is crucial.

We have to fight Globalization with tooth and nail. “Local production for local consumption” is a key instrument, for getting back our independence and sovereignty, politically, culturally and economically.

Color Revolution USA? The Globalists’ Plan to To Get Rid of Donald Trump?

This is what (f0rmer) President Trump advocated in his speech before the UN General Assembly in 2019, and again in his speech before the January 2020 WEF in Davos; see video below.

After this speech in Davos, the world elite, the globalists, mostly so-called US Democrats, decided that Donald Trump could under no circumstances remain President.

So, he had to go. With voter fraud and the most likely coerced US judicial system, Trump’s proven claims of fraud were and still are not admitted by any US court.

It is not an exaggeration to claim that an NGO registered in a suburban village of Geneva (aka WEF) has taken on monstrous powers, has more power than the entire UN system, as it subordinated the UN system and all its agencies under its mandates.

The WEF is a multifaceted NGO, driven by the world’s richest corporations and banking system, but also including so-called “successful” medium-size enterprises from all over the world, granted, most of them with US and European roots. See here for the WEF organization, platforms and membership in alphabetical order.

The membership is vast and not necessarily uniform and unilateral in its opinions.

There may be some approaches, ideas by the WEF’s leadership and by the cult that pulls the strings on the WEF, with which the members may not individually agree. There lies the hope – some of the hope. There is no omnipotent organization. And especially, when humanity wakes up and takes life back into our sovereign hands.

But waking up we MUST.

*

Note to readers: Please click the share buttons above or below. Follow us on Instagram, @crg_globalresearch. Forward this article to your email lists. Crosspost on your blog site, internet forums. etc.

Peter Koenig is a geopolitical analyst and a former Senior Economist at the World Bank and the World Health Organization (WHO), where he has worked for over 30 years on water and environment around the world. He lectures at universities in the US, Europe and South America. He writes regularly for online journals and is the author of Implosion – An Economic Thriller about War, Environmental Destruction and Corporate Greed; and  co-author of Cynthia McKinney’s book “When China Sneezes: From the Coronavirus Lockdown to the Global Politico-Economic Crisis” (Clarity Press – November 1, 2020)

He is a Research Associate of the Centre for Research on Globalization.

COVID-19: Pandemic? Or Cult?

October 24th, 2021 by Michael J. Talmo

All Global Research articles can be read in 51 languages by activating the “Translate Website” drop down menu on the top banner of our home page (Desktop version).

***

 

For the overwhelming majority of people, COVID-19 is a religion. On faith, they blindly accept that SARS-CoV-2 is the virus that causes COVID-19. On faith they believe that COVID-19 PCR, antigen and antibody tests are accurate. On faith they believe that vaccines using an experimental mRNA technology never before used on humans, developed in less than a year instead of the normal 5-10 years to evaluate the long-term effects on people’s health, are safe and effective.

On faith they believe that draconian measures, like mask mandates and global lockdowns that have destroyed lives, economies, and trampled centuries of cherished civil liberties will protect them. On faith they believe that doctors, scientists, politicians, public health bureaucrats, and the mainstream media are telling them the truth about COVID-19.

Having faith in yourself is one thing. But placing your faith in some institution like the World Health Organization or in some person because they’re a doctor, scientist, president, king, queen, prime minster, governor, mayor, or a celebrity is giving away your power.

Consider these facts:

Lockdowns Don’t Work

Image on the right: File photo from the Times of India

In January, 2020 CNN reported the following statement from Anthony Fauci, Director of NIAD (National Institute of Allergy and Infectious Diseases), regarding lockdowns: “That’s something that I don’t think we could possibly do in the United States, I can’t imagine shutting down New York or Los Angeles…” Fauci went on to say that the effectiveness of lockdowns “…is really open to question because historically when you shut things down it doesn’t have a major effect.”

Fauci’s back then statement, unlike his later flip-flops, was based on established science. For example, in a January 2020 article, NPR reported on “quarantine use—and abuse—over the ages.” Among the many examples cited was the 2014 Ebola outbreak in Liberia and Sierra Leone.

Liberia decided to isolate a neighborhood for 21 days which only lasted 10 days due to public protests. Sierra Leone imposed a three day quarantine or stay-at-home order. Doctors Without Borders which played an important role in the fight against Ebola had this to say about such actions:

“It has been our experience that lockdowns and quarantines do not help control Ebola, as they end up driving people underground and jeopardizing the trust between people and health providers.”

A May, 2020 article in AIER (AMERICAN INSTITUTE FOR ECONOMIC RESEARCH) reported on what the New York Times reported on in February 2006. The U.S. Government under George W. Bush decided to resurrect authoritarian strategies to control pandemics which on April 5, 2020 ABC News reported: “…formed the foundation for the national response to the coronavirus pandemic underway right now.”

Bush’s dumb strategy was concocted by some computer science programmers and a small group of public health bureaucrats. Lucky for us, it got sidetracked by other crises engineered by his incompetent and corrupt administration.

In response to Bush’s pandemic plan, Dr. Donald A. Henderson (1928-2016), former Dean of the Johns Hopkins School of Public Health along with three other experts, took immediate action. They wrote a scientific paper entitled: “Disease Mitigation Measures in the Control of Pandemic Influenza” published in BIOSECURITY AND BIOTERRORISM which lays out in no uncertain terms that there is no basis for social distancing, prohibiting social gatherings, school closures, masks, and quarantining large groups of people, and that such measures would have serious and considerable adverse consequences. Their conclusion:

“Experience has shown that communities faced with epidemics or other adverse events respond best and with the least anxiety when the normal social functioning of the community is least disrupted.”

Numerous recent studies such as here, here, and here confirm the aforementioned findings.

This is an additional one:

EClinical Medicine (published by The Lancet) July 2020 study: “A country level analysis measuring the impact of government actions, country preparedness and socioeconomic factors on COVID-19 mortality and related health outcomes”

Results: “…government actions such as border closures, full lockdowns, and a high rate of COVID-19 testing were not associated with statistically significant reductions in the number of critical cases or overall mortality.”

Masks Don’t Work

Surgical masks have been around since the late 1890s and are used in operating rooms to prevent droplets from the surgeon’s mouth and nose from going into a patient’s open wound. They also protect the operating room team from sprays and splashes from the patient. The operating room is a controlled sterile environment. Temperature and humidity levels are set to ensure maximum comfort and ability to breathe with the masks on.

N95 masks or respirators were originally designed for industrial use. Construction workers, Miners, and painters made use of them. Eventually, they were used in clinical settings originally for protection against Tuberculosis which is a bacterial disease.

Neither N95 masks nor surgical masks were designed for protection against viruses. Even most of the boxes the masks come in say that they won’t protect you from COVID-19 or other viruses. Yet, in spite of what it says on the box, we are told to wear them.

There are two kinds of scientific research: observational and experimental.

Observational science which involves statistical correlations or epidemiology, mathematical computer models, asking people how they feel under certain conditions, etc. can be summed up in one word: Speculation.

Experimental science where you test, measure, and examine an actual something, such as randomized controlled designs, testing what’s going on in a person’s body while they are wearing or doing something, testing a drug, nutritional supplement, or an actual piece of equipment to see how well it performs can be summed up with this one word: Verification.

Most of the evidence touting that masks work are observational studies which are weak science. And they are cherry-picking the data because there are also plenty of observational studies that show masks don’t work against viral diseases. All that these type of epidemiological studies show are correlations between masks, and COVID-19 cases, hospitalizations, and death numbers. But correlation doesn’t prove causation.

Another type of weak science are mechanistic studies that show the percentage of respiratory droplets that various types of masks stop. This means nothing unless they test for actual viral or aerosol particles because as stated in a 2006 study published in the American Journal of Infection Control, a June 2020 study published in AIP physics and Fluids, and the CDC’s February 2021 double masking study, plenty of infectious viral or potentially infectious aerosol particles will still go around and through any type of mask. A 2009 Wageningen University study in The Netherlands also demonstrates this. So, claiming that masks are 80%, 90%, or even 99% effective is really saying that they are 0% effective.

Bottom line: the only studies that really matter are Randomized Controlled trials (RCTs) with verified outcomes which test the masks on humans. And every RCT ever done over the past 75 years has shown that N95 masks, surgical masks, and cloth masks are useless against preventing viral diseases. Dr. Denis Rancourt, PhD summed it up best in his ResearchGate Study, “Masks Don’t Work:” (Page 4)

“No RCT study with verified outcome shows a benefit for HCW” (healthcare workers) “or community members in households to wearing a mask or respirator. There is no such study. There are no exceptions.”

There are also a number of studies that show wearing a mask isn’t a small thing to ask. Masks are extremely damaging to health in numerous ways. And do you really need science to tell you that your nose and mouth weren’t meant to be obstructed?

Masks cause oxygen deprivation and increase CO2 levels in the blood by forcing the wearer to breathe in their own toxins that they exhale. This damages their tissues and internal organs and weakens the immune system. Masks collect and are a breeding ground for all sorts of pathogenic microbes because they create a warm moist environment on the face and dryness in the mouth which promotes the growth of bacteria that cause periodontal diseases like tooth decay and gingivitis which increases the risk of heart attack and stroke. Dentists are calling this mask-mouth.Masks contain nano plastic particles that can be inhaled deep into the lungs. A growing body of evidence shows that these particles can be harmful. Depriving the body of oxygen also increases the risk for cancer. Masks also cause facial lesions (WHO “Interim Guidance” pages 4 & 8).

Last September, PA Governor Tom Wolf and state legislator Wendy Ullman at a press conference forgot that the podium mic was turned on and admitted that masks are “political theater.” And they laughed about it. How many other government officials I wonder are laughing at us behind our backs?

Sadly, most people don’t know that the joke is on them and will continue to walk around with masks on their faces and their heads up their ass until the voice of authority tells them not to.

COVID-19 Vaccines Don’t Prevent COVID-19 and Could Be Dangerous

The purpose of a vaccine is to prevent a person from getting whatever disease that they’re being vaccinated for, thus, preventing them from infecting others. We constantly hear the mantra that as many people as possible need to get vaccinated in order to achieve “herd immunity.” There is only one problem: COVID-19 vaccines don’t prevent infection or transmission of SARS-CoV-2. In other words, you can still get COVID-19 even if you get vaccinated. Hugh! Say what?

In an October, 2020 article, Peter Doshi, Associate Editor of the British Medical Journal, one of the most respected peer-reviewed medical journals in the world, reported that Tal Zaks, chief medical officer at Moderna, explained the following about the Phase III vaccine trials regarding if their vaccine will stop people from infecting each other with the COVID-19 virus:

“Our trial will not demonstrate prevention of transmission. Because in order to do that you have to swab people twice a week for very long periods, and that becomes operationally untenable.”

Anthony Fauci echoed Zaks’ words in an interview at Yahoo Finance’s All Markets Summit last October when he explained that “Early COVID-19 vaccines will only prevent symptoms, not block the virus.”

Dr. Paul Offit, director of the Vaccine Education Center at Children’s Hospital of Philadelphia and a co-inventor of a rotavirus vaccine said in an NPR interview that “…one out of every 20 people who get the vaccine could still get moderate to severe infection.”

In a March, 2021 interview (last page), Offit also said that he considers masks and social distancing to be more effective than the vaccines. Nevertheless, Offit did get one of the COVID-19 vaccines.

A January 2021 article in Healthline News reported that because people can still spread and develop COVID-19 after getting a vaccine, experts like Fauci and the CDC (Centers for Disease Control and Prevention) are telling them that they still have to wear masks, frequently wash their hands, and practice social distancing. Some experts cited in the article actually advised people who got vaccinated to act as if they never got the vaccine.

Excuse me for being a party pooper. I don’t mean to rain on anyone’s parade. But what’s the point in getting a vaccine that doesn’t vaccinate you???

And what does it mean when we are told that the COVID-19 vaccines are highly effective? A follow up article to Peter Doshi’s report, also in the British Medical Journal, points out that none of the COVID-19 vaccine trials are designed to detect a reduction in any serious outcomes such as hospitalizations, intensive care use, or deaths. All they are evaluating is mild, not severe disease. The article also points out that the frail elderly are way under-represented in the vaccine trials which provides no basis that the vaccines will reduce hospitalization or mortality as this is the group most likely to die. Children, pregnant women, and immunocompromised people have largely been excluded from the trials as well.

A big problem with the COVID-19 vaccines in use made by Pfizer, Moderna, Johnson & Johnson, etc, is that there is no way to know what the long-term side effects will be nor even how many people will suffer permanent injury and die from taking them.

A February 12, 2021 article in the New York Times reported that the safety monitoring system that is supposed to monitor any dangerous reactions to the COVID-19 vaccines “won’t be capable of analyzing safety data for weeks or months, according to numerous federal health experts,” and that “For now federal regulators are counting on a patchwork of existing programs that they acknowledge are inadequate.”

According to VAERS (Vaccine Adverse Event Reporting System), a national vaccine safety surveillance system run by the CDC and the FDA that tracks injuries and deaths caused by vaccines, as of 3-19-2021, there have been 44,606 recorded adverse events that include 2,050 deaths following injections with COVID-19 vaccines. On its home page VAERS explains that it’s a passive reporting system that relies on individuals to send in reports of their experiences to the CDC and FDA. It is not designed to determine if a vaccine caused a health problem.

Reports of injuries and deaths from COVID vaccines are being reported all over the world. For example, last March, The Sun reported that 21 countries, Italy, Germany, France, Slovenia, Cyprus, Norway, Sweden, Denmark, Iceland, Spain, Portugal, Netherlands, Luxembourg, Ireland, Estonia, Latvia, Bulgaria, Austria, Lithuania, Bulgaria, Romania, and Thailand have suspended the Oxford AstraZeneca Vaccine due to reports of people developing severe blood clots days or weeks after being vaccinated.

Vaccine companies are immune from liability for any injuries or deaths caused by their vaccines. Instead, victims have to file a claim with either the VICP (National Vaccine Injury Compensation Program) or the CICP (Countermeasures Injury Compensation Program) which deals with pandemics. In other words, we the tax payers have to foot the bill for any mess caused by the vaccine manufacturers. And as reported by CNBC last March, the CICP rejects over 90% of the claims filed. So, good luck on collecting. The VICP, created in 1986, rejects about two thirds of all claims (reported in Science Magazine 2017). I think it’s time to do away with this practice and hold the vaccine companies accountable for their actions not only financially, but criminally as well.

Another problem with COVID-19 vaccines are mutations. On March 30, 2021, CNBC reported that according to experts in 28 countries coronavirus mutations could render current vaccines ineffective within a year. They claim that the only way to counteract this is to vaccinate everyone as quickly as possible. But the article points out that there are already mutant strains out there so the proverbial cat is out of the bag.

Viruses naturally mutate anyway and, according to a February, 2020 report in the peer-review journal Nature, are nothing to be concerned about even in the case of SARS-CoV-2. Because, as the article explains, such mutations “rarely impact outbreaks dramatically” and will not likely result in more deaths so the “spectre” of a “super killer virus” is baseless. And since the article also points out that mutations in RNA coronaviruses viruses accumulate during every copying cycle and can occur within a matter of hours in a single infected host, there is no need to vaccinate the entire world as quickly as possible. But the article explains that because the word mutation invokes science fiction models of doom and gloom “it is unsurprising that during a real-life outbreak, journalists and scientists are sometimes predisposed to draw upon these fictional views.”

In an 11-13-2020 editorial, Kamran Abbassi MD, Executive Editor of the British Medical Journal explained that journalists and scientists are more likely drawing on something else:

“Science is being suppressed for political and financial gain. Covid-19 has unleashed a state of corruption on a grand scale, and it is harmful to public health. Politicians and industry are responsible for this opportunistic embezzlement. So too are scientists and health experts. The pandemic has revealed how the medical-political complex can be manipulated in an emergency…Globally, people, policies, and procurement are being corrupted by political and commercial agendas.”

Dr. Abbassi further explained:

“The UK’s pandemic response relies too heavily on scientists and other government appointees with worrying competing interests, including shareholdings in companies that manufacture covid-19 diagnostic tests, treatments, and vaccines. Government appointees are able to ignore or cherry pick science—another form of misuse—and indulge in anti-competitive practices that favour their own products and those of friends and associates.”

He concluded:

“Politicization of science was enthusiastically deployed by some of history’s worst autocrats and dictators, and it is now commonplace in democracies. The medical-political complex tends towards suppression of science to aggrandize and enrich those in power. And, as the powerful become more successful, richer, and further and further intoxicated with power, the inconvenient truths of science are suppressed. When good science is suppressed, people die.”

The Illogic of It All

Nothing that we are being told about COVID-19 makes any sense.

We are told that the flu has virtually disappeared which is being attributed to masks and social distancing. Yet, Biden, Fauci, and CDC Director Rochelle Walensky are cackling that COVID-19 cases are once again on the rise in 21 states that include New York, New Jersey, and Michigan which have some of the strictest mask mandates that have been in place for a year. But since Texas got rid of its mask mandate COVID-19 cases have dropped and are not the rise. How does one explain this?

In the case of the Flu, let’s apply Occam’s razor or the simplest most logical explanation. COVID-19 has the same symptoms as the flu. So, based on symptoms alone it is impossible to tell which is which. Thus, the flu is being relabeled COVID-19 along with pneumonia, bronchitis, other coronaviruses, as well as a bunch of other diseases that are being used to grossly inflate the death numbers. In fact, the CDC website (see “Comorbidities and other conditions”) admits that only 6% of all COVID-19 deaths were due to COVID-19 and that on average all of the other deaths had “4.0 additional conditions or causes per death.”

All of this hysteria about rising COVID cases is mainly based on PCR tests that can be manipulated by adjusting the cycles. On a panel discussion last year, Anthony Fauci explained that running the PCR test at 35 cycles or more will give you a false positive. Yet, the FDA website (see page 36) shows that PCR tests are being run at 40 cycles. Yale New Haven Hospital on page 4 of their report also points out that PCR tests are usually run at 40 cycles and that the cycle threshold used “is never included in the results sent to clinicians.”

Here’s a nifty experiment that I wish someone would do. Since it’s impossible to tell the difference between COVID-19 and the flu based on symptoms alone (CDC website under “How do I know if I have flu?”), take a few thousand people who test positive for COVID-19 and also test them for the flu. If a high percentage of them test positive for both conditions how would they know who has what? Because, contrary to what one CDC web page says, that COVID-19 “seems to cause more serious illness in some people,” another CDC web page says that the flu also can cause all sorts of health complications including damage to the heart, lungs and kidneys. In other words, anything COVID-19 can do the flu can do because COVID-19 is the flu.

The Human Condition

Why are most of my fellow humans unable to see that they are being conned regardless of how many times their governments have lied to them? Simple! People have difficulty seeing the truth because the human brain evolved to react rather than think rationally. This is because human beings are animals, as in fauna, mammals, primates, and specifically: apes. This isn’t an insult–it’s a biological fact. This is basic taxonomy, the science of identifying and classifying all life forms. And we are classified as apes.

The fact that we are apes is in our DNA. The genome of all the great apes, chimps, gorillas, orangutans, etc. is made up of 48 chromosomes. But us humans have 46 chromosomes. So, as Professor Kenneth R. Miller explained, if we are indeed great apes who descended from the same common ancestors, at one time in the past we also must have had 48 chromosomes. And we did. Chromosome 2 provides the answer. At the ends of each chromosome we have telomeres. These end caps protect our chromosomes and prevent them from fusing with other chromosomes. But chromosome 2, in addition to the telomeres at the ends of it, also has telomeres in its center which resulted from the fusion of two primate chromosomes.

The Bible also teaches that we are animals. In Genesis 1:24 Animals are called creatures while in Genesis 2:7 humans are called souls. But in the original Hebrew, long before the English language existed, no such distinction is made. Both the word creature and the word soul are translated from the same Hebrew word nephesh.

The primary weapon being used to bludgeon us into accepting the COVID-19 narrative is fear. Submission is fear. A frightened animal is a dangerous animal. Like all apes, we are territorial social animals. Anyone who doesn’t accept the fear narrative and pay homage to the microbial hobgoblin by wearing a mask, getting vaccinated, and engaging in other useless rituals is an outsider, an enemy.

Dr. Richard Carrier, PhD, a historian, explained how messed up our thinking is at a lecture he gave back in 2011. He talked about studies where they gave identical messages, one with and one without a fear narrative, to two control groups. A much higher percentage of people in the group with the fear narrative believed the message. Fear inhibits critical thinking skills. Our brains are hard-wired that scary information is important and must be believed.

Carrier went on to explain that we are designed to overly detect danger because the odds of being killed by under detecting danger are higher in a primitive world. Over believing in things that are dangerous, like a rustling in the bushes could be a predator instead of the wind, helped our primitive ancestors to survive. This is a manifestation of one of our many cognitive biases called “Agent detection” which causes us to overly attribute agency to things that happen in the world. The belief that everything happens for a reason, yelling at a piece of furniture if you bump into it, children talking to their toys as if they’re alive, are examples of Agent detection.

All cognitive biases screw up our thinking and cause us to believe in irrational things and make wrong decisions. Being designed to over detect danger has always made it easy for religion, politics, the media, and corporations to manipulate us by fear–something we must always be on guard against.

Our closest relative, the chimpanzee with whom we share 99 percent of our DNA can be empathetic, provide help when needed even to humans, and respect their elders, or they can be ruthless and brutal. They can be serial killers, make war on each other, rape and beat their mates, and hunt and eat other monkeys by tearing them apart and eating them raw. They will even eat other chimpanzees. It’s the same with us humans despite the fact that our brain’s cerebrum is larger and more complex. At this stage of our development we can both love and nurture each other and prey on and destroy each other.

It’s important to understand that there is a difference between knowing something and believing that you know something. Dr. Carrier explained that your brain makes decisions for emotional reasons first, such as being afraid, and then comes up with intellectual reasons to justify that belief. This isn’t a problem if your reason is trained to be self-critical so you can correct false beliefs and errors in judgment. But this has to be learned. Most people, even if they are well educated, aren’t trained critical thinkers who know how to question themselves so their brains will automatically rationalize anything they want to believe no matter how ridiculous it is.

Scare people and you can get them to turn against their family and friends, rat on each other to the authorities, hoard toilet paper, think it’s okay to put children younger than 10 years old on sex offender registries for playing doctor, and that it’s okay for cops to beat and kill people who don’t obey their every command. Scare people enough and they become trapped in a twilight zone of false reality where down is up, black is white, nonsense is common sense, freedom is selfishness, and acts of sadistic cruelty are condoned and rationalized.

Faith and belief are powerful forces. When channeled into rational goals they can help us to accomplish great things. But faith and belief can be disastrous when projected onto gurus, gods, fuhrers, and experts who claim to know better than us. The human race can never be free as long as it continues to allow itself to be controlled by fear.

COVID-19 has shown us that we now stand at the abyss of a new dark age. With the technology that we have created we can either reach for the stars or send ourselves crashing down to the gates of hell. The choice is ours.

*

Note to readers: please click the share buttons above or below. Forward this article to your email lists. Crosspost on your blog site, internet forums. etc.

Michael J. Talmo has been a professional writer for over 40 years and is strongly committed to the protection of civil liberties. He also did three music videos on COVID-19: The Masker Mash, COVID Vaccine Man, and The Corona Globalists. He can be reached at [email protected]

Featured image is by Spiro Skouras

All Global Research articles can be read in 51 languages by activating the “Translate Website” drop down menu on the top banner of our home page (Desktop version).

Visit and follow us on Instagram at @crg_globalresearch.

***

 

On 2 October, the Menwith Hill Accountability Campaign published an explosive report indicating it was “probable” that the secretive British military intelligence base played a pivotal role in the illegal assassination of Iranian Quds Force General Qassem Soleimani.

For those unfamiliar with the facility, Menwith Hill is a vital part of the sprawling global surveillance network maintained by the US National Security Agency and Britain’s GCHQ. Precisely what goes on at the base has been a closely-guarded secret ever since its establishment, with Whitehall rigorously maintaining a cover story that portrays the facility as focused on “rapid radio relay [and] communications research.”

Menwith Hill’s official guidelines state clearly that “any reference to satellites being operated or any connection to intelligence gathering is strictly prohibited” for employees.

However, classified documents published by The Intercept in 2016 make clear that the NSA uses the installation to aid “a significant number of capture-kill operations” across West Asia, operating eavesdropping technology that can harvest data on over 300 million emails and phone calls a day, pinpointing targets with extraordinary precision.

The UK Royal Air Force’s Menwith Hill base

Leaked files from December 2020, related to Foreign Office-funded disinformation efforts conducted during the Syrian crisis, raise further questions about London’s complicity in the killing of Soleimani, an act that brought Washington and Tehran perilously close to all-out war.

What did Britain know about the airstrike, and when did it know about it?

These papers indicate that Global Strategy Network, a Whitehall contractor founded and led by former MI6 counter-terror chief Richard Barrett, sought to capitalize on Soleimani’s murder for propaganda purposes.

In classified submissions to the Foreign Office, Global Strategy revealed how “within hours” of the Iranian General’s assassination, the company’s Aleppo-based network of citizen journalists and media production facilities were mobilized to produce a video depicting residents of Atarib “handing out sweets in celebration.”

The clip was reportedly “retweeted by prominent activists and journalists in and beyond Syria, picked up by (Saudi outlet) Al-Arabiyya and broadcast to its 22.5 million followers, and retweeted by US Secretary of State Mike Pompeo.”

The propaganda operation was said to have been carried out in accordance with “changing donor priorities.” Of course, that donor was Whitehall, making clear that the assassination – and/or perhaps widespread international backlash against it – was of interest to London. Given the alacrity with which the elaborate operation was instigated, the question of whether Global Strategy was forewarned of the assassination is an obvious and open one.

It can only be considered grotesquely ironic though that this cloak-and-dagger work was conducted under the auspices of the Foreign Office’s Counter-Daesh (ISIS) Communications Cell.

As many mainstream media outlets were forced to acknowledge, Daesh was the primary beneficiary of Soleimani’s cold-blooded slaying, as the assassination led to both the suspension of all coalition efforts against the terror group, and to Iraqi lawmakers demanding that all foreign troops leave the country.

‘Wildly impactful’ propaganda

The Soleimani stunt represented just the latest contribution by Global Strategy to Britain’s ongoing information war in Syria, which has been funded to the tune of millions of pounds annually over the past decade.

The firm has been operating in the country “since the earliest days of the revolution” to destabilize the government of Bashar Assad, to convince Syrians, Western citizens, foreign states, and international bodies that the Free Syrian Army is a legitimate, moderate alternative, and to flood media the world over with pro-opposition propaganda.

Global Strategy boasts that its “wildly impactful” content has influenced perceptions internationally, having been seen by “many hundreds of millions of people and attracting comment as far as the UN Security Council.”

To this end, the company manages a number of media platforms in Syria, including SY24, SY+, and Sada Al Sharqiyeh, and “maintains close collaboration with two dozen other Syrian media partners.” Over several years, Global Strategy has trained a “network of stringers” based “in and from the communities in which they operate … in journalistic skills” to “create engaging content for defined target audiences.”

This broad “network of networks” – provided with “necessary equipment including cameras and video editing software” by Global Strategy – makes “[driving] stories into the mainstream” a simple matter for the Foreign Office.

To further its communications campaigns, Global Strategy has also crafted an in-house tool, ‘Daeshboard,’ which provides analysis of Al Qaeda, Hayat Tahrir al-Sham, and ISIS propaganda disseminated via messaging apps.

This is said to draw heavily on the company’s “historical and ongoing access” to “closed communication groups” on Telegram, Rocket.Chat and other ostensibly encrypted platforms, which it has enjoyed since 2014.

By tracking these groups’ public statements and how their “themes change over time and geographically,” Global Strategy is able to “identify emerging trends and how to stifle them.”

As cited in the documents, an example of this capability occurred in northeast Nigeria in September 2019, after Boko Haram communications indicated the group would begin targeting Christians. The company adapted its “strategic communication delivery” to be delivered “on a weekly basis, according to trends identified through Daeshboard’s Comms and Conflict Trackers.”

Daeshboard therefore enabled Global Strategy “to identify and visualize how this threat was taking shape” before the group began publicly executing Christians three months later, and the company updated its “programming priorities” accordingly, so its messaging promoted religious tolerance, “thereby getting ahead of its efforts to provoke sectarian conflict.” The company asserts that it has “the same ability to do this in Syria.”

‘Probably illegal’ and definitely deadly

Global Strategy’s stated objective of undermining the “ideology, brand, propaganda and global influence” of groups such as ISIS would be commendable, until one considers that it operates in tandem with “social listening” software developed by the firm, which provides for mass surveillance of citizens’ digital communications across West Asia and elsewhere.

Dubbed ‘Murmurate,’ the resource enables Global Strategy to view online conversations as they are “trending geographically” providing insight into how target audiences react to extremist messaging, public perceptions of “local governance” efforts, and the ways in which “conversations differ” in different regions and areas of a given country. Moreover, it applies high-tech network science “to map how digital audiences are connected to each other.”

The leaked files make clear that Murmurate also harvests information on target audiences in the UK, in particular “vulnerable male and female Syrians primarily aged 16–30.”

Intelligence gathered via the software, on-the-ground insight in Syria, and analysis of terror group communications is fed back to London every fortnight, to “support HMG [Her Majesty’s Government] understanding” of the situation.

One might also question why – if London’s intentions were truly benign – it was so vital to keep Britain’s role in Global Strategy’s propaganda campaigns a secret.

In its Foreign Office submissions, Global Strategy has pledged that nothing would publicly link its work in Syria to Whitehall.

To this end, a number of civil society organizations were enlisted to serve as the public sponsors of these enterprises in order to mitigate the risk of exposure. Media lines were formulated and agreed upon with them in the event London’s hidden hand was revealed.

This included Citizens for Syria, the female-led Al-Idlibi House, and Arabic-language fact-checking body Taakad. It’s uncertain whether these organizations were willing participants or unaware of their exploitation as ‘buffers’ by Global Strategy, but their participation in its ventures clearly put them at significant risk.

An internal Whitehall review of the Counter-Daesh Communications Cell’s activities, not intended for public consumption, concluded that the unit’s covert activities in Syria were “poorly planned, probably illegal and cost lives.”

Those who died were local Syrians employed by the assorted Foreign Office-funded propaganda contractors operating in the country, presumably at the hands of the groups they were targeting.

One of these Syrian contractors was said to have “suffered losses of core staff that damaged the organization quite fundamentally.” Another contractor was said to be “an aggressive commercial organization” which took “personal and political” risks, and endangered its employees by “[going] too far.”

Complicity in torture

Whether any of the review’s criticisms were levelled at Global Strategy specifically isn’t known, although it wouldn’t be the first time its founder has been in close proximity to, if not outright embroiled in, illegal operations that led to people dying.

An MI6 veteran, Richard Barrett led the agency’s counter-terror operations before and after 9/11, a period in which British intelligence became intimately involved in Washington’s extraordinary rendition program.

A 2018 report issued by Parliament’s Intelligence and Security Committee found that between 2001 and 2010, MI5 and MI6 shared an “unprecedented” amount of intelligence with foreign counterparts “to facilitate the capture of detainees” when it was known or “reasonably suspected” they would be subject to torture, and identified 198 cases in which British spies received intelligence obtained from individuals “they knew or ought to have suspected” had been tortured.

These figures inevitably underestimate the scale of MI6 complicity in torture. The Committee itself states that its report “is not, and must not be taken to be, a definitive account,” as “the terms and conditions were such that we would be unable to conduct an authoritative inquiry and produce a credible report.”

Then-Prime Minister Theresa May denied parliamentarians access to officers and personnel involved, and key witnesses. Only four intelligence operatives were interviewed, and they were prohibited from commenting on specific cases.

Still, the inquiry established that from 2002–2004, representatives of MI6 directly participated in interrogations of detainees held by US authorities at locations in Afghanistan, Iraq, and Guantanamo Bay, with the Committee identifying 13 cases of UK intelligence personnel witnessing torture first-hand. Was Barrett among them?

*

Note to readers: Please click the share buttons above or below. Follow us on Instagram, @crg_globalresearch. Forward this article to your email lists. Crosspost on your blog site, internet forums. etc.

Featured image: Menwith Hill is a vital part of the sprawling global surveillance network maintained by America’s NSA and Britain’s GCHQ. The dome-shaped radomes pictured here hide listening antenna. (Photo Credit: The Cradle)

There is no gainsaying that there has been relative peace and stability after the second World War, given the absence of another global war. Many alluded this international order to the so-called Pax Americana where American influence primarily brings peace to the world.

However, with multiple US military bases across sovereign states, relentless arms race between military powers, uncalled foreign interventions, destructive economic sanctions, to name a few, is there Pax Americana at all?

In this weekend selection, we bring to your attention some Global Research articles that talk about US foreign policy and the international order in a unipolar world.

Forward this selection to your family, friends and respective communities.

***

Colin Powell and the “The Sloppy Dossier”: Plagiarism and “Fake Intelligence” Used to Justify the 2003 War on Iraq: Copied and Pasted from the Internet into an “Official” British Intel Report

By Prof Michel Chossudovsky and Glen Rangwala, October 21, 2021

The Iraq war was based on a Big Lie, which was known and documented MORE THAN A MONTH before the invasion of Iraq on March 19, 2003. Both the US and UK media remained mum. The US Congress and the House of Commons failed to act.

US Sponsored NGOs against Nicaragua’s Sandinista Government: The Truth About Recent Violence in Bosawas

By Stephen Sefton, October 21, 2021

Nicaragua’s indigenous peoples enjoy the most progressive and advanced system of autonomous self-government in the hemisphere. But reporting by the Western human rights industry, in particular by US and European NGOs claiming to defend Indigenous peoples, consistently omits that fact to focus on sporadic incidents of violence, which they systematically misrepresent.

US Marines on Taiwan: Major Provocation, but Not News

By Brian Berletic, October 21, 2021

Considering the United States’ official stance on Taiwan, its placement of US forces on Taiwan is essentially a de facto invasion and occupation of Chinese territory. Beijing surely reads Taiwanese as well as Western headlines – if its intelligence apparatus was somehow unaware of last year’s US military deployment – and despite the highly provocative, unprecedented move, Beijing’s response has been infinite patience and geopolitical maturity.

Why Not Abandon All Foreign Bases?

By Laurence M. Vance, October 21, 2021

The U.S. global empire of bases and troops is unnecessary to the defense of the United States, a global force for evil, and a drain on U.S. taxpayers. Its only purpose is to carry out an imperialistic, militaristic, reckless, belligerent, and meddling U.S. foreign policy that is not in the interest of the American people.

House Intelligence Committee Seeks Answers from CIA on Plot Against Assange

By Joe Lauria, October 21, 2021

The CIA plot against Assange was discussed at senior levels of the Trump administration and was instigated by Trump’s CIA chief Mike Pompeo, Yahoo! reported. Schiff was a bitter foe of Donald Trump. The Yahoo! reporting mentions that discussions about covert action against Assange had already been discussed in the Obama administration, presumably by Obama’s CIA director John Brennan.

Blinken: US Policy Is to ‘Oppose the Reconstruction of Syria’

By Dave DeCamp, October 14, 2021

At a joint press conference with his Israeli and UAE counterparts, Blinken said the US has not “changed our position to oppose the reconstruction of Syria until there is irreversible progress toward a political solution.”

Video: NATO’s 30-nation Military Committee in Georgia Discusses “Permanent Threat from Russia in the Two Breakaway Regions”

By Rick Rozoff, October 09, 2021

The plenary session of the NATO Military Committee ended with a briefing with Georgia. The Chairman of the NATO Military Committee, Admiral Rob Bauer and the Commander of the Georgian Defense Forces, Major General Giorgi Matiashvili summarized the issues discussed at the session.

October 7, 2001, US-NATO Invades Afghanistan: It was an Act of Self Defense. “America was Attacked by an ‘Unnamed Foreign Power’ on 9/11”

By Prof Michel Chossudovsky, October 07, 2021

The legal argument used by Washington and NATO to invade Afghanistan was that the September 11 attacks constituted an undeclared “armed attack” “from abroad” by an unnamed foreign power, and that consequently “the laws of war” apply, allowing the nation under attack, to strike back in the name of “self-defense”.

The Living Dead Pax Americana. War Inc. Rules. Cold War 2.0 against China

By Pepe Escobar, September 30, 2021

Every major player knows the next American war will not be about remote Pacific islands. Taiwan, though, is a completely different ball game. U SUK A is mostly about Taiwan.

Video: NATO’s War on Yugoslavia, Kosovo, “Hotbed of Crime”. Amb. James Bissett, Prof. Michel Chossudovsky

By Dr. Rudolf Hänsel, James Bissett, and Prof Michel Chossudovsky, September 26, 2021

The former ambassador of Canada in Belgrade, James Bissett, spoke sharply about the NATO aggression on the then FR Yugoslavia in 1999 and most directly accused the then world leadership. The Canadian diplomat stated that the bombing of Serbia in 1999 was a historic mistake.

  • Posted in NO READ MORE LINK
  • Comments Off on Selected Articles: US’ Attempt at Preserving Its Crumbling Hegemonic Status

All Global Research articles can be read in 51 languages by activating the “Translate Website” drop down menu on the top banner of our home page (Desktop version).

Visit and follow us on Instagram at @crg_globalresearch.

***

 

In the Jadar river valley of western Serbia, communities are taking on metals and mining giant Rio Tinto to stop the construction of a lithium mine that threatens land and livelihoods across the region. Rio Tinto is a British-Australian corporation with joint headquarters in London, UK, and Melbourne, Australia. This article introduces the Jadar Project, the purposes and impacts of lithium mining, and Rio Tinto’s long legacy of destruction around the world.

What is the Jadar Project?

In the early 2000s, Rio Tinto discovered a mineral in Serbia’s Jadar valley which came to be known as “Jadarite“. It is a lithium sodium borosilicate mineral, referred to as lithium and borate in this article. So far, this is the only place on earth where this particular mineral has been found. Rio Tinto tout it as one of the most significant lithium deposits in the world and have been exploring its potential for the last 15 years. The proposed mine in Serbia is expected to supply an estimated 10% of the growing global lithium demand.

The Jadar project is said to threaten more than 15,000 agricultural households in the town of Loznica and the Krupanj municipality, and the health and well-being of the communities of Loznica, Šabac and Valjevo. Households that sit directly on the proposed site of the mine face expropriation if they do not sell their land.

The project is currently at the feasibility stage (obtaining permits, buying land, completing technical documentation), yet Rio Tinto has already committed $2.4 billion to the development. Construction is then projected to take four years. Rio Tinto predicts the mine has 40 years of exploitation.

Yet locals aren’t letting it pass without a fight, taking their protests to Rio Tinto. Marija Alimpić, from the Protect Jadar and Rađevina association, says:

“Resistance among the locals is growing, their anger is growing. We’re prepared to stop the construction of the mine, and we’re convinced that there will be no mine. It remains to be seen how long it will take for them to realise this.”

Lithium Mining and the Electric Vehicle Boom

Borates, which Rio Tinto plan to extract from the Jadarite, are used in detergents, cosmetics, fibreglass, mobile phones, solar panels and synthetic fertilisers (see Corporate Watch’s report on synthetic fertilisers and climate change here).

Lithium is commonly used in batteries (pretty much anything mobile: phones, laptops, electric cars, e-scooters, bluetooth earbuds, etc.), lubricants, glasses and ceramics, military and medical technologies, pharmaceuticals, nuclear reactors and spacecraft.

Demand for one lithium-reliant product however dwarfs that of all others: the electric car. With many people looking to reduce their impact on the environment, or not wanting to shell out for petrol, the electric vehicle (EV) industry is experiencing a boom, especially in Europe. Growth in EV subsidies and regulations on conventional vehicles have also boosted the market. Sales of electric vehicles increased by 43% in 2020, despite a drop in car sales overall. In Europe, the largest consumer has been Germany and the main beneficiaries have been Renault, Tesla and VW.

Rio Tinto describes the Jadar deposit as being located “at the doorstep of the European automobile industry”; by 2030, the European Commission wants to place at least 30 million electric cars on Europe’s roads. In line with the European Union’s green transport agenda promoting electric vehicles, the Jadar region of Serbia, like others in Europe and the Americas, has effectively been marked a ‘sacrifice zone’ for the ‘green’ energy industry.

How ‘Green’ Are Lithium Batteries?

The impacts of lithium mining is a major study in and of itself. Here we list just the tip of the iceberg of the industry’s impacts across the planet.

Lithium extraction requires huge amounts of water, approximately 500,000 gallons per tonne of the mineral. More than half of the world’s lithium resources lie beneath the salt flats in the Andean regions of Argentina, Bolivia and Chile, one of the driest regions on Earth. In Chile’s Salar de Atacama, lithium and other mining activities consumed 65 percent of the region’s water, causing groundwater depletion, soil contamination and other forms of environmental degradation, forcing local communities to abandon ancestral settlements.

Communities resisting the mine in Serbia fear for the mine’s tailings. These are the toxic residues of chemicals, rock and water left over from the mining processes. How tailings are dealt with accounts for many of the major pollution impacts of mining (learn more in London Mining Network’s explainer). The only tailings site publicly announced so far is in Radjevina, which would involve the destruction of 170 hectares of forest. The land is home to many protected species and nearby villages depend on its underground waters.

In 2014, one hundred thousand cubic metres of tailings from an antimony mine were released into the Kostajnik River (a Jadar tributary) after a record rainfall triggered floods and landslides. The Serbian Environmental Protection Agency (SEPA) found elevated levels of arsenic, lead, copper and zinc in local waterways. The government also reported that 360 hectares of soil were affected by heavy metal contamination. The Jadar valley is a floodplain, and after many decades of experience with pollution from mining in their communities, locals fear the new project would spell disaster.

Chemical leakages from tailings sites can be fatal. In May 2016, masses of dead fish were found in the waters of Tibet’s Liqi River, contaminated by a toxic chemical leak from the Ganzizhou Rongda lithium mine run by Chinese company BYD. Cow and yak carcasses were also found floating downstream after having drunk contaminated water. The Free Tibet campaign produced a report on BYD and the effects of lithium extraction in Tibet.

A number of toxic heavy metals are also needed as components of lithium batteries for electric cars and other consumer goods. One of these metals is cobalt. An investigation into child labour in Democratic Republic of Congo’s cobalt industry revealed that tens of thousands of children were employed in the mines – two years after the publication of a damning Amnesty Internetional report about human rights abuses in the cobalt trade. There are many health risks associated with cobalt mining, including serious lung disease.

In Serbia, locals can already see the damage caused by Rio Tinto’s exploratory activities. The Protect Jadar and Rađevina association says the area is riddled with saline aquifiers, some of which will need to be drained to access the mineral. They claim that the many exploratory drill holes made by Rio Tinto have disturbed the underground waters. Grass and vegetation is no longer growing around the holes, and locals fear contamination of their drinking water. A well in the village of Gornje Nedeljice is reportedly no longer safe to drink from.

Rio Tinto’s Jadar mine also threatens the important cultural heritage of the area. According to Marija Alimpić, more than 50 prehistoric archeological sites lie in the Jadar Valley, including a 3500 year-old necropolis which reportedly stands in the path of a second tailings waste area.

Map by Mirko Nikolic

Rio Tinto’s Legacy of Destruction

Serbia’s government is claiming that the mine will bring an ‘economic revival to the entire country’. But campaigners ask if Rio Tinto can be trusted, given that the company has a very long legacy of social and environmental harm across the world. London Mining Network has produced a detailed overview of the company’s impacts around the world including:

  • The Oyu Tolgoi gold and copper mine in Mongolia that threatens Indigenous communities and continues to raise serious concerns about water usage in the arid desert region.
  • An ilmenite mine in Madagascar that contaminated the lakes and rivers where local people fish and collect drinking water, with levels of uranium and lead approximately 50 times and 40 times higher, respectively, than World Health Organisation guidelines for safe drinking water.
  • Rio Tinto recently destroyed a 46,000-year-old Aboriginal site in Australia in order to expand an iron ore mine.
  • In Bougainville and West Papua, the company was accused of sidestepping responsibility for the destructive impacts and persisting dangers caused by the Panguna and Grasberg mines, as detailed in the London Mining Network’s 2020 report, ‘Cut and Run’.
  • Along with fellow mining giant BHP, Rio Tinto has been seeking to develop a massive copper mine near Superior, Arizona for the past 26 years. The proposed mine would destroy religious and sacred indigenous land known as Oak Flat and potentially destroy up to 6,000 hectares of public land.

The First Nation Innu communities of Uashat mak Mani-Utenam and Matimekush-Lac John in Canada are in the throes of a $900 million lawsuit over Rio Tinto’s mining impacts. They said:

“While Rio Tinto is anxious to uphold its image as a model corporate citizen…the Uashaunnuat and MLJ can attest that, in their own experience, these are nothing but empty words. [The company] has undertaken all of its projects without the consent of the Uashaunnuat and MLJ, in violation of our rights”.

Despite its corporate spin, Rio Tinto’s mining activities leave a trail of pollution, exploitation and repression behind them.

Blood on Their Hands — Who Is Financing the Mine?

The UK’s Rio Tinto plc holds a 100% interest in the Jadar Project. Rio Tinto is one of the biggest mining companies in the world. It is a ‘public’ company, meaning its shares can be bought and sold on the London Stock Exchange. As a result it has a huge number of shareholders, none of whom owns close to a majority of the company’s shares. The biggest single investor, holding 14% of Rio Tinto shares, is Chinalco, a huge aluminium producing company owned by the Chinese state. Market databases show the next biggest shareholders are the giant investment funds Blackrock, Vanguard and Capital, with 11%, 8% and 7% respectively.

Rio Tinto is run by Chief Executive Jakob Stausholm, previously the Chief Financial Officer. He leads the Executive Committee of the company, comprising the managers that head up different Rio Tinto businesses. Click here to find out who they are.

Stausholm also sits on the board of directors, which is chaired by Simon Thompson. The board is not involved in the day-to-day running of the company but features various corporate bigwigs intended to reassure shareholders the company is in ‘good’ hands. Click here to find out who else sits on the board and the other corporate appointments they enjoy.

Conclusion

A global shift towards hybrid and electric cars is dependent on lithium batteries and has resulted in a ‘lithium rush’, with several companies, supported by governments, scrambling to exploit lithium deposits around the world. This is ‘green capitalism‘ at its finest. Thriving on the crises of climate change and pressures to phase out fossil fuels, whole new markets are created where corporations can continue to wreck the earth to create ‘ethical’ consumer goods whose exploitative and polluting impacts are hidden thanks to the global nature of the economy.

At a protest as part of indigenous resistance to lithium mining in Argentina, one hand-painted sign said “We don’t eat batteries. They take the water, life is gone.”

*

Note to readers: Please click the share buttons above or below. Follow us on Instagram, @crg_globalresearch. Forward this article to your email lists. Crosspost on your blog site, internet forums. etc.

All images in this article are from Corporate Watch unless otherwise stated

  • Posted in English
  • Comments Off on How ‘Green’ Are Lithium Batteries? Rio Tinto Driving Ecological Destruction in Serbia’s Jadar Valley
  • Tags: , ,

 

All Global Research articles can be read in 51 languages by activating the “Translate Website” drop down menu on the top banner of our home page (Desktop version). 

Visit and follow us on Instagram at @crg_globalresearch.

***

“I gave them hope, and so turned away their eyes from death”
― Aeschylus, Prometheus Bound [1]

LISTEN TO THE SHOW

Click to download the audio (MP3 format)

Not to boast, but we humans have been gifted with remarkable abilities to not only be able to adapt to our changing environment, but to actually adapt the natural world to our own needs.

Our ability to build and control fires for example did a remarkable job of heating our fur-less bodies when the nights got cold. And it cooked our food greatly expanding our ability to nourish our bodies. Our use of simple tools, like a knife carved from a competitor’s fangs or a hammer from stone allowed us to construct huts and devices. And our ability to communicate would transfer our innovative ideas so we wouldn’t have to reconstruct everything from scratch.

But it was only in the last two hundred years, when fossil fuels were utilized and made human beings multiply their own power by far more than by using slaves, simple tools or even animal power that we expanded our abilities in the real world to previously unimaginable, limits.

With the debut of workplace machinery, we had more time to develop lifestyles and medical knowledge that increased life expectancy. Before long, we could fly! And the population of humans has expanded from 1 billion at the dawn of the fossil fuel era to almost 8 billion in just over two centuries!

However, these wonderful gifts that have benefited our species for so long have had the unfortunate side effect of threatening our survival along with all our fellow organisms. We are in the midst of the sixth great extinction, due in part to climate change. Likewise, our fossil fuel sources that have been our godsend are now beginning to peak! What happens when the day comes when the oil and gas we depend on to power our engines and grow our food is more expensive to mime than it is to use!

Our species is Homo Sapiens, latin for the ‘wise ape.’ (We, of course, named ourselves!) The divine gift that allowed us to survive in ancient times is now threatening us with a catastrophic extinction. How can this trap be undone?

Joining us today on the Global Research News Hour is a man who has devoted decades of research to the question of surviving this dependence on fossil fuels, and is very much a proponent of transition – Richard Heinberg.

In a nearly four hundred page book entitled Power: Limits and Prospects for Human Survival, Heinberg takes the unusual approach of studying ‘power’ itself and its ability to shape all life from the simplest levels until today. He also studied the way this ability to develop power over our surroundings got supercharged with the arrival of the fossil fuel aids. And importantly he identifies how previous species of humans possessed a power to limit control in the present so as to have more of an ability to prosper in the future.

Richard Heinberg is our feature guest on the Global Research News Hour.

Richard Heinberg is Senior Fellow-in-Residence of the Post Carbon Institute, and is regarded as one of the world’s foremost advocates for a shift away from our current reliance on fossil fuels. Richard is the author of fourteen books, including some of the seminal works on society’s current energy and environmental sustainability crisis.  His monthly MuseLetter has been in publication since 1992 and has been included in Utne Magazine’s annual list of Best Alternative Newsletters.

(Global Research News Hour Episode 329)

LISTEN TO THE SHOW

Click to download the audio (MP3 format)

The Global Research News Hour airs every Friday at 1pm CT on CKUW 95.9FM out of the University of Winnipeg. The programme is also podcast at globalresearch.ca .

Other stations airing the show:

CIXX 106.9 FM, broadcasting from Fanshawe College in London, Ontario. It airs Sundays at 6am.

WZBC 90.3 FM in Newton Massachusetts is Boston College Radio and broadcasts to the greater Boston area. The Global Research News Hour airs during Truth and Justice Radio which starts Sunday at 6am.

Campus and community radio CFMH 107.3fm in  Saint John, N.B. airs the Global Research News Hour Fridays at 7pm.

CJMP 90.1 FM, Powell River Community Radio, airs the Global Research News Hour every Saturday at 8am. 

Caper Radio CJBU 107.3FM in Sydney, Cape Breton, Nova Scotia airs the Global Research News Hour starting Wednesday afternoon from 3-4pm.

Cowichan Valley Community Radio CICV 98.7 FM serving the Cowichan Lake area of Vancouver Island, BC airs the program Thursdays at 9am pacific time.

Notes:

  1. Aeschylus (~480BCE), Prometheus Bound;  https://booksvooks.com/prometheus-bound-pdf-aeschylus.html

Will Vaccine-Linked Deaths Rise Sharply this Winter?

October 23rd, 2021 by Mike Whitney

All Global Research articles can be read in 51 languages by activating the “Translate Website” drop down menu on the top banner of our home page (Desktop version).

Visit and follow us on Instagram at @crg_globalresearch.

First published on October 11, 2021

***

 

 

“I am concerned about the possibility that the new vaccines aimed at creating immunity against the SARS-CoV-2 spike protein have the potential to cause microvascular injury to the brain, heart, liver and kidneys in a way that does not appear to be assessed in the safety trials.” – Dr J. Patrick Whelan

“We are dealing with evil. In case you hadn’t noticed.” – Robert W Malone, MD, Twitter

Question– Why does everyone have to be vaccinated?

Answer– In order to save lives. Vaccines provide immunity which helps in the fight against disease.

Question– So the vaccines prevent infection?

Answer– Not exactly, but the vaccines do provide temporary immunity that typically lasts about 6 months.

Question– Then what?

Answer– Well, then the public health experts recommend that eligible people– particularly old and immune-compromised people– get a “booster”.

Question– So, another injection?

Answer– Yes.

Question– Has the booster been adapted to the new “Delta” variant that’s spread across the US and the world?

Answer– No, it hasn’t. It’s the same vaccine as before.

Question– Then the immunity will be short-lived?

Answer– Yes, although we can’t be entirely sure. No clinical trials have been conducted on the boosters.

Question– What? So, we’re flying blind?

Answer– Yes. Like I said, there have been no additional clinical trials for the boosters, so no one knows for sure.

Question– But I’ve heard that the more people we inject, the more adaptable the virus becomes which makes the vaccine less effective?

Answer– That’s true. Mass vaccination with a “leaky” vaccine– that does not completely neutralize the infection– applies “selective pressure” on the virus which promotes the emergence of variants. Immunologists have known this for a long time, in fact, some call it “Virology 101”. Canadian Vaccinologist Dr. Byram Bridle explained this in a recent interview. Here’s what he said:

“We have to look no further than … the emergence of antibiotic resistance … The principle is this: If you have a biological entity that is prone to mutation — and the SARS-CoV-2, like all coronaviruses is prone to mutation — and you apply narrowly focused selective pressure that is nonlethal, and you do this over a long period of time, this is the recipe for driving the emergence of novel variants.

This is exactly what we’re doing. Our vaccines are focused on a single (spike) protein of the virus, so the virus only has to alter one protein, and the vaccines don’t come close to providing sterilizing immunity.” (“The Lies behind the pandemic of the unvaxxed”, vervetimes.com)

Question– So the vaccines are driving the variants?

Answer– Yes.

Question– So soon we will see the emergence of a vaccine-resistant variant?

Answer– Yes, we will.

Question– But don’t the vaccine manufacturers know this?

Answer– You mean, “don’t they understand the basic relationship between viral infection and vaccines”? Yes, they do.

Question– Then why are they doing it?

Answer— Great question, but the answer requires alot of research and a fair-amount of guesswork. All I’ll say, is that the authors of this mass vaccination campaign are intentionally driving us towards an even bigger crisis.

Question– Okay, so what are we going to do when we come across a vaccine-resistant variant?

Answer– I can’t answer that, but –judging from past experience– another experimental injection will be developed that the public will be forced to take.

Question– But what about safety? Can we be sure that these new hybrid concoctions are safe?

Answer– Safety has never been a top priority, nor has immunity. The goal was never “herd immunity” but “herd vaccination”. One of the most influential spokesmen for the current campaign summed it up quite clearly when he said: “We must vaccinate all seven billion people” on earth. Public health authorities have never veered from that original objective.

Question– But if the goal is to vaccinate everyone on earth, then the vaccines must be safe, right?

Answer– No, in fact, the vaccines pose a serious threat to one’s health and life. They’re dangerous.

Question– Are you sure you’re not exaggerating, after all, nearly 2 billion people have been inoculated already and only a small percentage of them have gotten either seriously sick or died? Perhaps, you are overstating the danger?

Answer– The vaccines are an attack on the body’s critical infrastructure, the vascular system, and particularly the thin tapestry of cells that line the walls of the blood vessels. The vaccines trigger bleeding, blood clots and autoimmune disease. In my opinion, they are a fairly straightforward way to inflict severe damage on the essential systems and organs that one needs to survive. That is why Dr Vladimir Zelenko refers to them as “poison-death shots”, which seems to be an accurate assessment. You are, however, correct in saying that “only a small percentage of the people get seriously sick or die” immediately after the injection. But that’s only because the vaccine functions more like a timebomb than a poison. But the impact is likely to be just as devastating in the long-run. Take a look at this excerpt from a paper by the Doctors for Covid Ethics: :

“In light of the newly characterized antibody response to SARS-CoV-2, when antibodies attach to spike-producing endothelial cellson vessel walls following vaccine administration, activated complement proteins can be expected attach to the endothelial cells, and perforate their cell membranes. The ensuing death of the endothelial cells will expose the tissue underneath the epithelium, which will initiate two significant events. It will induce blood clotting, and will cause the vessel walls to leak. This pathogenic mechanism has been documented in biopsies taken from SARS-CoV-2-infected patients. Those studies have described a “catastrophic microvascular injury syndrome mediated by activation of complement”

…as part of the SARS-CoV-2 spike protein immune response. It is precisely this immune response that COVID-19 vaccines seek to induce. Such vaccine-immune interactions are consistent with adverse events involving visible capillary rupture under the skin that have been documented and reported following COVID-19 vaccination.”. (“The Dangers of Covid-19 Booster Shots and Vaccines“, The Doctors for Covid Ethics)

Repeat: a “catastrophic microvascular injury syndrome mediated by activation of complement.”

Question– What does that mean in plain English?

Answer– It means that the vaccine creates a situation where your body viciously attacks your own circulatory system generating blood clots and leaky blood vessels. Do you think you can live with a damaged vascular system? Do you think you will enjoy a long and happy life with an immune system that is programed to attack and kill healthy cells that now produce the pathogenic “spike protein”? If so, then for how long; how long do you think you can survive that type of internal warfare? 2 years? 5 years? 10 years?

Question– Your analysis sounds very conspiratorial. If the vaccines do what you say they do, then the people that are pushing this (mass vaccination) campaign must know it, right? They must have some basic grasp of the dangers these injections pose.

Answer– Of course, they do. How could they not know? Do you think that the wealthiest and most powerful people on the planet would arbitrarily shut down the global economy, lock everyone in their homes, suppress life-saving medications and censor anyone who challenged the official narrative if they didn’t know exactly what the vaccine could be expected to do?

They know. They’re not just “rolling the dice”. They have a plan and they are implementing that plan. That much is clear.

As for the “conspiracy” claim, the facts speak for themselves. Were there numerous drills and tabletop exercises conducted over the last decade that included the main Intel agencies, big pharma, activist elites, the DOD, the media and the WHO?

Yes, there were.

And did these drills basically project the same outcomes and scenarios that we see today, particularly the bypassing of representative governments, the enhanced powers of conflicted politicians, the enforcement of vaccine mandates, and the imposition of an unprecedented pandemic strategy that was strikingly similar in every country where it was imposed?

Yes, again.

And are the unvaccinated already being threatened with reprisals if they resist inoculation? Are governments already moving ahead with vaccine passports, digital currency, social credit systems, detention centers and intensified surveillance?

Yes, they are.

Does any of this seem random to you or does it hew closer to the actual definition of “conspiracy” which is: “an evil, unlawful, treacherous, or surreptitious plan formulated in secret by two or more persons”?

The fact that the media ridicules “conspiracy theorists”, does not change the fact that conspiracies do, in fact, take place. The last two years only helps to underscore that fact. Virtually nothing has been left to chance. Our future and the future of humanity are being steered by powerful forces we still have not even successfully identified. It’s creepy. (See: RFK jr. on Event 201)

And here’s something else to mull-over since we’re on the topic of “conspiracies”. I think it’s highly-likely that the vaccine was developed well before the outbreak of the virus.

Question– Why would that matter?

Answer– It actually matters quite a bit, because it helps to illustrate that the “solution” preceded the problem, the “chicken before the egg.” In other words, US bioweapons research was likely aimed at creating a substance that would steadily undermine (and eventually kill) untold numbers of people that would have to be eliminated in order to reduce carbon emissions, ease the depletion of scarce resources and reverse the destruction of the natural environment. Do you think the Pentagon and the CIA have contingency programs like that? Do you think globalist elites might support a policy like that?

Indeed, they would, and they would brazenly implement it in the name of “saving humanity” or some other such nonsense. Keep in mind, global population at the turn of the century (1900) was a minuscule 1.6 billion. As of 2021, the number has ballooned to 7.9 billion. And, according to projections by the United Nations, that figure will grow to roughly 11 billion by 2100.

Do you think global elites are going to sit on their hands and do nothing while the “perceived” dangers of dwindling fossil fuels and climbing temperatures continue to grow? Do you think that, perhaps, that –after years of impassioned appeals to “do something about the climate”– consensus was finally reached in 2019 paving the way for an aggressive “population management” scheme?

Of course, these are “civilized” men who would never resort to anything as vulgar as gas chambers or firing squads. Oh, no; they would seek a surreptitious method to thin the herd without the herd ever really knowing what was going on. They would need a remedy that would help them achieve their objective while invoking plausible deniability at the same time. (Enter: Fauci and the secretive bioweapons programs.) And if the truth were ever to come to light, then they would persuade the public that they were only acting in the best interests of humanity by trying to prevent the inexorable rush towards a catastrophic climate crisis. Sound familiar?

It should. Whether the world is warming or not is debatable, but what’s not debatable is how seamlessly the climate furor fits with the globalists’ authoritarian political agenda. There’s nothing coincidental about it.

In any event, the Gain-of-Function shenanigans in Wuhan probably were just the finishing touches on a plan that had been done-and-dusted years earlier in think tanks and globalist confabs where the rich and powerful gather to decide how best to shape the world to meet their own narrow specifications. My guess, is that the spike protein delivery system (aka–The Covid-19 vaccine) had been created years earlier and merely required a green light to be released on the world.

Question– We seem to have gotten off track again. Can we get back to the boosters for a minute? You say there were no additional clinical trials. Does that mean the boosters were not formally approved by the FDA?

Answer– They were not formally approved by the FDA. They were waved through under the Emergency Use Authorization (EUA) the same as the vaccines. But that does not mean that the risks are the same. They’re not. The boosters are significantly more dangerous than the vaccines as this clip from the Doctors for Covid Ethics points out:

“We explain here that booster shots are uniquely dangerous, in a way that is unprecedented in the history of vaccines. That is because repeatedly boosting the immune response will repeatedly boost the intensity of self-to-self attack....

Repeat injections of gene-based “vaccines” (ie–“booster”) are bound to intensify and reproduce this basic event wherever the newly expressed spike protein appears on the vessel lining…. Complement-mediated vascular injury occurring at multiple sites throughout the body will have potentially devastating effects not only on the health of the vaccinated individual, but also on pregnancy and fertility….

Spike protein molecules, known to be released into the bloodstream shortly after vaccination will bind to platelets, marking them as targets for antibody binding. Subsequent attack… must be expected to cause platelet destruction,… what will happen when the “vaccines” seep out of damaged blood vessels and reach the organs of the body? Will gene uptake and spike production then mark each and every cell type for destruction by killer lymphocytes? Are we about to witness the birth of an entirely new world of autoimmune disease?” (Doctors for Covid Ethics)

What part of the above quote makes it sound like the boosters are good for your overall health and well-being?

None of it, right? And just as we saw a sharp uptick in cases, hospitalizations and deaths after the launching of mass vaccination campaigns around the world, we’re now seeing that same phenom unfolding in Israel with the boosters. (Check out this amazing 2 minute video by statistician Joel Smalley on Deaths following vaccination)

And, remember, neither the boosters nor the vaccines stay in the muscle in the arm (Deltoid) like the drug companies said they would. They enter the bloodstream about 30 minutes after injection and spread across the body via the circulatory system. But because the vaccine is a blueprint to make spike protein and not the protein itself; it is able to evade the immune system and penetrate cells before it is detected. This is what makes the injected spike protein more dangerous than the spike in Covid-19. The virus must enter through the nose or throat before it incubates and enters the vascular system, but the vaccine spike finds a more direct route by way of injection. Here’s Dr Byram Bridle again:

“‘We have known for a long time that the spike protein is pathogenic…. It is a toxin. It can cause damage in our body if it’s in circulation. Now, we have clear-cut evidence that . . . the vaccine itself, plus the protein, gets into blood circulation.’”

Once that happens, the spike protein can combine with receptors on blood platelets and with cells that line our blood vessels. This is why, paradoxically, it can cause both blood clotting and bleeding. ‘And of course the heart is involved, as part of the cardiovascular system… That’s why we’re seeing heart problems. The protein can also cross the blood-brain barrier and cause neurological damage.…

‘In short,… we made a big mistake. We didn’t realize it until now. We didn’t realize that by vaccinating people we are inadvertently inoculating them with a toxin.”...
…the spike protein, on its own, is almost entirely responsible for the damage to the cardiovascular system, if it gets into circulation. Indeed, if you inject the purified spike protein into the blood of research animals they get all kinds of damage to the cardiovascular system, and it can cross the blood-brain barrier and cause damage to the brain.” (Vaccine scientist: ‘We’ve made a big mistake’“, Conservative Woman)

Since Bridle made these claims on a radio talk-show, he has been savagely harassed, ridiculed and banned from the University where he was employed. Still, he has not retracted a word from his statement despite the heavy costs to himself and his reputation.

The mistake Bridle made was thinking that his research would be applauded by his colleagues and peers. He naively thought the proponents of mass vaccination would recognize their mistake and make an effort to correct it. He never imagined that the vaccine was designed to function just as it does, penetrating host cells and manufacturing a cytotoxic pathogen that elicits a strong self-on-self immune response leading to the further decimation of the vascular system.

The treatment of Bridle speaks volumes about the people that are managing the pandemic, the extent of their power, and their thoroughly malign objectives. (Please, watch this video by Dr.Nathan Thompson: “My jaw dropped when I tested someone´s immune system after the 2nd jab” who shows how vaccination can lead to autoimmunity and “breakthrough infections”)

Question– I think we’ve gotten off-track again. You’ve talked alot about the spike protein and its effect on the blood vessels, but much of this sounds theoretical. Do you have any hard evidence that the vaccines are causing serious tissue damage?

Answer– Yes. Two German pathology professors, Arne Burkhardt and Walter Lang, have provided the results of autopsies they performed on ten people who died after being injected with the Covid-19 vaccine. Here’s a short excerpt from an article on what they found:

“Over the past few months, the pathologist from Reutlingen and Professor Walter Lang have examined tissue material from the deceased microscopically. … In five of the ten cases mentioned above, the two physicians rate the connection between death and vaccination as very probable, in two cases as probable.One case has not yet been evaluated. The other two cases were classified as unclear/possible or “rather coincident”.

Regarding the causes of death, Burkhardt pointed out that lymphocytic myocarditis, the most common diagnosis.…The doctors suspect that further corona vaccination side effects with potential death consequences are autoimmune phenomena, reduction in immune capacity, acceleration of cancer growth, vascular damage “endothelitis”, vasculitis, perivasculitis and erythrocyte “clumping”....

Burkhardt and his colleagues have been investigating for the past few months. He said he could only think of one thing in seeing the results – “ a lymphocyte riot”, potentially in all tissues and organs. Lymphocytes were found in a wide variety of tissues such as the liver, kidneys, spleen up to the uterus and tumors, which massively attacked the tissue there….

Burkhardt concluded that politicians say: “If you don’t want to be vaccinated, you have to face the consequences, but everyone who gets vaccinated also has to face the consequences.” These are still largely unknown. “So far, only the first, but worrying, findings have been documented, which will be further investigated with regard to their pathogenesis,” said Burkhardt.

The findings confirm the statement made by Prof. Dr. Peter Schirmacher that in more than 40 autopsied corpses that died within two weeks after the Covid-19 vaccination, around a third died from the vaccination.” (‘Lymphocyte riot’: Pathologists investigate deaths after Corona vaccination”, Free West Media)

Okay, let’s review. What did the doctors find?

1– They found in large percentage of the autopsies “the connection between death and vaccination (was) very probable.”

2–They found that “that lymphocytic myocarditis, (was) the most common diagnosis.” (Lymphocytic myocarditis is a rare condition in which heart muscle inflammation (myocarditis) is caused by accumulation of white blood cells (lymphocytes). Symptoms may include chest pain, heart palpitations, fatigue, and shortness of breath (dyspnea) especially upon exertion or lying flat. In other words, the spike protein vaccine results in both serious inflammation and immuno-suppression at the same time. It’s the double-whammy.)

3– They found evidence of a “lymphocyte riot”, potentially in all tissues and organs. Lymphocytes were found in a wide variety of tissues such as the liver, kidneys, spleen up to the uterus and tumors, which massively attacked the tissue there.” (Note– Lymphocytes are white blood cells in the immune system that swing into action to fight invaders or pathogen-infected cells. A “lymphocyte riot” suggests the immune system has gone crazy trying to counter the effects of billions of spike proteins located in cells in the bloodstream. As the lymphocytes are depleted, the body grows more susceptible to other infections which may explain why a large number of people are now contracting respiratory viruses in late summer.)

4– They found that there are multiple serous health risks linked to the Covid-19 vaccine.

The autopsies provide solid evidence that the vaccines do, in fact, create significant tissue damage.
Final Question– How do you see this playing out?

Answer– I would expect to see signs of distress as early as this winter-spring, although the data will be compiled under the “all-cause mortality” heading rather than Covid-19 deaths. We should also see a sharp uptick in cardiac arrests, myocarditis and strokes which should break dramatically from their 5-year trend-line. As the vaccine causes a generalized deterioration in overall health, the indications of harm should be noticeable in any number of ailments from neuro degenerative diseases to Bell’s Palsy.

This is not a prediction as much as it is an acknowledgment of what we’re already seeing. Check out this recent tweet from UK diagnostic pathologist Dr Claire Craig and you’ll see what I mean:

Dr Clare Craig@ClareCraigPath

Excess deaths for week ending 10th Sept 2021:

24% more heart failure deaths than baseline

19% ischaemic heart disease

16% cerebrovascular disease (strokes)

18% other circulatory diseases

Why is this happening? Why the sudden uptick in heart attacks, heart disease, vascular disease and strokes? What did we do differently in 2021 than we did in the years before?

We vaccinated the bulk of the population, that’s what we did differently. And now we’re going to see what effect that has on the many vaccine-linked ailments like cardiac arrest, Myocarditis, pulmonary embolism, thrombosis, acute kidney injury, liver injury, Bell’s Palsy, Transverse myelitis, Anaphylaxis, Multisystem inflammatory syndrome, spontaneous abortion, and acute respiratory distress syndrome. All of these show up in the “Vaccine Adverse Events Reporting System” (VAERS), just as they are likely to show up in future hospitalizations. So, it’s going to take some pretty aggressive sleight-of-hand by the government to fudge the data or sweep the matter under the rug.

And how will this deluge of unexpected illness impact the public health system which could be stretched to the breaking point. Can a disaster be avoided? Check out this excerpt from a recent article at the UK Telegraph:

“While focus remains firmly fixed on Covid-19, a second health crisis is quietly emerging in Britain. Since the beginning of July, there have been thousands of excess deaths that were not caused by coronavirus. According to health experts, this is highly unusual for the summer. Although excess deaths are expected during the winter months, when cold weather and seasonal infections combine to place pressure on the NHS, summer generally sees a lull.

This year is a worrying outlier.

According to the Office for National Statistics (ONS), since July 2 there have been 9,619 excess deaths in England and Wales, of which 48 per cent (4,635) were not caused by Covid-19.

So if all these extra people are not dying from coronavirus, what is killing them?

Data from Public Health England (PHE) shows that during that period there were 2,103 extra death registrations with ischemic heart disease, 1,552 with heart failure, as well as an extra 760 deaths with cerebrovascular diseases such as stroke and aneurysm and 3,915 with other circulatory diseases.

Acute and chronic respiratory infections were also up with 3,416 more mentions on death certificates than expected since the start of July, while there have been 1,234 extra urinary system disease deaths, 324 with cirrhosis and liver disease and 1,905 with diabetes….

“It feels like winter is already here, rather than it is coming. It’s worse this year than I think I remember at any point in the last 20 years.” (“Thousands more people than usual are dying … but it’s not from Covid“, Telegraph)

Naturally, the media is going to blame the surge in illness on the pandemic or “delayed treatments”, but people can draw their own conclusions. What the Telegraph refers to as a “non-Covid” emergency is just as likely to be vaccine-linked injury as not. The point I’m making is simple: Blood clots, bleeding and autoimmunity are not trivial matters; they’re an indication that the body’s vital infrastructure has been compromised and, perhaps, severely damaged. This is going to manifest itself in all-cause mortality and broader public health data. A sizable portion of these maladies will be directly connected to the injection of a potentially-lethal pathogen into the bloodstream of millions of people who were deliberately misled about the safety of the product. Now we’re going to see the early results of that experiment. God help us.

*

Note to readers: Please click the share buttons above or below. Follow us on Instagram, @crg_globalresearch. Forward this article to your email lists. Crosspost on your blog site, internet forums. etc.

This article was originally published on The Unz Review.

Michael Whitney, renowned geopolitical and social analyst based in Washington State. He initiated his career as an independent citizen-journalist in 2002 with a commitment to honest journalism, social justice and World peace.

He is a Research Associate of the Centre for Research on Globalization.

Featured image is from TUR

  • Posted in English
  • Comments Off on Will Vaccine-Linked Deaths Rise Sharply this Winter?

Elite’s Depopulation Agenda Is Now Irrefutable

October 23rd, 2021 by Joachim Hagopian

All Global Research articles can be read in 51 languages by activating the “Translate Website” drop down menu on the top banner of our home page (Desktop version).

Visit and follow us on Instagram at @crg_globalresearch.

***

First published October 10, 2021

By now – October 2021 – it’s more than evident that the Big Pharma-Great Reset globalist elite are currently committing human genocide, carrying out their eugenics depopulation agenda. In spite of Big Media’s censorship blackout as complicit murderers causing misinformed, lied to hundreds of thousands of innocent victims to die from the killer vaccines already, in response scores of leading medical doctors, expert scientists and insider whistleblowers at great risk to themselves have been shouting from rooftops to sound the apocalyptic alarm.

Early on during the vaccine rollout, last February 2021 Dr. Sherry Tenpenny accurately predicted that by May through August, thousands of deaths from the vaccines will be falsely blamed on the fake variants. Outspoken Dr. Carrie Medej is now speaking out against the vaccine dangers through nanotechnology and the transhumanist elements of how AI through nanoparticles in vaccines are merging with genetically modified GMO former humans.

Veteran medical vaccine whistleblower Dr. Joseph Mercola exposes the “medical reset” within Klaus Schwab’s NWO reset. Top international cardiologist, internist and epidemiologist Dr. Peter McCullough has been making big waves, in late August 2021 asserting that the vaccinated carry 251 times the viral load than the nonvaccinated. Dr. McCullough also promotes natural immunity and benign drugs HCQ and Ivermectin instead of the harmful vaccines, just declaring:

We’re in the middle of a major biological catastrophe.

Even the mRNA and DNA vaccine technology inventor, Dr. Robert Malone, MD rails against the Covid-19 mRNA vaccines as bioethically irresponsible and highly dangerous:  

We need to confront the data [and] not try to cover stuff up or hide risks.

Canadian Dr. Charles Hoffe was horrified to learn that 62% of his mostly First Nations patients experienced permanent blood clot damage after receiving their vaccine.

Below is his interview, with Laura Lynn Tylor Thompson (also available on  Rumble channel).

 

This week the treating physician of national presidents, Dr. Vladimir Zelenko stated in an interview:

If we follow the advice of some of the ‘global leaders,’ like Bill Gates said last year, ‘7 billion people need to be vaccinated,’ then the death rate will be over 2 billion people. So wake up! This is World War III.

The cited medical doctors above are but a handful of countless heroic physicians who’ve gone public raising their concerns and outrage. 

Renowned PhD scientists including virologists, immunologists and biochemists have also led the way, calling out the Covid-19 plandemic based on the Rockefeller Foundation’s 2010 Lockstep blueprint. Another Nobel prize winner for inventing the nefariously misused PCR test, Dr. Kary Mullis died on the eve of the fake pandemic Wuhan outbreak after repeatedly exposing Dr. Frankenstein Fauci.

Patent and intellectual rights expert Dr. David Martin deconstructs the criminal etiology of the Covid-19 pandemic while ex-Pfizer VP chief scientist Dr. Michael Yeadon has repeatedly delivered his dire warnings:

The gene-based design makes your body manufacture virus spike protein, and we know, and we’ve known for years, that virus spike protein triggers blood clots. That’s a fundamental problem. 

Listen to Dr. Michael Yeadon, former Vice President and Chief Science Officer of Pfizer, talking about the pandemic and the COVID vaccine.  Watch the video below.

Additionally, a growing army of Big Pharma whistleblowers have also courageously shed light on this much needed truth of what humanity is perilously facing in the coming Dark Winter months when likely millions of democide victims the world over will be shockingly laid to rest from fatal blood clots, strokes, heart attacks, multiple organ failure, cancer – all directly linked and caused by the Big Pharma non-vaccines.

Idaho board certified pathologist and diagnostics lab owner Dr. Ryan Cole has observed an unheard of 20 times increase in endometrial cancers since this year’s vaccine rollout, caused by an absence of two types of cells (helper T-cells and CD8 killer T-cells), both vital to a functioning immune system. 

This notorious pharmaceutical killing machine includes the mRNA spike protein DNA altering injections produced by Pfizer and Moderna as well as the Johnson & Johnson, UK’s AstraZeneca and China’s Sinovac.

From December 14, 2020 to September 10, 2021 the US government’s own VAERS (Vaccine Adverse Events Reporting System) tracking mechanism reported 14,925 vaccine deaths (though a whistleblower claimed over 45,000 within 3 days from only one of nine districts).

But estimates of less than 1% of adverse injuries and deaths actually do get reported to VAERS, so a far more accurate and realistic estimate would be to multiply the reported number of deaths by 100, or on the low side, minimally multiply by 10 to account for the truer death toll estimate, that would then range from nearly 150,000 deaths.

Combine that with the EU numbers of 25,248 deaths reported over roughly the same time period till September 18, 2021, and the numbers jump to over a quarter million. Thus, it’s safe to assume that millions around the world have already died as a result of Big Pharma kill shots. And this is just the beginning.

With 81% of September’s supposed Covid-19 deaths in the United Kingdom among those determined to have already been vaccinated, the evidence of lethal harm caused by the non-vaccines is overwhelming. In related testimony, Ontario emergency room doctor Rochagné Kilianwho just resigned over the local draconian, anti-health Covid-19 protocols, stated recently that 80% of incoming ER patients she treated in the last month suffering from “mysterious issues were double vaxxed.” Running close behind the UK death toll is the 76% of September Covid-19 deaths reported in the US state of Vermont that also were fully vaccinated. By diabolical design, this burgeoning medical holocaust has rapidly become globalized death by injection on a massive, never before seen scale. 

Nobel prize winner for discovering the HIV virus – Dr. Luc Montagnier, recently submitted a sworn affidavit to the International Criminal Court, concluding:

This [Covid-19] vaccine is the biggest risk to humanity and the biggest risk to genocide in the history of humanity.

Governments of the world, Big Pharma and Big Media are clearly guilty. 

*

Note to readers: Please click the share buttons above or below. Follow us on Instagram, @crg_globalresearch. Forward this article to your email lists. Crosspost on your blog site, internet forums. etc.

Joachim Hagopian is a West Point graduate, former Army officer and author of “Don’t Let the Bastards Getcha Down,” exposing a faulty US military leadership system based on ticket punching up the seniority ladder, invariably weeding out the best and brightest, leaving mediocrity and order followers rising to the top as politician-bureaucrat generals designated to lose every modern US war by elite design. After the military, Joachim earned a master’s degree in Clinical Psychology and worked as a licensed therapist in the mental health field with abused youth and adolescents for more than a quarter century. In Los Angeles he found himself battling the largest county child protective services in the nation within America’s thoroughly broken and corrupt child welfare system.

All Global Research articles can be read in 51 languages by activating the “Translate Website” drop down menu on the top banner of our home page (Desktop version).

Visit and follow us on Instagram at @crg_globalresearch.

***

 

Even mainstream media rags like the Washington Post and world news agencies like UPI carried the bombshell news on October 10, 2021, with the UPI headline “Southwest Airlines Cancel 1,044 Flights.”

The worldwide mandate for all airline pilots and air travel industry personnel to be vaccinated with a known kill shot which some analysts describe as depopulation is having major repercussions, hemorrhaging the entire transportation industry and for that matter the entire planet.

With cargo ships piling up in ports worldwide and not enough truck drivers on the road, all the world’s transport industries are also currently under attack as supply chain shortages are collapsing and soaring off the charts. In July 2021 the Transport Workers Union of America, AFL-CIO that represents all US airline employees alluded to understaffed workers “feeling exhausted and overwhelmed” during the summer peak travel season.

For the second day in a row this weekend, Southwest Airlines as last year’s world’s largest airline by flight capacity, has suddenly been forced to undergo massive flight cancellations. With 808 flights cancelled Saturday, amounting to about a quarter of the airline’s flight operations, followed by a 27% cancellation rate on Sunday, ramifications of this phenomenon will undoubtedly impact the entire airline industry, if not world, for years to come.

Of course, the ongoing vaccine requirement for all international flight passengers has wreaked immense havoc on the whole air travel industry as well. Early Sunday morning on Twitter, Southwest Airlines offered its rather feeble, official excuse, pretending that a vaccine holocaust in-the-making is not causing this unprecedented disruption, but instead chose to mislead the public, citing flimsy secondary excuses:

ATC [Air Traffic Controller] issues and disruptive weather have resulted in a high volume of cancellations throughout the weekend while we work to recover our operation.

In the confusion of sheer damage control, it appears the left hand doesn’t know what the right hand is doing as CNN reported that the Federal Aviation Administration released a contradicting statement insisting that:

There have been no air traffic related cancellations since Friday. The [FAA] agency said that airlines are experiencing delays because of aircraft and crews being out of place. 

After an anonymous Southwest customer service rep posted a statement on the company website forum claiming that “pilots have walked off the job due to COVID-19 vaccination mandates,” which is in fact the reality, the Southwest Airlines Pilots Association was quick to hedge, denying that a union walk-off is taking place:

We can say with confidence that our Pilots are not participating in any official or unofficial job actions. Our Pilots will continue to overcome [Southwest] management’s poor planning, as well as any external operational challenges, and remain the most productive Pilots in the world.

On October 4, 2021, Southwest Airlines ordered all of its employees to be injected by a December deadline. With this divisive, life and death bitter pill percolating for months, the pilots’ union promoted picket lines in opposition to forced vaccines. With the inconvenience of the passengers left stranded, high and dry notwithstanding, the refusal to work amidst facing kill shot deadlines is contagiously spreading, and millions of Americans employed by so many companies violating human rights consent laws via both the Nuremberg code and US Constitution should be applauded. Taking back our sovereign power is simply refusing to comply with demands that are neither legal or ethical.

A month ago, when White House imposter Joe Biden was prepping to roll out his unlawful vaccine mandate for all large US companies (of 100 or more employees), Biden met with airline industry CEOs, urging them to tow the same puppet masters’ line he was. Aware that the Biden mandate was coming, zealously obedient United Airlines CEO Scott Kirby didn’t hesitate promoting to corporate media what was coming: 

A few weeks from now, this is going to be something that’s widespread across the country because it’s really just a basic safety issue.

A safety issue for whom? The elite killers or the victimized public? Kirby released to the press statements from the letter mandating vaccines for all his airline personnel:

Our rationale for requiring the vaccine for all United’s US-based employees was simple — to keep our people safe. The truth is this: everyone is safer when everyone is vaccinated, and vaccine requirements work. 

As the puppet of a puppet in blind obedience to their cabal masters pulling all their strings, Kirby boasted to CNN that public safety was his top priority by simply following “the science.” His airline was the first to mandate masks aboard all flights, which has since not only been scientifically proven totally ineffective as protection from viruses, but increases serious risk of infection and reduces oxygen to the brain.

But then masks and vaccines have never been about public safety or human health but everything to do with human genocide and New World Order control, in lockstep timing with Klaus Schwab’s July published book COVID-19: The Great Reset, sold for $19.99 on Amazon. No accident the Rockefeller Foundation’s 2010 planned 2020 Covid-19 pandemic was in total lockstep with Schwab’s 2021 New World Order tyranny.

Like in healthcare, law enforcement and the military, many pilots and fellow industry members working for these airlines who already succumbed to their employers’ unlawful death jab demands to avoid facing job termination, many of them are beginning to fall ill and sadly too many will soon be dying. In fact, anonymous whistleblowers at Delta Airlines disclosed that a vaccinated pilot mid-flight recently died enroute to Los Angeles.

Though CNN and all the fake news networks are attempting to bury this alarming truth, the fact is every airline and mainstream news outlet is complicit in their silence every single day allowing health compromised pilots take to the skies, placing thousands of passengers at grave risk of their lives daily. That’s not the success story that the culprits at United or CNN want you to know. Yet, regardless of censorship, these kind of stories are beginning to surface with four British Airway pilots reportedly dropping dead after vaccination in June 2021. Unfortunately, with increasing frequency, as we move into the Dark Winter months, this dire situation will only grow worse.

In January 2020, just prior to the so-called pandemic outbreak in America, United was listed as the world’s fourth largest airline by the then flying capacity of passengers in the sky. But by June just five months later, United Airlines had already fallen off the top 10 list. Ironically, due to its limited international flights, Southwest Airlines that just cancelled near 30% of all its flights this past weekend, promptly emerged as the world’s largest airline during the first half of last year’s pandemic. As of February 2021, the airline currently operating at largest capacity is Delta Airlines. But then Delta remains the only major US airline not forcing vaccination on its staff, although it’s reprehensibly ripping them off, punishing them by charging each $200 per month. But all the rest – American Airlines, Southwest Airlines, JetBlue, Alaska Airlines and Hawaiian Airlines have already mandated deadlines by Thanksgiving next month.

By the end of last month, CNN and Scott Kirby were proudly claiming 99%+ of United Airlines pilots were vaccinated. As of September 28, 2021, United Airlines initiated firing 593 workers, but by October 7th, the holdouts diminished to just 232 who lost their job. CNN called it a success story. It’s commonly said that any organization’s leader tends to define and shape the company culture. While caving in and taking the kill shot to keep their jobs, as their leader Scott Kirby so enthusiastically embraced after his Uncle Joe meeting, outside of 500 United workers awaiting their pending appeals on medical or religious grounds not to vaccinate, United pilots largely opted to wimp out and succumb to the death jab.

But in contrast, based on last weekend’s events, the Southwest pilots took a different, much more ballsy path, en masse electing to utilize their sick days to abruptly all at once not show up for work. In addition to causing so much havoc resulting since Friday night in over 2,100 flight cancellations, the Southwest Airline Pilot Association has also filed an important lawsuit against Southwest challenging its vaccine mandate. Millions of aware individuals paying attention to this key story are fervently supporting the Southwest pilots in “holding the line” against our common enemy.

Incidentally, this last weekend another group vital to the travel industry, the air traffic controllers in Jacksonville, Florida, conducted a walkout in response to their forced jabs hanging over their jobs. Of course, the media blackout covered up this significant development similar to Southwest falsely blaming it on weather. The pushback is spreading. Amtrak Northeast on Sunday had to cancel two trains 465 and 416, using its transparent excuse of “unforeseen crew issues.” Likely American Airlines will be next. These groups so crucial to the travel industry’s operation are informally banding together in solidarity to take a bold stand against the medical and political tyranny usurping our individual rights and freedoms in this 11th hour, becoming the much-needed role models for world citizenry to fight the evil that’s out to literally kill us.

The combination of failing health and large nonvaccinated segments quitting is creating a devastating, long-term disastrous nightmare globally. Both the vaccine holocaust and vaccine mandates are causing horrendous, soaring staffing shortages in a global dominoes effect, destabilizing virtually every public and private sector company throughout the world, of course all by the intentional, diabolical design of cabal controllers, conspired to crash the world economy, create unprecedented supply chain shutdown, famine and collapse of civil society, insultingly all the while calling it their “Great Reset.” Willing to actively resist and oppose these ungodly crimes against humanity, through discernment and courage We the People are taking back our power through civil disobedience and solidarity.

*

Note to readers: Please click the share buttons above or below. Follow us on Instagram, @crg_globalresearch. Forward this article to your email lists. Crosspost on your blog site, internet forums. etc.

Joachim Hagopian is a West Point graduate, former Army officer and author of “Don’t Let the Bastards Getcha Down,” exposing a faulty US military leadership system based on ticket punching up the seniority ladder, invariably weeding out the best and brightest, leaving mediocrity and order followers rising to the top as politician-bureaucrat generals designated to lose every modern US war by elite design. After the military, Joachim earned a master’s degree in Clinical Psychology and worked as a licensed therapist in the mental health field with abused youth and adolescents for more than a quarter century. In Los Angeles he found himself battling the largest county child protective services in the nation within America’s thoroughly broken and corrupt child welfare system. The experience in both the military and child welfare system prepared him well as a researcher and independent journalist, exposing the evils of Big Pharma and how the Rockefeller controlled medical and psychiatric system inflict more harm than good, case in point the current diabolically lethal pandemic hoax and genocide. 

As an independent journalist for the last 8 years, Joachim has written hundreds of articles for many news sites, particularly Global Research and lewrockwell.com. As a published author of a 5-book volume series entitled Pedophilia& Empire: Satan, Sodomy & the Deep State, Joachim’s books and chapters are Amazon bestsellers in child advocacy and human rights categories. His A-Z sourcebook series fully documents and exposes the global pedophilia scourge and remains available for free at Joachim’s blogsite at http://empireexposed.blogspot.com/ and https://pedoempire.org.

Featured image is from TOMAS DEL CORO/Flickr

All Global Research articles can be read in 51 languages by activating the “Translate Website” drop down menu on the top banner of our home page (Desktop version). 

Visit and follow us on Instagram at @crg_globalresearch.

First published by Global Research on June 23, 2021

***

Beware of the Spike Protein! Beware of mRNA injections!

To do so, you have to absolutely avoid taking or being coerced into accepting the mRNA “non-vaccine” – experimental gene therapy. Because that’s what it is. The experiment is you. Already in SARS-1 of 2002 / 2003, the original, affecting principally the Chinese genome, as did this first covid-19 virus, more appropriately called SARS-CoV-2; it addressed the Chinese DNA. Complements of Harvard’s clandestine, illegal Chinese DNA harvesting in the late 1990s and 2000. See this.

When the Harvard people finally were caught and kicked out of China, it was too late. They had already collected hundreds of thousands, if not millions of DNA samples – upon which most-likely US P4 bio-war labs manufactured this particular corona virus.

This is how Josh MIttledorf puts it:

“The spike protein is the part of the virus structure that interfaces with the host cell. SARS 1 and SARS 2 viruses both have spike proteins that bind to a human cell receptor called ACE-2, common in lung cells but also present in other parts of the body. Binding to the cell’s ACE-2 receptor is like the wolf knocking at the door of Little Red Riding Hood’s grandmother. “Hello, grandmama. I’m your granddaughter. Please let me in.” The virus is a wolf wearing a red cape and hood, pretends to be an ACE-2 enzyme molecule seeking entrance to the cell.” See this.

Covid-19, alias SARS-CoV-2, is a perfected version of SARS-1, the original one of 2002 / 2003 that hit primarily China. In early 2020, once Wuhan and much of the Hubei Province, and later other parts of China, were sealed off and under lockdown, because Chinese scientists reacted fast to what they immediately knew, this was a new attempt at attacking China, the Chinese health system – the Chinese population. The Chinese authorities were called dictatorial – and followed by the usual denigrations – but they were successful in containing the virus and in dominating it, keeping the damage it caused within boundaries.

Due to these various lockdowns and other hygienic and health measures, close to 80% of the Chinese manufacturing capacity was closed, which had an enormous impact on the rest of the world, depending on Chinese supply chains. Thanks to China’s severe measures to overcome the pandemic as quickly and health-efficiently as possible, China’s economy was up and running again within about six to eight months, and practically to full capacity by the end of 2020.

The inventor of the mRNA-type of vaccine, Dr. Robert Malone, says that the vaccine causes lipid nanoparticles to accumulate in different organ tissues, and specially “in high concentration” in ovaries, meaning, it causes infertility and / or often miscarriages in pregnant women. See this – including a 15 min. video interview with Dr. Malone and evolutionary biologist Dr. Bret Weinstein. What makes the mRNA “non-vaccine”, better called by its CDC assigned name – experimental gene-therapy – so dangerous, is that it produces spike proteins throughout every cell in the human body.

The cause for this rapid and often deadly proliferation of the spike protein is what Dr. Jane Ruby, medical expert and pharmaceutical researcher, calls “Magnetofection”, an aggressive magnetic gel delivery system, included in the injection – to transport the spike protein in “warp speed” into every cell of the human body.

The German manufacturer, Chemicell GmbH, Berlin (see this) of this special magnetic gel says it’s not for use in humans. Yet, Moderna and Pfizer are using it in their mRNA experimental gene-therapy, about which they lie and call it falsely “vaccine”. – Watch Dr. Jane Ruby’s 9 min video here.

This magnetofection transport system is so powerful, that people, who got their jab, were able to stick magnets on their body. The COVID “non-vaccine” injected lipid nanoparticles tell the body to produce the spike protein. Thanks to the magnetic gel, they rapidly leave the injection site and accumulate in organs and tissues. See this by Dr. Alex Pierson.

The spike proteins being activated in virtually every cell of the human body are overwhelming the body’s immune system, thus, fighting it, rather than enhancing it. This may lead to numerous complications and infections over time. Some of them, like blood clotting, resulting in thrombosis and other heart ailments – and death – may be immediate results after the inoculation. Other potentially fatal effects, many of neurological nature, may not show up immediately but only over time – after one, two, or three years? It will then be difficult to trace the infirmity produced by the Spike Protein back to the vaccine.

In a compelling 1-minute video, Dr. Mike Yeadon, former Pfizer Vice President and Chief of Science, warns, Everyone who takes the experimental vaccine cannot escape death”. See this.

We can only hope that these “compromised” mostly western governments will come to their senses and realize in time what they are doing to the very populations that elected them – and are paying for their livelihood.

If these so-called “world leaders” – imagine, 193 UN member governments follow the same script – something is not quite right, does not fit the agenda of health protection, but fits rather an evil plan against humanity – if these “world leaders” continue following the dictates of their dark satanic masters, they may end up in a Nuremberg 2.0 kind of Court of Justice for crimes against humanity.

Dr. Reiner Füllmich, German-American lawyer and leading member of the German Corona Investigative Committee, has already filed several lawsuits, including class action suits in Canada and the US, and initiated legal prosecution against individuals and institutions mostly in Europe. See the video below – Crimes against Humanity – and this.

Sociologist, philosopher, teacher and writer, Ed Curtin, had this to say:

I know that the experimental mRNA “vaccines” that are being pushed on everyone are not traditional vaccines but dangerous experiments whose long-term consequences are unknown. And I know that Moderna says its messenger RNA (mRNA) non-vaccine “vaccine” functions “like an operating system on a computer” and that Dr. Robert Malone, inventor of mRNA vaccine technology, says that the lipid nanoparticles from the injections travel throughout the body and settle in large quantities in multiple organs where the spike protein, being biologically active, can cause massive damage and that the FDA has known this.

Additionally, I know that tens of thousands of people have suffered adverse effects from these injections and many thousands have died from them and that these figures are greatly underestimated due to the reporting systems.  I know that with this number of casualties in the past these experimental shots would have been stopped long ago or never started.  That they have not, therefore, convinces me that a radically evil agenda is under way whose goal is harm not health because those in charge know what I know and much more. See full text of Ed’s essay here.

*

Note to readers: Please click the share buttons above or below. Follow us on Instagram, @crg_globalresearch. Forward this article to your email lists. Crosspost on your blog site, internet forums. etc.

Peter Koenig is a geopolitical analyst and a former Senior Economist at the World Bank and the World Health Organization (WHO), where he has worked for over 30 years on water and environment around the world. He lectures at universities in the US, Europe and South America. He writes regularly for online journals and is the author of Implosion – An Economic Thriller about War, Environmental Destruction and Corporate Greed; and  co-author of Cynthia McKinney’s book “When China Sneezes: From the Coronavirus Lockdown to the Global Politico-Economic Crisis” (Clarity Press – November 1, 2020).

He is a Research Associate of the Centre for Research on Globalization.

Featured image is from UKColumn

All Global Research articles can be read in 51 languages by activating the “Translate Website” drop down menu on the top banner of our home page (Desktop version).

Visit and follow us on Instagram at @crg_globalresearch.

***

.

Global Research Editor’s Note.

There is evidence that Pfizer is routinely involved in bribing numerous politicians at the highest levels of  government. 

Moreover, Pfizer has a criminal record. I2009 Pfizer Inc. pleaded guilty to criminal charges. It was The Largest Health Care Fraud Settlement” in the History of the U.S. Department of Justice. 

The criminality surrounding the 2020-21 mRNA vaccine far surpasses the 2009 “fraudulent marketing” charges directed against Pfizer.

We bring to the attention of our readers this important and carefully documented study by Public Citizen on Pfizer’s contractual agreements with governments. Our Thanks to Public Citizen and author Zain Rizvi.

Michel Chossudovsky, Global Research, October 22, 2021

***

 

In February, Pfizer was accused of “bullying” governments in COVID vaccine negotiations in a groundbreaking story by the Bureau of Investigative Journalism.[1] A government official at the time noted, “Five years in the future when these confidentiality agreements are over you will learn what really happened in these negotiations.”[2]

Public Citizen has identified several unredacted Pfizer contracts that describe the outcome of these negotiations. The contracts offer a rare glimpse into the power one pharmaceutical corporation has gained to silence governments, throttle supply, shift risk and maximize profits in the worst public health crisis in a century. We describe six examples from around the world below.[3]


TABLE 1: SELECT PFIZER CONTRACTS REVIEWED[4]
Purchaser Date Type Doses Price Per Dose Total Cost
Albania Draft[5] Draft Definitive Agreement 500,000 $12 $6 million
Brazil 03/15/21[6] Definitive Agreement 100 million $10 $1 billion
Colombia 02/02/21[7] Definitive Agreement 10 million $12 $120 million
Chile 12/01/20[8] Definitive Agreement (Redacted) 10 million Redacted Redacted
Dominican Republic 10/29/20[9] Binding Term Sheet[10] 8 million $12 $96 million
European Commission 11/20/20[11] Custom Advance Purchase Agreement 200 million $18.6[12] $3.7 billion
Peru 17/9/20[13] Binding Term Sheet 10 million $12 $120 million
United States 21/07/20[14] Custom Advance Purchase Agreement (Redacted) 100 million $19.5 $1.95 billion
United Kingdom 12/10/20[15] Custom Advance Purchase Agreement (Redacted) 30 million Redacted Redacted

 


.

Pfizer’s demands have generated outrage around the world, slowing purchase agreements and even pushing back the delivery schedule of vaccines.[16] If similar terms are included as a condition to receive doses, they may threaten President Biden’s commitment to donate 1 billion vaccine doses.[17]

High-income countries have enabled Pfizer’s power through a favorable system of international intellectual property protection.[18] High-income countries have an obligation to rein in that monopoly power. The Biden administration, for example, can call on Pfizer to renegotiate existing commitments and pursue a fairer approach in the future. The administration can further rectify the power imbalance by sharing the vaccine recipe, under the Defense Production Act, to allow multiple producers to expand vaccine supplies.[19] It can also work to rapidly secure a broad waiver of intellectual property rules (TRIPS waiver) at the World Trade Organization.[20] A wartime response against the virus demands nothing less.

1.     Pfizer Reserves the Right to Silence Governments.

In January, the Brazilian government complained that Pfizer was insisting on contractual terms in negotiations that were “unfair and abusive.”[21] The government pointed to five terms that it found problematic, ranging from a sovereign immunity waiver on public assets to a lack of penalties for Pfizer if deliveries were late. The Bureau of Investigative Journalism soon published a scathing story on Pfizer’s vaccine negotiations.[22]

Less than two months later, the Brazilian government accepted a contract with Pfizer that contains most of the same terms that the government once deemed unfair.[23] Brazil waived sovereign immunity; imposed no penalties on Pfizer for late deliveries; agreed to resolve disputes under a secret private arbitration under the laws of New York; and broadly indemnified Pfizer for civil claims.[24]

The contract also contains an additional term not included in other Latin American agreements[25] reviewed by Public Citizen: The Brazilian government is prohibited from making “any public announcement concerning the existence, subject matter or terms of [the] Agreement” or commenting on its relationship with Pfizer without the prior written consent of the company.[26] Pfizer gained the power to silence Brazil.

Brazil is not alone. A similar nondisclosure provision is contained in the Pfizer contract with the European Commission and the U.S. government.[27] In those cases, however, the obligation applies to both parties.

For example, neither Pfizer nor the U.S. government can make “any public announcement concerning the existence, subject matter or terms of this Agreement, the transactions contemplated by it, or the relationship between the Pfizer and the Government hereunder, without the prior written consent of the other.”[28] The contract contains some exceptions for disclosures required by law. It is not clear from the public record whether Pfizer has elected to prohibit the U.S. from making any statements thus far. The E.C. cannot include in any announcement or disclosure the price per dose, the Q4 2020 volumes, or information that would be material to Pfizer without the consent of Pfizer.[29]

2.    Pfizer Controls Donations.

Pfizer tightly controls supply.[30] The Brazilian government, for example, is restricted from accepting Pfizer vaccine donations from other countries or buying Pfizer vaccines from others without Pfizer’s permission.[31]  The Brazilian government also is restricted from donating, distributing, exporting, or otherwise transporting the vaccine outside Brazil without Pfizer’s permission.[32]

The consequences of noncompliance can be severe. If Brazil were to accept donated doses without Pfizer’s permission, it would be considered an “uncurable material breach” of their agreement, allowing Pfizer to immediately terminate the agreement.[33] Upon termination, Brazil would be required to pay the full price for any remaining contracted doses.[34]

3.    Pfizer Secured an “IP Waiver” for Itself.

The CEO of Pfizer, Albert Bourla, has emerged as a strident defender of intellectual property in the pandemic. He called a voluntary World Health Organization effort to share intellectual property to bolster vaccine production “nonsense” and “dangerous.”[35]  He said President Biden’s decision to back the TRIPS waiver on intellectual property was “so wrong.”[36] “IP, which is the blood of the private sector, is what brought a solution to this pandemic and it is not a barrier right now,” claims Bourla.[37]

But, in several contracts, Pfizer seems to recognize the risk posed by intellectual property to vaccine development, manufacturing, and sale. The contracts shift responsibility for any intellectual property infringement that Pfizer might commit to the government purchasers. As a result, under the contract, Pfizer can use anyone’s intellectual property it pleases—largely without consequence.

At least four countries are required “to indemnify, defend and hold harmless Pfizer” from and against any and all suits, claims, actions, demands, damages, costs, and expenses related to vaccine intellectual property.[38] For example, if another vaccine maker sued Pfizer for patent infringement in Colombia, the contract requires the Colombian government to foot the bill. At Pfizer’s request, Colombia is required to defend the company (i.e., take control of legal proceedings.)[39] Pfizer also explicitly says that it does not guarantee that its product does not violate third-party IP, or that it needs additional licenses.

Pfizer takes no responsibility in these contracts for its potential infringement of intellectual property. In a sense, Pfizer has secured an IP waiver for itself. But internationally, Pfizer is fighting similar efforts to waive IP barriers for all manufacturers.[40]

4.    Private Arbitrators, not Public Courts, Decide Disputes in Secret.

What happens if the United Kingdom cannot resolve a contractual dispute with Pfizer? A secret panel of three private arbitrators—not a U.K court—is empowered under the contract to make the final decision.[41] The arbitration is conducted under the Rules of Arbitration of the International Chamber of Commerce (ICC). Both parties are required to keep everything secret:

The Parties agree to keep confidential the existence of the arbitration, the arbitral proceedings, the submissions made by the Parties and the decisions made by the arbitral tribunal, including its awards, except as required by Law and to the extent not already in the public domain.[42]

The Albania draft contract and Brazil, Chile, Colombia, Dominican Republic, and Peru agreements require the governments to go further, with contractual disputes subject to ICC arbitration applying New York law.[43]

While ICC arbitration involving states is not uncommon, disputes involving high-income countries and/or pharmaceuticals appear to be relatively rare.[44] In 2012, 80% of state disputes were from Sub-Saharan Africa, Central and West Asia, and Central and Eastern Europe.[45] The most common state cases were about the construction and operation of facilities.[46] In 2020, 34 states were involved in ICC arbitrations.[47] The nature of state disputes is not clear, but only between 5 to 7% of all new ICC cases, including those solely between private parties, were related to health and pharmaceuticals.[48]

Private arbitration reflects an imbalance of power. It allows pharmaceutical corporations like Pfizer to bypass domestic legal processes. This consolidates corporate power and undermines the rule of law.

5.    Pfizer Can Go After State Assets.

The decisions reached by the secret arbitral panels described above can be enforced in national courts.[49] The doctrine of sovereign immunity can sometimes, however, protect states from corporations seeking to enforce and execute arbitration awards.

Pfizer required Brazil, Chile, Colombia, the Dominican Republic, and Peru to waive sovereign immunity.[50] In the case of Brazil, Chile and Colombia, for example, the government “expressly and irrevocably waives any right of immunity which either it or its assets may have or acquire in the future” to enforce any arbitration award (emphasis added).[51] For Brazil, Chile, Colombia, and the Dominican Republic, this includes “immunity against precautionary seizure of any of its assets.”[52]

Arbitral award enforcement presents complex questions of law that depend on the physical location and type of state asset.[53] But the contract allows Pfizer to request that courts use state assets as a guarantee that Pfizer will be paid an arbitral award and/or use the assets to compensate Pfizer if the government does not pay.[54] For example, in U.S. courts, these assets could include foreign bank accounts, foreign investments, and foreign commercial property, including the assets of state-owned enterprises like airlines and oil companies.[55]

6.    Pfizer Calls the Shots on Key Decisions.

What happens if there are vaccine supply shortages? In the Albania draft contract and the Brazil and Colombia agreement, Pfizer will decide adjustments to the delivery schedule based on principles the corporation will decide. Albania, Brazil, and Colombia “shall be deemed to agree to any revision.”[56]

Some governments have pushed back on Pfizer’s unilateral authority for other decisions. In South Africa, Pfizer wanted to have the “sole discretion to determine additional terms and guarantees for us to fulfill the indemnity obligations.”[57]South Africa deemed this “too risky” and a “potential risk to [their] assets and fiscus.”[58] After delays, Pfizer reportedly conceded to remove this “problematic term.”[59]

But others have not been as successful. As a condition to entering into the agreement, the Colombian government is required to “demonstrate, in a manner satisfactory to Suppliers, that Suppliers and their affiliates will have adequate protection, as determined in Suppliers’ sole discretion” (emphasis added) from liability claims.[60] Colombia is required to certify to Pfizer the value of the contingent obligations (i.e., potential future liability), and to start appropriating funds to cover the contingent obligations, according to a contribution program.[61]

Pfizer’s ability to control key decisions reflects the power imbalance in vaccine negotiations. Under the vast majority of contracts, Pfizer’s interests come first.

A Better Way

Pfizer’s dominance over sovereign countries poses fundamental challenges to the pandemic response. Governments can push back. The U.S. government, in particular, can exercise the leverage it holds over Pfizer to require a better approach. Empowering multiple manufacturers to produce the vaccine via technology transfer and a TRIPS waiver can rein in Pfizer’s power. Public health should come first.

***

Zain Rizvi is an expert on pharmaceutical innovation and access to medicines. He has provided technical assistance to state and national governments, coordinated civil society coalitions, and published on intellectual property, access to medicines and global health. He was a Gruber Fellow at SECTION27, a Johannesburg-based public interest organization. Zain obtained a J.D. from Yale Law School, where he was student director of the Yale Global Health Justice Partnership. He has a bachelor’s degree from McMaster University and has published in medical and legal journals, including The Lancet and the Yale Journal of Law & Technology.

***

Our thanks to Public Citizen and Zain Rizvi

***

References

Sarah Teng, intern in the Access to Medicines Program, designed the cover image.

[1] Madlen Davies, Rosa Furneaux , Iván Ruiz, Jill Langlois, ‘Held to Ransom’: Pfizer Demands Governments Gamble with State Assets to Secure Vaccine Deal, Bureau of Investigative Journalism (Feb 23 2021), https://tinyurl.com/t2z39a63.

[2] Id.

[3] While there are similarities across the contracts, each agreement is unique. The specific examples outlined below should not read as reflective of other contracts.

[4] In several cases, governments signed additional deals with Pfizer. We reviewed select contracts that were publicly available.

[5] Albania-Pfizer Contract Draft, (“Albania Draft Contract”), (Jan. 6 2021) https://www.documentcloud.org/documents/20616251-albanian-pfizer-covid-19-vaccine-contract. The final provisions of the agreement may have differed from this draft. However, given similarities between this draft and the other reviewed agreements, we believe the modifications, if any, were likely not substantial. The contract was first leaked on Twitter, and then shared widely in the press.

[6] Brazil-Pfizer Contract (“Brazil Contract”), (March 15 2021) https://aurores.org/wp-content/uploads/2021/08/Brazil-Pfizer.pdf. The contract was leaked online and later covered by The Guardian in August. See e.g., https://tinyurl.com/yupsz2j4.

[7] Colombia-Pfizer Contract (“Colombia Contract”), (Feb. 2 2021), https://www.nodal.am/wp-content/uploads/2021/08/DOCUMENTO.pdf. The contract was leaked in the Colombian Media in August. https://tinyurl.com/4vswvrz4. It is currently referenced in the UNICEF Vaccine Market Dashboard.

[8] Chile-Pfizer Contract (“Chile Contract”) (Dec. 1 2021), https://www.chiletransparente.cl/wp-content/uploads/2021/07/Acuerdo-de-fabricacion-y-suministro-PFIZER.pdf. A Chilean transparency initiative published a redacted version of the contract.

[9] Dominican Republic-Pfizer Contract (“D.R. Contract”) (Oct. 29 2020), https://www.keionline.org/35485. Knowledge Ecology International obtained the contract through a freedom of information law request.

[10] The text was subject to the approval of the Dominican Republican National Congress, which reportedly approved the text with no objections. Pfizer and AstraZeneca, The Game of Contracts with Small Print, Dominican Today, https://tinyurl.com/yhasn7um.

[11] European Commission-Pfizer Contract (“E.C. Contract”) (Nov. 20 2020), https://tinyurl.com/3bph89wy. The Italian public broadcaster RAI published the EC Contract in April.

[12] 15.5 EUR.

[13] Peru-Pfizer Contract (“Peru Contract”) (Sept. 17 2020), https://tinyurl.com/y2ap74xz. The Bureau of Investigative Journalism published the contract.

[14] United States-Pfizer Contract (“U.S. Contract”) (July 21 2020), https://tinyurl.com/4k5j7d5u. The contract is available on the U.S. Department of Health and Human Services website.

[15] United Kingdom-Pfizer Contract (“U.K Contract”) (Oct. 10 2020), https://tinyurl.com/45vt6vd5. This likely is the definitive agreement that follows on from initial agreement announced in July. The contract is available on the U.K government website.

[16] Madlen Davies, Rosa Furneaux, Pfizer backs down over “unreasonable terms” in South Africa vaccine deal (April 19 2021). https://tinyurl.com/tnys9u2c. (“He described how Pfizer’s late demand caused delays in the discussions, which in turn put back the anticipated vaccine delivery dates.”). See also the impasse in Philippines. Philippines receives side letter from Pfizer; WHO sees resolution of ‘impasse’ soon (Feb 23. 2021),  https://tinyurl.com/3fs8z3cb (“The delivery of 117,000 Pfizer-BioNTech doses, initially expected in mid-February, was delayed by concerns on indemnification.”).

[17] White House, FACT SHEET: President Biden Announces Historic Vaccine Donation: Half a Billion Pfizer Vaccines to the World’s Lowest-Income Nations (June 10 2021), https://tinyurl.com/he8bm9tk

[18] Peter Drahos and John Braithwaite, Information Feudalism: Who Owns the Knowledge Economy? (2007) (tracing the role of Pfizer in advocating for a system of international patent protection).

[19] Zain Rizvi, Jishian Ravinthiran, Amy Kapczynski,  Sharing The Knowledge: How President Joe Biden Can Use The Defense Production Act To End The Pandemic Worldwide, Health Affairs Blog (August 6, 2021), https://www.healthaffairs.org/do/10.1377/hblog20210804.101816/full/

[20] Agreement on Trade-Related Aspects of Intellectual Property Rights (TRIPS).

[21] Madlen Davies , Rosa Furneaux , Iván Ruiz , Jill Langlois, ‘Held to Ransom’: Pfizer Demands Governments Gamble with State Assets to Secure Vaccine Deal, Bureau of Investigative Journalism (Feb 23 2021), https://tinyurl.com/t2z39a63.

[22] Id.

[23] One clause that appears to have changed is the number of doses supplied by Pfizer. It is also not clear whether Brazil developed a foreign bank guarantee fund.

[24] Brazil Contract, footnote 6, Article 9.4 (Waiver of Sovereign Immunity), pg. 45, Article 2.6 (Delivery Delays), pg. 34, Article 9.4 (Waiver of Sovereign Immunity) pg. 45, Article 3.1 (Indemnification by Purchaser), pg. 43, respectively.

[25] The other Latin American contracts reviewed contain a more limited nondisclosure obligation. For example, under the Colombia contract, neither Pfizer nor Colombia can “use the name, trade name, service marks, trademarks, trade dress or logos of the other Party in publicity releases, advertising or any other publication, without the other Party’s prior written consent in each instance.” This does not appear to prohibit the government from talking about the contract, as long as it is not a “publicity release, advertising, or any other publication.”

[26] Brazil Contract, Article 12.3 (Publicity), pg. 32 (“Purchaser shall not make, or permit any person to make, any public announcement concerning the existence, subject matter or terms of this Agreement, the wider transactions contemplated by it, or the relationship between the Parties (except as required by Law, and subject to the protections set forth in Section 10.1), without the prior written consent of Pfizer (such consent not to be unreasonably withheld or delayed)”.

[27] E.C. Contract, footnote 11, Article II.10 (Announcements and Publicity), pg. 36.

[28] U.S. Contract, footnote 14, Article 11.11 (Announcements), pg. 25.

[29] E.C. Contract, footnote 11, Article II.10 (Announcements and Publicity), pg. 36.

[30] For example, Colombia is also required to distribute the vaccine only in its territory. Colombia Contract, footnote 7, Article 4.6 (Diversion Issues), pg. 23 (“All Product delivered to Purchaser shall be: (a) stored securely by Purchaser; and (b) distributed by Purchaser only in Colombia in a secure manner appropriate to the transportation route and destination, in each case (a) and (b) to guard against and deter theft, diversion, tampering, substitution (with, for example, counterfeits) resale or export out of Colombia, and to protect and preserve the integrity and efficacy of the Product.”).

[31] Brazil Contract, footnote 6, Article 2.1 (f) (Agreement to Supply), pg. 31 (“Purchaser, including any related Person or any agents of Purchaser, covenants to exclusively obtain all of its supply of any Vaccine of Pfizer, BioNTech or their respective Affiliates intended for the prevention of the human disease COVID-19 (including the Product) either (i) directly from Pfizer or from Pfizer through the COVAX Facility, or (ii) from a Third Party, whether by donation, resale or otherwise, only if Purchaser has obtained Pfizer’s prior written consent.  Any breach of this Section 2.1(f) shall be deemed an uncurable material breach of this Agreement, and Pfizer may immediately terminate this Agreement pursuant to Section 6.2.  For clarity, nothing in this Section 2.1(f) shall prevent Purchaser from purchasing competing vaccine products of any Third Party.”).

[32] Brazil Contract, footnote 6, Article 4.6 (Diversion Issues), pg. 38 (“Purchaser shall not directly or indirectly resell, donate, distribute, export or otherwise transport the Product outside the Territory without Pfizer’s prior written consent.”).

[33] Brazil Contract, footnote 6, Article 2.1 (f) (Agreement to Supply), pg. 31.

[34] Brazil Contract, footnote 6, Article 6.2 (Termination for Cause), pg. 27 (“In the event that this Agreement is terminated by Pfizer under this Section 6.2, Purchaser shall pay within thirty (30) days of the date of notice of termination of this Agreement the full Price for all Contracted Doses less amounts already paid to Pfizer as of such date.”)

[35] Ed Silverman, Pharma leaders shoot down WHO voluntary pool for patent rights on Covid-19 products, STAT (May 28 2020), https://www.statnews.com/pharmalot/2020/05/28/who-voluntary-pool-patents-pfizer/

[36] U.S. Backs Waiver of Intellectual Property Protection for Covid-19 Vaccines, Wall Street Journal (May 6 2021), https://www.wsj.com/articles/u-s-backs-waiver-of-intellectual-property-protection-for-covid-19-vaccines-11620243518

[37] WTO delays decision on waiver on COVID-19 drug, vaccine rights (Dec. 10 2020), https://www.reuters.com/article/us-health-coronavirus-wto-idUSKBN28K2WL

[38] This extends to all civil claims, including adverse effects. That has been detailed elsewhere: Madlen Davies, Rosa Furneaux , Iván Ruiz , Jill Langlois, ‘Held to Ransom’: Pfizer Demands Governments Gamble with State Assets to Secure Vaccine Deal, Bureau of Investigative Journalism (Feb 23 2021), https://tinyurl.com/t2z39a63.

[39] Colombia Contract, footnote 7, Article 8.2 (Assumption of Defense), pg. 31.

[40] Pfizer signed the letter opposing the TRIPS waiver sent to President Biden in March, for example. PhRMA Letter Opposing TRIPS Waiver to President Biden (March 5 2021), https://patentdocs.typepad.com/files/2021-03-05-phrma-letter.pdf

[41] U.K. Contract, footnote 15, Article 23 (Dispute Resolution) pg. 36. (“The arbitration award shall be final and binding on the Parties, and the parties undertake to carry out any award without delay. Judgment upon the award may be entered by any court having jurisdiction of the award or having jurisdiction over the relevant party or its assets.”)

[42] Id.

[43] Article on Governing Law. Albania Draft Contract pg. 34, Brazil Contract pg. 45, Chile Contract pg. 29, Colombia Contract pg. 43, DR Contract pg. 17, Peru Contract pg. 9.

[44] Our analysis is limited by a lack of transparency.

[45] Arbitration Involving States and State Entities under the ICC Rules of Arbitration – Report of the ICC Commission on Arbitration and ADR (2012), https://iccwbo.org/publication/arbitration-involving-states-state-entities-icc-rules-arbitration-report-icc-commission-arbitration-adr/, pg. 4.

[46] Arbitration Involving States and State Entities under the ICC Rules of Arbitration – Report of the ICC Commission on Arbitration and ADR (2012), https://iccwbo.org/publication/arbitration-involving-states-state-entities-icc-rules-arbitration-report-icc-commission-arbitration-adr/, pg. 4.

[47] 194 state-owned entities were also involved. ICC Dispute Resolution 2020 Statistics, https://iccwbo.org/publication/icc-dispute-resolution-statistics-2020/pg. 11. See also, an analogous mechanism known as investor-state dispute resolution, which is based on international law as opposed to contract: Global Trade Watch, Table of Foreign Investor-State Cases and Claims Under NAFTA and Other U.S. “Trade Deals” (Jan. 15 2021), https://www.citizen.org/article/table-of-foreign-investor-state-cases-and-claims-under-nafta-and-other-u-s-trade-deals/

[48] ICC Dispute Resolution 2020 Statistics, https://iccwbo.org/publication/icc-dispute-resolution-statistics-2020/ pg. 17.

[49] United Nations Convention on the Recognition and Enforcement of Foreign Arbitral Awards (New York, 10 June 1958) (“Each Contracting State shall recognize arbitral awards as binding and enforce them in accordance with the rules of procedure of the territory where the award is relied upon, under the conditions laid down in the following articles.”)

[50] Article on Waiver of Sovereign Immunity. The language differs in some of the contracts. Brazil Contract, pg. 45, Chile Contract pg. 24, Colombia Contract pg. 36, DR Contract pg. 17, Peru Contract pg.  9.

[51] Id.

[52] Id.

[53] In the U.S., the governing statute is the Foreign Sovereign Immunities Act (FSIA). 28 U.S.C § 1602. Sovereign property used for commercial activity can be used to execute a judgment based on an arbitral award if the state has waived immunity. Property belonging to an instrumentality of a foreign state engaged in commercial activity can also be used. 28 U.S.C § 1610. However, certain kinds of foreign sovereign property are absolutely immune from award attachment and execution. This includes property belonging to the foreign central bank or monetary authority and property used for military purposes. 28 U.S.C §1611.

[54] Under FSIA, this is known as “attachment prior to the entry of judgment” and can be done if the state waives this kind of immunity and “the purpose of the attachment is to secure satisfaction of a judgment that has been or may ultimately be entered against the foreign state.” 28 U.S.C § 1610

[55] Other jurisdictions may handle these questions differently, potentially exposing other types of sovereign assets. These assets may also be vulnerable in settlement negotiations.

[56] Albania Draft Contract, pg. 14. Brazil Contract, pg. 22. Colombia Contract, pg. 15.

[57] Pfizer Backs Down Over Unreasonable Terms in South Africa Vaccine Deal (April 19 2021), https://www.thebureauinvestigates.com/stories/2021-04-19/pfizer-backs-down-over-asset-seizing-clause-in-south-africa-vaccine-deal.

[58] Id.

[59] Id.

[60] Colombia Contract, footnote 7, Article 8.5 (Privileges and Immunities), pg. 32. This includes but is not limited to funding state contractual contingency funds.

[61] Id.

  • Posted in English
  • Comments Off on Pfizer’s Power: “Pfizer Reserves the Right to Silence Governments”

Why Defending Nicaragua Is Important

October 22nd, 2021 by Stephen Sefton

All Global Research articles can be read in 51 languages by activating the “Translate Website” drop down menu on the top banner of our home page (Desktop version).

Visit and follow us on Instagram at @crg_globalresearch.

***

 

Since at least the start of the 21st century, if not earlier, two global trends have emerged very clearly. Firstly, increased North American and European aggression overseas has been accompanied by increased economic and political domestic repression in the US itself and its allied countries. This domestic repression has reached unprecedented levels over the last two years,

Secondly, despite the apparent demise of Western led economic globalization, North American and European corporate influence under various guises has co-opted international policy making and governance, as writers from Cory Morningstar to Iain Davis have reported in detail for many years.

In the context of these and other trends, Nicaragua’s resolute defence of its national sovereignty and its very successful economic, social and environmental policies have made this tiny country of around 7 million people the target of US and allied country aggression. As it nears its general elections next November 7th, Nicaragua is the country in Latin America and the Caribbean most under attack by Western governments, their countries’ corporate and alternative media and their international NGOs for the following reasons:

  • its health system has been among the most successful in the world addressing COVID-19 with no economic restrictions and without closing schools
  • it is among the most gender equal countries in the world
  • its model of regional autonomy for the country’s indigenous and afro-descendant peoples is the most progressive and advanced in the hemisphere
  • it plays a leading role criticizing rich countries in international discussions about global environmental policies
  • it’s education system is among the most innovative and progressive in Latin America and the Caribbean
  • it’s public health system is the most extensive and modern in Central America with 21 new hospitals, 46 hospitals remodeled and modernized
    along with 1,259 health posts, 192 health centers and 178 hostals for expectant mothers
  • its highway infrastructure is among the best in Latin America and the Caribbean
  • it is among the safest countries in all the Americas
  • it is the most successful country in the region combating drugs trafficking and organized crime
  • it’s economy is among the most successful in the region because it is also the most democratically socially structured and practically self-sufficient in food production
  • it enjoys excellent diplomatic relations with the broadest range of majority world nations of any other country in the region

These achievements of Nicaragua’s government and people are all based on the historic 1969 revolutionary program of the Sandinista Front for National Liberation (FSLN). They contrast sharply and strongly with the relative respective policy failures of countries in the region allied to the US and Europe. These include not just all Nicaragua’s Central American neighbors but even much bigger and supposedly more developed countries like Chile and Colombia. This straightforward fact is systematically suppressed because it is embarrassingly inconvenient for the fascist configuration of corporate and State power now dominating North America and Europe.

Thus, Nicaragua is the target of false reporting by Western media and NGOs, smearing its government as anti-democratic, corrupt and incompetent when the truth is precisely the reverse. This kind of reporting is very similar in the cases of Cuba, Bolivia and Venezuela. Western governments and their allies have successfully attacked the peoples of those three countries, setting back their social and economic development by various means, including military aggression and sabotage, all kinds of economic aggression as well as outright political intervention. With very few exceptions, Western corporate and alternative media and NGOs support this perverse criminality.

They report uncritically that their governments seek to promote freedom and democracy for the peoples whose lives they in fact destroy. In Nicaragua’s case, following the failed regime change attempt in 2018, the corporate owned US government and its allies have intensified economic aggression, as well as diplomatic, media and NGO driven psychological warfare against Nicaragua’s people. They want to destroy the country’s prospects of continuing successful social and economic development, just as they have tried to do to the peoples of Bolivia, Cuba and Venezuela.

Even so, all the signs are that Nicaragua’s people will vote massively on November 7th in support of their country’s Sandinista government. They will do so because their lives have changed radically for the better in every area of national life over the last 14 years since President Ortega took office in January 2007. People everywhere should defend Nicaragua’s challenge to the increasingly repressive tyranny of Western elites because in doing so they will be defending their own right to sovereign autonomy and independence.

*

Note to readers: Please click the share buttons above or below. Follow us on Instagram, @crg_globalresearch. Forward this article to your email lists. Crosspost on your blog site, internet forums. etc.

This article was originally published on Tortilla con Sal.

Stephen Sefton, renowned author and political analyst based in northern Nicaragua, is actively involved in community development work focussing on education and health care.

He is a Research Associate of the Centre for Research on Globalization (CRG).

Featured image is from TCS

All Global Research articles can be read in 51 languages by activating the “Translate Website” drop down menu on the top banner of our home page (Desktop version).

Visit and follow us on Instagram at @crg_globalresearch.

***

 

 

 

Would you like to get vaxxed and receive some fake COVID immunity? 

I have detailed in many previous articles the evidence that the SARS-CoV-2 virus does not exist (by virtue of the fact it has never been proven to have been isolated or purified) and the evidence that terrain theory is a better model for explaining health and disease than germ theory – so that even if SARS-CoV-2 did exist, there’s no conclusive evidence that viruses cause disease anyway. We live with all sorts of viruses (yes, including HIV) in our bodies all the time as part of our human virome. The natural corollary of this is that ‘SARS-CoV-2 induced COVID’ cannot be a real thing. What, then, is COVID? The best explanation is that it is a recategorization and reclassification of existing disease. Remember: there is not 1 virus, not 1 disease, not 1 cause. This is borne out by the fact that, according to official stats and sources, the normal flu has ‘disappeared’ in 2020-2021 in many nations. Clearly it didn’t really disappear; its numbers were hijacked by the COVID Cult to boost COVID case numbers.

Jumping into the World of the Official COVID Narrative

Keeping all this in mind, it is useful occasionally to jump for a few minutes into the world where the virus exists and COVID is a real, new, scary and lethal disease with its own distinct and specific symptoms. So, let’s pretend for a moment right now that SARS-CoV-2 exists and it causes COVID, a brand-new disease that has never ever been seen before in the history of humanity. Even in this world, playing by the rules set up by such venerable organizations as the WHO, NIH, FDA, CDC and Big Pharma, things don’t make sense. There is a distinct lack of logic. Contradictions are rife. Today we are going to look at one such glaring contradiction: namely, the contradiction between the official COVID narrative claim that the fake-vaccine will increase your immunity to COVID, and the official COVID narrative evidence that taking the vax increases your chance of getting COVID or becoming more sick.

FDA Admits In Its Own Document that Vax Offers Fake COVID Immunity

Establishment mouthpiece Dr. Fraud-ci was at a loss last month on the MSM to explain why vaccine-acquired immunity was superior to natural immunity for disease in general. It’s the issue that busts the narrative. Big Pharma knows better than anyone that effective marketing depends on convincing the consumer that they have a gaping need, and that you are the only (or best) company to meet it. However, if the consumers don’t really have that need, and they realize that, there is no consumer demand, and the game is up. If consumers realize that the fake-vaccine offers fake COVID immunity, they won’t get it. Check out this admission by either Pfizer, or the FDA, or both, as recorded in this FDA document entitled Vaccines and Related Biological Products Advisory Committee Meeting September 17, 2021 | FDA Briefing Document Application for licensure of a booster dose for COMIRNATY (COVID-19 Vaccine, mRNA).” It confesses that more study subjects who got the vax had COVID than the placebo subjects who didn’t get the vax. In other words, the vax increased your chances of getting COVID! What is going on here? Here is the exact quote from pg.22:

“Although not independently verified by FDA, the post hoc analysis appears to indicate that the incidence of SARS-CoV-2 during the analysis period among 18,727 study participants originally randomized to BNT162b2 (mean of 9.8 months post-Dose 2 at the beginning of the analysis period) was 70.3 cases per 1,000 person-years, compared with an incidence of 51.6 cases per 1,000 person-years among 17,748 study participants originally randomized to placebo and crossed over to BNT162b2 (mean of 4.7 months post-Dose 2 at the beginning of the analysis period). An additional analysis appears to indicate that incidence of COVID-19 generally increased in each group of study participants with increasing time post-Dose 2 at the start of the analysis period.”

To break that down into plain English, around 70 people out of 1,000 who took the Pfizer-BioNTech vaccine (BNT162b2, the formula under EUA [Emergency Use Authorization] before Cominarty) got COVID, whereas only around 51 people out of 1,000 taking the placebo got COVID. Therefore, not only did the vaccine fail to increase immunity, it actually decreased immunity. It gave the recipients fake COVID immunity.

Study on NIH Website Finds No Discernable Relationship Between Vaccine Status and COVID Status – In Fact, States COVID Infection Rate is Higher Among Vaxxed

Again we will go straight to official governmental sources for this next one. This is a study entitled “Increases in COVID-19 are unrelated to levels of vaccination across 68 countries and 2947 counties in the United States” published September 30th 2021 on the NIH PubMed site. As the title suggests, this is broad analysis involving many nations and many smaller regions (counties) within the US. The conclusion was abrupt and straight to the point: there was “no discernable relationship” between whether you were vaxxed and whether you got COVID. Here are their exact words:

“At the country-level, there appears to be no discernable relationship between percentage of population fully vaccinated and new COVID-19 cases in the last 7 days. In fact, the trend line suggests a marginally positive association such that countries with higher percentage of population fully vaccinated have higher COVID-19 cases per 1 million people. Notably, Israel with over 60% of their population fully vaccinated had the highest COVID-19 cases per 1 million people in the last 7 days. The lack of a meaningful association between percentage population fully vaccinated and new COVID-19 cases is further exemplified, for instance, by comparison of Iceland and Portugal. Both countries have over 75% of their population fully vaccinated and have more COVID-19 cases per 1 million people than countries such as Vietnam and South Africa that have around 10% of their population fully vaccinated.”

“There also appears to be no significant signaling of COVID-19 cases decreasing with higher percentages of population fully vaccinated.”

Did you catch that? Not only does it state there was no positive effect of the vaccine in preventing COVID cases, but actually, those who got the COVID fake-vaccine were more likely to get COVID. Talk about fake COVID immunity. It brings up the example of Israel, which is now well-known, as well as lesser known examples of Iceland and Portugal (high vax rates, high COVID rates) and Vietnam and South Africa (low vax rates, low COVID rates). It could also have talked about Singapore and Vermont, which are 2 other places with high vax rates and high COVID cases. The study also accounted for the supposed ‘lag’ time that the vaccine takes to work:

“Of the top 5 counties that have the highest percentage of population fully vaccinated (99.9–84.3%), the US Centers for Disease Control and Prevention (CDC) identifies 4 of them as “High” Transmission counties. Chattahoochee (Georgia), McKinley (New Mexico), and Arecibo (Puerto Rico) counties have above 90% of their population fully vaccinated with all three being classified as “High” transmission. Conversely, of the 57 counties that have been classified as “low” transmission counties by the CDC, 26.3% (15) have percentage of population fully vaccinated below 20%.

Since full immunity from the vaccine is believed to take about 2 weeks after the second dose, we conducted sensitivity analyses by using a 1-month lag on the percentage population fully vaccinated for countries and US counties. The above findings of no discernable association between COVID-19 cases and levels of fully vaccinated was also observed when we considered a 1-month lag on the levels of fully vaccinated.”

The study appears to be written by authors who believe in vaccines. They also noted waning vaccine immnity and a sharp increase in COVID vaccinated hospitalizations and deaths:

“For instance, in a report released from the Ministry of Health in Israel, the effectiveness of 2 doses of the BNT162b2 (Pfizer-BioNTech) vaccine against preventing COVID-19 infection was reported to be 39%, substantially lower than the trial efficacy of 96%. It is also emerging that immunity derived from the Pfizer-BioNTech vaccine may not be as strong as immunity acquired through recovery from the COVID-19 virus. A substantial decline in immunity from mRNA vaccines 6-months post immunization has also been reported. Even though vaccinations offers protection to individuals against severe hospitalization and death, the CDC reported an increase from 0.01 to 9% and 0 to 15.1% (between January to May 2021) in the rates of hospitalizations and deaths, respectively, amongst the fully vaccinated.”

Fake COVID Immunity: An Alternative Interpretation

So, let’s jump out of the surreal mainstream official COVID narrative now and back into the real world where SARS-CoV-2 doesn’t exist, where COVID fake-vaccines can’t possibly work as intended (because there is no virus to inoculate against and, even if there were a virus, they didn’t have it when they designed the vaccine) and where COVID is not 1 single thing but rather a collection of conditions, with many possible causes, that have been reclassified. So, what would explain the above 2 pieces of mainstream evidence?

The obvious answer is that the vaccine harms and kills. Pfizer knows it; the FDA knows it; case numbers around the world are demonstrating it. The COVID fake-vaccine produces all sorts of side effects, some of which can be construed and diagnosed as ‘COVID’ in a self-fulfilling prophecy and cycle – where the ruling class gets more control (via the government’s permanent surveillance state infrastructure) and more money (via Big Pharma stock ownership), and everyone else gets royally shafted in terms of lost freedom, lost rights, lost income, lost business, lost health and, for those pushed to suicide or killed by the vax, lost life.

With the above evidence, an alternative interpretation is that those who ‘got COVID’ really just ‘got sick’ in some way via vaccine damage. Of course, this is still assuming that COVID case counts are accurate, which they are most certainly not, due to the misapplication of Kary Mullis’ PCR technique, which was never meant to diagnose infectious disease (which I have covered in other articles). So even this alternative interpretation has its limits, because the entire COVID scamdemic, from top to bottom, left to right and back to front, is completely FAKE. One of the only real things about it is that the COVID fake-vaccine is a nanotech bioweapon that can cause real damage to people.

Final Thoughts

Those pushing the COVID scamdemic have, right from the start, been tripping over themselves with a plethora of logic-defying claims and contradictions. Fauci himself has flip-flopped like a fish out of water about as many times as Google as censored, sorry, I mean curated, an inconvenient search result. Even with their organizations and agencies, even with their own words and even with their own lines of reasoning, the official COVID narrative doesn’t hold water and doesn’t add up in the slightest. This is yet more evidence of the utter ludicrousy of official COVID science and a good one to share with mainstream normies who gobble up governmental and MSM narratives without much critical reflection, as COVID trend after COVID trend after COVID trend shows that authorities are desperately trying to get everyone vaxxed.

*

Note to readers: Please click the share buttons above or below. Follow us on Instagram, @crg_globalresearch. Forward this article to your email lists. Crosspost on your blog site, internet forums. etc.

Makia Freeman is the editor of alternative media / independent news site The Freedom Articles, author of the book Cancer: The Lies, the Truth and the Solutions and senior researcher at ToolsForFreedom.com. Makia is on Steemit and Odysee/LBRY.

Sources

https://thefreedomarticles.com/10-reasons-sars-cov-2-imaginary-digital-theoretical-virus/

https://thefreedomarticles.com/deep-down-virus-rabbit-hole-question-everything/

https://thefreedomarticles.com/normal-human-virome-study-hiv-hepatitis-many-viruses-present/

https://thefreedomarticles.com/covid-19-umbrella-term-fake-pandemic-not-1-disease-cause/

https://www.scientificamerican.com/article/flu-has-disappeared-worldwide-during-the-covid-pandemic1/

https://thefreedomarticles.com/covid-cult-and-the-10-stages-of-genocide/

https://www.realclearpolitics.com/video/2021/09/10/fauci_natural_immunity_vs_vaccine_for_covid-19_needs_to_be_discussed_seriously.html

https://www.fda.gov/media/152176/download (pg.22)

https://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/pmc/articles/PMC8481107/

https://www.theguardian.com/world/2021/sep/15/singapore-reports-biggest-spike-in-covid-cases-in-a-year-despite-81-vaccination-rate

https://www.msn.com/en-us/video/peopleandplaces/despite-high-vax-rate-vermont-cases-remains-high/vi-AAPL4EN

https://thefreedomarticles.com/covid-vaccine-life-form-aluminum-carbon-pfizer-comirnaty-shot/

https://thefreedomarticles.com/covid-trends-10-current-operation-coronavirus-august-2021/

https://thefreedomarticles.com/covid-trend-10-current-operation-coronavirus-september-2021/

https://thefreedomarticles.com/covid-trends-10-current-operation-coronavirus-october-2021/

Featured image is from The Freedom Articles

All Global Research articles can be read in 51 languages by activating the “Translate Website” drop down menu on the top banner of our home page (Desktop version).

Visit and follow us on Instagram at @crg_globalresearch.

***

 

Polish Prime Minister Mateusz Morawiecki was repeatedly criticised on Tuesday during a tense session in the European Parliament in Brussels, with European Commission President Ursula von der Leyen warning Warsaw that its “direct challenges” against the unity of the bloc would not go unpunished.

“Your arguments are not getting better. You’re just escaping the debate,” von der Leyen said after four hours of frustrating debate with Morawiecki. She added that a ruling by Poland’s Constitutional Tribunal last week, which claimed that parts of EU law are incompatible with the Polish constitution, was “a direct challenge to the unity of the European legal order.”

In response, Morawiecki said Poland was a “proud country” and that threats of financial penalties from Brussels amounted to “blackmail.”

“I reject the language of threats, hazing and coercion,” he said, adding: “Poland will not be intimated.”

The European Court of Justice ruled against Warsaw’s establishment of disciplinary measures against Polish judges as it does not comply with the principle of their independence, thus once again instigating annoyance from Brussels.

It is recalled that at the end of last year, Warsaw and Budapest blocked the EU’s long-term budget and financial support package of over €750 billion. A compromise was finally reached with the allocation of funds, in accordance with the rule of law in the country, and was declared impossible until the EU Court decided whether such a mechanism is legal.

In another example, the European Court of Justice ruled that Poland was obliged to stop activities at the Turova mine and pay a fine of €500,000 per day to Brussels for non-compliance with the decision. However, Warsaw refused to comply with the order because it could harm the country’s energy security. At the same time, Warsaw hypocritically criticizes Berlin for the construction of the Nord Stream 2 gas pipeline despite its essentiality in securing energy for Germany.

It is also worth mentioning that Poland is one of the few EU countries that is completely orientated towards US foreign policy interests, often to the frustration of Berlin and Paris, and also often undermining European interests.

With this context, the Polish Constitutional Court took another confrontational step which undermines the entire EU legal system. According to local media, the Polish decision was continually postponed for a long time as they suspected Brussels would be outraged and seek retaliation – likely through a financial mechanism.

Warsaw has already stated that it does not want to leave the EU because it will lose huge sums of money, as well as for the fact that most Poles support EU membership. At the same time, Warsaw appears to believe that it can exist in the union on its own terms and Brussels will not retaliate because it does not want Poland to leave the EU.

The problem is that this time Brussels must force the Poles to change their decision and not capitulate like they had at the end of last year. If Brussels were to capitulate again, a precedent will be established, which will effectively mean that EU laws will have no meaning and that the bloc’s authority is diminished.

Although many in the European Commission and other power centers like Berlin and Paris are evidently angered, Warsaw does not pay attention and has its own methods to counter any retaliations from the EU. The allocation of some billions to deal with the effects of the COVID-19 pandemic has not yet been approved, and Poland could slow down this process significantly if Brussels decides to apply pressure.

Warsaw could block various EU decisions, something that could undermine the bloc’s newfound attempt to achieve “strategic sovereignty” away from Washington. Brussels could try and deprive Poland of its right to vote in the EU. However, this is unlikely as it requires a decision by the Council of Europe, and it is likely that countries such as Hungary would not vote in favour of it.

In short, the EU’s confrontation with Warsaw could be a long affair with an unclear outcome, with both sides being able to retaliate against each other. Warsaw made a very serious challenge though and it is unlikely that Brussels will capitulate again to Polish pressure unless it wants to set a new precedent and reality that undermines the EU’s authority.

*

Note to readers: Please click the share buttons above or below. Follow us on Instagram, @crg_globalresearch. Forward this article to your email lists. Crosspost on your blog site, internet forums. etc.

Paul Antonopoulos is an independent geopolitical analyst.

Featured image is from African Leadership Magazine

  • Posted in English
  • Comments Off on EU Threatens Poland with Retaliations for Its “Direct Challenges” Against the Bloc’s Unity
  • Tags: ,

All Global Research articles can be read in 51 languages by activating the “Translate Website” drop down menu on the top banner of our home page (Desktop version).

Visit and follow us on Instagram at @crg_globalresearch.

***

This article provides a description. The geopolitical implications of the Nuclear Strike Exercise remain to be analyzed. NATO is on a dangerous path which requires careful analysis. (M.Ch. GR Editor)

***

NATO’s yearly “deterrence” exercise, codenamed “Steadfast Noon”, kicked off on Oct. 18, 2021. Dozens of aircraft from across the alliance are currently deployed to Italy and will carry out joint training during the 1-week drills.

As already happened in the past, this year’s Steadfast Noon takes place alongside another exercise, dubbed “Cross Servicing” or “X-Servicing”, whose goal is to test the ability of each partner to service other nation’s aircraft at NATO airfield operating on their territory. Actually, it looks like that X-Servicing or any other exercises preceding or coinciding with the Steadfast Noons are somehow used to disguise the main one considered the political sensitivity of the nuclear mission in many NATO countries.

Anyway, the routine Steadfast Noon strike exercise is hosted by a different NATO country (or two) each year usually at two air bases where U.S. tactical B61 nuclear bombs are stored. This year, the two Italian air bases involved in the exercise are Ghedi AB and Aviano AB, in the northeastern part of the country. According to the Federation of American Scientists, 35 B-61s are stored at the two bases in Italy.

The flying activity (that needless to say does not involve any “live” armament), is carried out (in specific days made public by AIP Supplement) inside restricted airspace in central and northeastern Italy and the Adriatic Sea.

Since they are sort of back-to-back exercises, both X-Servicing and Steadfast Noon involve the same aircraft on the same bases: the missions are flown by DCA (Dual Capable Aircraft) –  aircraft from Belgium, Germany, Italy, the Netherlands, Turkey and the U.S. that are able to perform either conventional or theater nuclear missions carrying the B61 bomb – along with non-nuclear aircraft that support the mission under the SNOWCAT (Support of Nuclear Operations With Conventional Air Tactics) program, which is used to enable military assets from non-nuclear countries to support the nuclear strike mission without being formally part of it.

48th FW F-15E Strike Eagle

The DCA aircraft committed by the nuclear capable European air forces are always the same, since they are the only ones configured to carry the B61: German and Italian Air Force Tornado IDS; Belgian, Dutch and Turkish F-16s. The American participation involves the tactical assets based in Europe: F-16s and F-15Es.

Belgian F-16

For what concerns the non-nuclear and support assets, the 2021 iteration of Steadfast Noon/X-Servicing drills see the participation of five Czech Air Force JAS 39 Gripens and three Polish Air Force F-16s, along with NATO E-3A AWACS and Italian Air Force G550 CAEW (Conformal Airborne Early Warning).

Czech Air Force JAS 39 Gripen

In particular, the Belgian, Turkish and Polish F-16s, along with the Czech Gripens and U.S. F-15E are deployed to Aviano AB, while Ghedi AB, home of the Italian Tornado fleet, hosts the Dutch F-16s and German Tornados.

Turkish Air Force F-16.St

Polish Air Force F-16 landing at Aviano on Oct. 18, 2021

Even though, NATO is usually quite tight-lipped when it deals with this kind of exercise, you can get an idea of the flying activity thanks to some OSINT: flight tracking websites show some of the assets taking part in the drills as they operate inside the restricted airspaces announced by relevant NOTAMs (Notice To Airmen). Then, you can also get some interesting photographs to cross correlate the rest of the information, thanks to the aircraft spotters taking shots outside the main operating bases.

SteadFast Noon

The airspace over Italy during Steadfast Noon with an E-3 AWACS and a G550 CAEW providing AEW to the rest of the aircraft. (Image credit: ADSBExchange.org)

*

Note to readers: Please click the share buttons above or below. Follow us on Instagram, @crg_globalresearch. Forward this article to your email lists. Crosspost on your blog site, internet forums. etc.

David Cenciotti is a freelance journalist based in Rome, Italy. He is the Founder and Editor of “The Aviationist”, one of the world’s most famous and read military aviation blogs. Since 1996, he has written for major worldwide magazines, including Air Forces Monthly, Combat Aircraft, and many others, covering aviation, defense, war, industry, intelligence, crime and cyberwar. He has reported from the U.S., Europe, Australia and Syria, and flown several combat planes with different air forces. He is a former 2nd Lt. of the Italian Air Force, a private pilot and a graduate in Computer Engineering. He has written four books.

Featured image: One of the F-15E Strike Eagles deployed to Aviano AB for Steadfast Noon 2021. (All images: Claudio Tramontin)

  • Posted in English
  • Comments Off on NATO’s Annual Nuclear Strike Exercise Underway in Southern Europe
  • Tags: ,

All Global Research articles can be read in 51 languages by activating the “Translate Website” drop down menu on the top banner of our home page (Desktop version).

Visit and follow us on Instagram at @crg_globalresearch.

***

 

Dr. Jessica Rose has given another presentation based on her analysis of the CDC and FDA VAERS (Vaccine Adverse Event Reporting System) data.

Dr. Jessica Rose has a BSc in Applied Mathematics and completed her MSc in Immunology at Memorial University of Newfoundland in Canada. She completed her PhD in Computational Biology at Bar Ilan University and then did her first Post Doctorate at the Hebrew University of Jerusalem in Molecular Biology.

To date, she has compiled some of the best analysis of the VAERS data that I have seen this year. We have published some of her previous presentations: STUDY: Government’s Own Data Reveals that at Least 150,000 Probably DEAD in U.S. Following COVID-19 Vaccines, Study: Analysis of VAERS Shows the COVID Shots are Likely Cause of Deaths, Spontaneous Abortions, Cardiovascular, Neurological, and Immunological Adverse Events

She recently made a presentation to the World Council for Health, and her analysis of the data in VAERS revealed that in 2021 there has been a 5,427% increase in deaths following COVID-19 shots, and a 1,373% increase in adverse reactions following COVID-19 shots, as compared to all other vaccines given out for the past 10 years.

Another incredible statistic she found was that about one out of every 324 individuals receiving a COVID-19 shot has reported an adverse event.

In one of her previous analysis’ she determined that the data in VAERS is under-reported by a factor of X42. This would mean that about one out of every 8 individuals receiving a COVID-19 shot is reporting an adverse reaction.

This is the kind of analysis on the VAERS data that the CDC and FDA are supposed to be doing, and then removing experimental products that are killing and harming so many people.

But as we have exposed so many times over the past decade, these federal agencies are very corrupt, and the people running them go on to take lucrative positions with large pharmaceutical companies. See:

All 3 FDA-Authorized COVID-19 Vaccine Companies Employ Former FDA Commissioners

Public health is not their concern, but profits for Big Pharma.

Her presentation is on our Bitchute and Rumble channels.

*

Note to readers: Please click the share buttons above or below. Follow us on Instagram, @crg_globalresearch. Forward this article to your email lists. Crosspost on your blog site, internet forums. etc.

Featured image is by Ali Raza from PxHere.

  • Posted in English
  • Comments Off on PhD Researcher’s Analysis of VAERS Data Reveals 5,427% Increase in Deaths Following COVID Shots Compared to All Vaccines the Past 10 Years
  • Tags: , , ,

All Global Research articles can be read in 51 languages by activating the “Translate Website” drop down menu on the top banner of our home page (Desktop version).

Visit and follow us on Instagram at @crg_globalresearch.

***

 

The study, titled, “Increases in COVID-19 are unrelated to levels of vaccination across 68 countries and 2,947 counties in the United States,” was published late last month at the National Institutes of Health website and the peer-reviewed European Journal of Epidemiology.

On its face, the study purports rises in Covid cases are unrelated to vaccination rates, however, data presented in the study gives the exact opposite impression.

For example, the study claims, “At the country-level, there appears to be no discernable relationship between percentage of population fully vaccinated and new COVID-19 cases in the last 7 days.”

However, it goes on to say, “In fact, the trend line suggests a marginally positive association such that countries with higher percentage of population fully vaccinated have higher COVID-19 cases per 1 million people.”

“Notably, Israel with over 60% of their population fully vaccinated had the highest COVID-19 cases per 1 million people in the last 7 days,” the study authors state.

“The lack of a meaningful association between percentage population fully vaccinated and new COVID-19 cases is further exemplified, for instance, by comparison of Iceland and Portugal,” the study notes, going on to demonstrate a meaningful association.

“Both countries have over 75% of their population fully vaccinated and have more COVID-19 cases per 1 million people than countries such as Vietnam and South Africa that have around 10% of their population fully vaccinated.”

The study goes on to illustrate the correlational relationship between vaccines and Covid rates in US counties.

“Across the US counties too, the median new COVID-19 cases per 100,000 people in the last 7 days is largely similar across the categories of percent population fully vaccinated.”

[…]

“Of the top 5 counties that have the highest percentage of population fully vaccinated (99.9–84.3%), the US Centers for Disease Control and Prevention (CDC) identifies 4 of them as ‘High’ Transmission counties. Chattahoochee (Georgia), McKinley (New Mexico), and Arecibo (Puerto Rico) counties have above 90% of their population fully vaccinated with all three being classified as ‘High’ transmission.”

“Conversely, of the 57 counties that have been classified as ‘low’ transmission counties by the CDC, 26.3% (15) have percentage of population fully vaccinated below 20%.”

The study authors caution that mass vaccination should not be the sole Covid-19 preventative strategy.

“The sole reliance on vaccination as a primary strategy to mitigate COVID-19 and its adverse consequences needs to be re-examined, especially considering the Delta (B.1.617.2) variant and the likelihood of future variants…

“Other pharmacological and non-pharmacological interventions may need to be put in place alongside increasing vaccination rates.

“Such course correction, especially with regards to the policy narrative, becomes paramount with emerging scientific evidence on real world effectiveness of the vaccines.”

Despite data in the study showing vaccinated people are spreading Covid, the study’s lead author, Harvard University Professor of Population Health and Geography S.V. Subramanian, claimed to PolitiFact the point of the study was not to highlight the high rate of “breakthrough infections” among the vaccinated, but to draw attention to the need to implement additional safety measures to combat the virus.

“Concluding from this analysis that vaccines are useless is misleading and inaccurate. Rather, the analysis supports vaccination as an important strategy for reducing infection and transmission, along with handwashing, mask-wearing, proper ventilation and physical distancing.”

The Blaze‘s Daniel Horowitz noted researchers used a one-month lag when compiling the data.

It’s also important to keep in mind that when calculating the data, the authors used a sensitivity analysis by applying a one-month lag on the percentage population fully vaccinated so that people wouldn’t be considered fully vaccinated until 14 days after the second dose. However, studies have shown that this is the most vulnerable time for getting the virus. Why should that be blamed on the lack of vaccination rather than on the vaccine? So if anything, the numbers are likely even more unfavorable to the vaccine than this analysis suggests.

Interestingly, despite the researcher’s explanation, PolitiFact rated a claim that the study showed “COVID-19 ‘surges among most vaxxed communities” half-true.

*

Note to readers: Please click the share buttons above or below. Follow us on Instagram, @crg_globalresearch. Forward this article to your email lists. Crosspost on your blog site, internet forums. etc.

Featured image is from Children’s Health Defense

All Global Research articles can be read in 51 languages by activating the “Translate Website” drop down menu on the top banner of our home page (Desktop version).

Visit and follow us on Instagram at @crg_globalresearch.

***

 

A study by the Hans Böckler Foundation, which is part of the German Trade Union Federation (DGB), uncovered interesting facts in Germany. Notably, the survey of 5000 employees did not only deal with trade union issues or questions about how Corona affects work or what effects the virus has on the workplace.

Instead, the study by the DGB showed that many Germans see democracy and freedom in danger in their country. The official Corona figures announced by various politicians are also distrusted. For the authors of the study this has been an indication of a “susceptibility to conspiracy myths”.

The study highlighted distrust in politics, doubts about the Corona policy and “conspiracy theories”, said Andreas Hövermann, sociologist and employee at the research institute of the union’s own foundation.

Between June 29 and July 13, 2021, some 5000 participants were asked about six premises for the study. And it was also revealed that for all questions, except for the one about the danger of the virus, approval has increased since last year. The questions from the survey and the responses are listed below:

  • The current restrictions on freedoms pose a threat to democracy. (36 percent in agreement)
  • I am concerned that the restrictions on fundamental rights will not be completely lifted after the crisis. (43 percent in agreement)
  • I don’t think the coronavirus is as dangerous as it is often claimed. (27 percent in agreement)
  • I have doubts about the official Corona numbers. (43 percent in agreement)
  • I can imagine that behind the pandemic there is an elite that wants to create a new world order. (20 percent in agreement)
  • I can imagine that the pandemic will be used by elites to enforce the interests of the rich and powerful. (32 percent in agreement)

Union for the powerful, not for ordinary people

For the union researchers , the result of the study has been an alarm signal. It supposedly shows that a fifth of those questioned were susceptible to Corona doubts and so-called conspiracy myths. The implication of the trade union’s research does not augur well for the mainstream political parties either: They noticed that in a large cohort of the study participants, the commitment to “established democratic parties” was vanishingly small. However, the AfD was the only party that could convince this clientele.

Apparently, less attention was paid to the fact that citizens were extremely skeptical of the restrictions on their freedoms with 43 percent of those surveyed expressing their doubts about the official Corona numbers. The logical conclusion would have been to finally open up a public debate on the issue. Instead, the “researchers” recommend refuting this “disinformation”.

Healthy understanding of democracy

The study actually showed a healthy understanding of democracy because people had questioned politicians and wanted to be informed without reservation. Under normal circumstances, responsible citizens do not readily accept conflicting political statements and government propaganda. And there was actually a very specific trade union issue among their concerns.

After all, 32 percent could imagine “that the pandemic would be used by elites to enforce the interests of the rich and powerful”. Evidently, the assumption is that an honest trade union would provide a reasonable solution to end the crisis for their members. The rich have experienced phenomenal asset growth, while the general population had to tighten their belts and suffer the economic consequences of the health decrees.

Embarrassing for the elite

In June this year, reported the German daily FAZ, the results of a survey by the renowned Allensbach Institute showed that around half of the respondents believed that they could no longer express their opinion freely in their country.

Those who want to believe the mainstream media consider the discussion about the renaming of cities, pharmacies, and chocolates which contain the part of the name “Neger” or “Mohren”, to be of great social relevance. Well-known news anchors stutter everywhere on television and make linguistically nonsensical pauses, choking sounds and grunts to show how gender-aware they are. “Equality”, “diversity” and “justice” are certainly the most frequently used terms.

Despite this, the FAZ correctly noted: “Even today, a strikingly large number of citizens complain about strong social control, have the impression that an attempt is being made to dictate to them in detail how they should behave, and many have the feeling that they cannot defend themselves.”

Freedom of expression in free fall

In the opinion of many citizens, freedom of expression is currently worse than ever in Germany: Only 45 percent of those surveyed believe that one can freely express a political opinion. And the survey also underscored that over the past twenty years, the assessment of the respondents has deteriorated considerably.

This means that, in the opinion of the respondents, the climate of opinion is increasingly deteriorating. In times of “political correctness” and “cancel culture”, the common citizen is increasingly afraid of being socially marginalized.

A fifth of Austrian students did not buy Corona narrative

The communication scientist Jürgen Grimm carried out a remarkable study at the University of Vienna also in June this year. In the course of a survey of 600 students, he determined how “susceptible” they were to “conspiracy theories” due to the Corona situation. His conclusion: was that 20 percent of the students were “hostile” in their worldview. They were questioning who and what was behind Corona policies. Grimm found this fundamentally problematic and labeled them “conspiracy theorists” too.

“A smaller proportion – around 20 percent – are prone to conspiracy theories. They have a hostile view of the world. They are no longer just threatened – objectively we all are – but look for someone to blame, an ‘enemy’,” explained Grimm in an interview.

*

Note to readers: Please click the share buttons above or below. Follow us on Instagram, @crg_globalresearch. Forward this article to your email lists. Crosspost on your blog site, internet forums. etc.

Featured image: Protest against Corona measures in Berlin on August 1, 2020: Leonhard Lenz, Wikimedia Commons, CCO

  • Posted in English
  • Comments Off on Germans Increasingly Distrust Official Corona Figures, Fear a Health Dictatorship
  • Tags: ,

Big Pharma Owns the World

October 22nd, 2021 by Bill Sardi

All Global Research articles can be read in 51 languages by activating the “Translate Website” drop down menu on the top banner of our home page (Desktop version).

Visit and follow us on Instagram at @crg_globalresearch.

***

 

Big Pharma will earn billions in profits this 2nd pandemic year; projected to be $16 billion for Moderna this year 2021 and $38.7 billion in 2022, as a startup vaccine maker.  Pfizer’s RNA vaccine is expected to $54.5 billion in 2022, says the drug industry resource Fierce Pharma.

Big Pharma has the world by the tail, able to make an RNA vaccine for a variant viral strain overnight and put it on the market with no advertising, using public health officials “vaccinate or die” sales pitch, or the false Executive Order for a vaccine mandate, issued by paid-off politicians.

The well-publicized fear of dying of Covid-19 is countered by the fact 99% of the infected got well on their own. In fact, a report issued by Children’s Health Defense indicates 81 research studies confirm natural immunity to Covid is “equal” or “superior” to vaccine immunity.

That Covid-19 is surging in the most vaccinated counties in the USA is good for business!  Sell the booster shots.  Invent a vaccine that doesn’t prevent disease nor does it halt its spread, it just creates more reliance upon vaccines and booster shots for mutant strains that occur with greater frequency among the vaccinated.

Big Pharma has control of the news media and has paid off politicians.  The world is now Big Pharma’s oyster.

The little problem Big Pharma faces, while it is busy counting its profits, is that its products don’t work, and even kill.  In fact, selling known risky products without warnings could be classified as manslaughter.

The fact agents of the Defense Intelligence Agency were aware of the so-called deadly virus more than a month before any officials in the Chinese government knew suggests premeditation and collusion between government and industry.

And you don’t have to have Big Pharma’s fingerprints on the deaths.  Politicians can pull the trigger with vaccine mandates.  Intelligence agencies are penetrating news sources and turning medical disease reports into propaganda.

Vaccination: it’s illogical

If numbers only confuse you, maybe logic will undo the crossed wires about the pandemic.  Forget statistics, the panic of the pandemic has no logical basis.  As one nurse recently asked: “Why do the protected need to be protected from the unprotected by forcing the unprotected to use the protection that did not protect the protected in the first place?”

The credo to vaccinate to protect others is illogical.  It is like saying you should wear a rain coat so others don’t get wet.

Save 1 life, kill 15

According to a report at Global Research, for every 1 life that the RNA Covid-19 saves, 15 people die from the vaccine.  Only 1 death is spared per 22,000 vaccinated individuals.  An estimated 150,000 Americans died from the vaccine and 10,000 lives were saved.

But to Big Pharma these are just numbers, not dead people.  With no liability for their deadly products, who is to care?

More to come

And there is more to come.  A Covid-19 vaccine creator suggests this toxic RNA technology now be used to take on 12 more infectious diseases.  More hell on Earth.

The numbers mislead

There is sleight of hand that Big Pharma uses to portray its prescription drugs that gain approval from the Food & Drug Administration that relies upon 45% of its budget from the drug industry, and is almost never revealed by paid-off news media that derive advertising dollars from the pill pushers.  Doctors complicitly play along with the fraud to keep their waiting rooms full.

Just create the data

Big Pharma has been issuing misleading data for decades now, none greater than the cholesterol theory of heart disease.

For decades now, the statin drug/cholesterol scam has been founded on the statistical misrepresentation that these liver-toxic statin molecules (enzyme inhibitors) reduce the risk for a heart attack by a third.

Hard numbers vs relative numbers

That is a relative number.  Over a 5-year period maybe 3 in 1000 adults will experience a heart attack, and the statins drop that number to 2.   3 minus 2 = one third (33%), but in hard numbers that is only 1%.  And this multi-billion-dollar medicine only prevents non-mortal heart attacks!

It takes 217 healthy adults to swallow statin pills for 5 years for 1 to benefit, which is the so-called number needed to treat (NNT).

With all of this known to medical reporters, we get more of the same.  Today we read in the news headlines that “Taking Statins Could Slash Your Risk Of Dying From Covid By Up To 12%” says John Ely, reporter for The Daily Mail.

But when we examine the data carefully, there were 963,876 subjects in a retrospective study; 169,642 statin drug users and 794,234 non-users; 765 statin users and 1,780 of the non-users died of Covid (that is, if you can believe the PCR nasal swab test that produces many false positives) over a 9-month period in 2020.  But there is no argument, they died of something, which is called all-cause mortality.

  • 765 of 169,642 statin drugs users = 0.0045% or 4.5 in 1000 died of Covid.
  • 1780 of 794,234 non-statin drug users = 0.0022% or 2.2 in 1000 died of Covid

In hard numbers, the authors of the study published in the Public Library of Science Journal (PLoS) stated: “mortality was not statistically significant” between the two groups.  That never got into print.

Authors of the study pointed to two more demonstrative studies that allegedly showed a 30% reduction in Covid fatalities.  But upon further investigation, the first study published in the journal Diabetes & Metabolism (2021) concluded: “no significant reductions in either in-hospital mortality or Covid-19 severity were reported among statin users;” and the second study, a metanalysis of four studies comprised of 8,990 patients “suggested a reduction in fatal or severe disease by 30%” but pulled the same statistical trick of using relative numbers.

There was a statistical but not a clinical benefit (clinical meaning in the clinic any benefit would hardly be noticeable).  Smoke and mirrors medicine.  Big Pharma has been getting away with this for a long time.  Big Pharma is not in the health business.  It is in the wealth business.

The naïve public is reliant upon news sources for information about vaccination.  It is not surprising to learn that those individuals who don’t watch television are the most likely to be vaccine hesitant.

*

Note to readers: Please click the share buttons above or below. Follow us on Instagram, @crg_globalresearch. Forward this article to your email lists. Crosspost on your blog site, internet forums. etc.

Our thanks to Lew Rockwell for this article.

Bill Sardi, writing from La Verne, California. 

Featured image is from Children’s Health Defense